Bom 100

BOM100
Member of GAMA
COPYRIGHT © 2001
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA
REVISION 8 23 MAY 2016
1 NOVEMBER 2001
McCAULEY PROPELLER SYSTEMS
BOM100
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INTRODUCTION - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT PAGE DATE
00-Title
00-List of Effective Pages Page 1 May 23/2016
00-Record of Revisions
00-Record of Temporary Revisions
00-Contents Page 1 May 23/2016
LIST OF REVISIONS Page 1 May 23/2016
INTRODUCTION Pages 1-7 Oct 19/2015
ICA SUPPLEMENT LIST Page 1 Aug 18/2014
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Pages 1-5 Oct 19/2015
INTRODUCTION - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page 1 of 1

© McCauley Propeller Systems May 23/2016
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Revsion Date Date Page Revsion Date Date Page
Number Inserted Removed Number Number Inserted Removed Number
BOM100
BLADE OVERHAUL MANUAL
INTRODUCTION - CONTENTS
LIST OF REVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
Export Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
Definitions of Propeller Servicing and Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2
Coverage and Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2
Propeller Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2
Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2
Temporary Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3
Applicable Service Bulletins and Service Letters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4
Service Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4
Using the BOM100 Blade Overhaul Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4
List of Effective Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5
Revision Filing Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5
Identifying Revised Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5
Warnings, Cautions and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6
How to Get Customer Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7
Customer Comments on Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7
ICA SUPPLEMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
Applicable Service Bulletins and Service Letters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
List of Obsoleted Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
List of Incorporated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5
INTRODUCTION - CONTENTS Page 1 of 1

BOM100
LIST OF REVISIONS
1. General
A. This Blade Overhaul Manual includes the original issue and the revisions listed in Table 1. To make
sure that information in this manual is current and the latest maintenance and inspections procedures
are available, the revisions must be incorporated in the manual as they are issued.
Table 1. Original Issue--November 1, 2001
Revision Number Date Revision Number Date

1 March 1, 2002 2 April 4, 2005
3 July 1, 2006 4 June 1, 2007
5 January 3, 2011 6 August 18, 2014
7 October 19, 2015 8 May 23, 2016
2. Export Compliance
A. This publication contains technical data and is subject to U.S. export regulations. This information has
been exported from the United States in accordance with export administration regulations. Diversion
contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.
ECCN: 9E991
LIST OF REVISIONS Page 1

BOM100
INTRODUCTION
1. General
A. The instructions for continued airworthiness (ICA) in this publication uses the data available at the
time of publication. This publication is updated, supplemented, and changed by service letters,
service bulletins, publication revisions, reissues, ICA supplements, and temporary revisions, which
are supplied by subscription services available from McCauley Product Support. All of these changes
become part of and are specifically included in this publication. The latest changes to this publication
are given through the McCauley Product Support subscription services and/or McCauley authorized
service facilities.
The purchaser is warned not to use the data in McCauley's overhaul/maintenance/
service/information manuals when parts are designed, manufactured, remanufactured,
overhauled, and/or approved by entities, other than McCauley or McCauley authorized
entities, are installed. When non-McCauley parts are used, the data in McCauley's
overhaul/maintenance/service/information manuals is no longer applicable. All of
the inspection intervals, replacement time limits, overhaul time limits, inspection
methods, life limits, cycle limits, etc., McCauley recommends are given when new,
remanufactured, or overhauled McCauley approved parts are installed. All inspection
intervals, replacement time limits, overhaul time limits, the methods of inspection, life
limits, cycle limits, etc., for non-McCauley parts must come from the manufacturer
and/or seller of the non-McCauley parts.
B. Inspection, maintenance and parts requirements for Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) installations
that modify the propeller are not given in this manual. When the propeller has an STC installation,
those parts of the propeller that the installation has an effect on, must be examined in accordance with
the inspection program published by the owner of the STC. McCauley-supplied inspection criteria may
not be valid for propellers that have STC installations because they may change the systems interface,
operating characteristics and component loads or stresses on adjacent structures.
Any inspection and/or repair requiring disassembly, reassembly or overhaul of a
McCauley propeller blade must be done in an FAA-approved or international equivalent
propeller repair station by qualified personnel.
C. Users of this manual are presumed to have sufficient training to follow these instructions carefully and
correctly.
D. The inspection requirements are stated in a manner to establish what propeller blade component is
to be inspected, preferred inspection method, and criteria for airworthiness.
E. This manual contains overhaul instructions, test instructions and illustrated parts list for aluminum
propeller blades manufactured by McCauley Propeller Systems.
F. Overhaul instructions are provided on a functional basis (Disassembly, Cleaning, Repair, etc.). To
the maximum extent possible, the instructions are general and applies to all propeller blades made of
aluminum. When a specific propeller blade requires different overhaul instructions (than the general
instructions), the different instructions will be identified with the specific propeller blade.
G. Additional propeller blade models will be incorporated in this manual by the addition of pertinent data
and the addition of the model number and detail parts to the Illustrated Parts List. Different instructions
specific for the added blade models will be given in the appropriate chapters.
H. McCauley SPM100 Standard Practices Manual, Tools List Section 60-00-09, lists the tools by propeller
type required to perform the propeller blade overhaul operations.
I. Tables of Propeller Application are not given in this manual. The user is directed to consult the
FAA Aircraft Type Certificate Data Sheet (TCDS) and/or the Supplemental Type Certificate (STC)
for pertinent data for propellers (blade angles, certificated diameter ranges, particularly). For
convenience, the McCauley Propeller Systems Application Guide (MAG) may be used for propeller
application information. The TCDS supersedes any information published in the MAG.
INTRODUCTION Page 1
© McCauley Propeller Systems Oct 19/2015
BOM100
2. Definitions of Propeller Servicing and Life

A. Overhaul - The periodic disassembly, inspection, reconditioning, and reassembly. The overhaul
period is generally based on hours of service (operating time) or calendar time. At such specified
times, the propeller is completely disassembled; inspected for wear, cracks, corrosion or any other
unusual or abnormal condition; parts are refinished; certain parts are replaced; and the propeller
is reassembled and balanced. At overhaul, the instructions contained in this manual, the SPM100
Standard Practices Manual, BOM100 Blade Overhaul Manual, and all subsequent necessary and
required service bulletins and service letters must be followed.
B. Reconditioning - The rework of major or minor blade damage caused by erosion or striking small
objects during normal operation. Rebalancing of the propeller may be required. Reconditioning is
accomplished on an irregular basis as necessary and required.
C. Repair - The correction, on an irregular basis as necessary and required, of minor or major damage
caused by a physical mishap or failure. Minor repair may be accomplished without overhaul. The
amount, degree and extent of damage determines whether or not a propeller can be repaired without
overhaul. If there is any question, and whenever possible, overhaul should be accomplished.
D. Propeller Life - This is expressed in terms of the total hours of service (TT or Total Time) and the hours
of service since overhaul (TSO or Time Since Overhaul). Both references are necessary to define the
life of the propeller. Overhaul does not return the propeller to zero hours total time (TT), only to zero
hours since overhaul (TSO). Reconditioning or repair without overhaul has no effect on total time (TT)
or time since overhaul (TSO).
3. Coverage and Format

A. The McCauley BOM100 Blade Overhaul Manual has been prepared to assist in servicing and
overhauling McCauley blades/blade assemblies. This manual provides the necessary information
required to enable the certified propeller repair technician to service, inspect, overhaul, and repair
aluminum McCauley blades/blade assemblies.
B. The information in this publication is based on data available at the time of publication and is
updated, supplemented, and automatically amended by all information issued in Service Bulletins,
Service Letters, Revisions, Reissues and Temporary Revisions. All such amendments become part
of and are specifically incorporated within this publication. Users are urged to keep abreast of the
latest amendments to this publication through information available at McCauley Authorized Service
Stations or through the McCauley subscription services.
C. Information in this manual is applicable to all U.S. and Foreign Certified McCauley propellers.
D. All supplemental service information concerning this manual is supplied to all appropriate McCauley
Service Stations so that they have the latest authoritative recommendations for servicing McCauley
propellers. Therefore, it is recommended that McCauley owners and operators utilize the knowledge
and experience of the McCauley Service Centers.
E. This manual has been prepared in accordance with the Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification
Number 2200 for Manufacturer’s Technical Data.
F. Information beyond the scope of this manual may be found in the applicable propeller assembly
overhaul manual.
G. This manual is available on paper and CD-ROM.
4. Propeller Model Number

A. Refer to the BOM100 General Information section of this manual, Figure 1, for an explanation of the
propeller blade model number.
5. Coverage
A. The information in this BOM100 Propeller Blade Overhaul Manual is applicable to the following model
propeller blades:
INTRODUCTION Page 2
BOM100
Table 1. Propeller Blade Models
Threaded Propeller Blade Models (C1 through C98 Model Propeller Assemblies)
74E 76C L76C 78BF 78BFM 78BFS 78FF
78FB 78FBM 78K 78KM 80GF 80MM 82N
82NK 82NB 82NC 84B 84HF 84JF 84S
84SF 90A 90AT 90M 90LF 90MF 100RF
100RFM
C200 Series Threadless Propeller Blade Models
78CCA 78CDA 78CCA 78CDA 78TA 78TCA 80VHA
82PA 82PCA 82PGC 90DA 90DCA 90DCB 90DHA
90DHB 90DHC 90DJA 90DKB 90DMC 90RA 90RB
90RDA 90REA 90REB 90REC 90RHC
76CTA L76CTA 78CAA L78CBA 90DEA
74SA 78CYA 78MLA 78MLB 80VA 80VEA 80VSA
80VSB 80VMB 82NDA 82NDB 82NGA 82NHA 82NPA
82NRC 82NRD 90DFA
80HA L80HA 80HJA L80HJA 80VMFA 82NEA 82NEB
82NFA L82NFA L82NEB 82NJA L82NJA 82NLA 90LFB
90UMB 106AWA
Turbine Propeller Blade Models (C600, C650, C700, C750, C1000, C1100 Propeller Series)
90LNA 93JA 93KB 94LA 94LMA 94LMB 94LNA
94LPA 96LRB 96LTA 96MGA 100LA 102BHA L104DSZ
L106FA L106KA L106FRA 106GA L106LA 106LNA 114GCA
L114GCA 114HCA L114HCA
B. This manual gives the necessary information required to help maintenance personnel to overhaul,
service, examine, and troubleshoot McCauley aluminum constant speed propeller blades.
C. Information in this manual is applicable to all U.S. and Foreign Certified propellers.
6. Temporary Revisions
A. Additional information which becomes available may be provided by temporary revision. This service
is used to provide, without delay, new information which will assist in maintaining safety. Temporary
revisions are numbered consecutively within the ATA chapter assignment. Temporary revisions are
normally incorporated into the manual at the next regularly scheduled revision.
7. Applicable Service Bulletins and Service Letters

A. Alert Service Bulletin
INTRODUCTION Page 3
BOM100
(1) Alert Service Bulletins are technical documents that provide instructions and, if applicable, part
information for the incorporation of an installation, modification, or repair to a specific propeller
or propeller component. Alert Service Bulletins are used to announce mandatory special
product inspection criteria and modifications, revised maintenance information and/or revised
operational information which has been determined to be critical for the continued safe and
reliable performance of the propeller, or propeller component.
B. Service Bulletin
(1) Service Bulletins are technical documents that provide instructions and, if applicable, part
information for the incorporation of an installation, modification, or repair to a specific propeller or
propeller component. Service Bulletins are used to announce special product inspection criteria
and modifications, revised maintenance information and/or revised operational information
which has been determined to be critical for the continued safe and reliable performance of the
propeller, or propeller component.
C. Service Letter
(1) Service Letters are used to announce support and service information.
D. Special Service Project
(1) Special Service Projects (SSP's) are similar to service bulletins and are used to announce
special product inspection criteria and modifications, revised maintenance information and/or
revised operational information which is intended to assist in improving propeller safety,
reliability, durability and/or performance. SSP's typically contain similar information and/or
headings as service bulletins, but are often tailored for special situations and/or conditions
or logistical requirements that may affect only a limited number of propellers. One additional
heading that can be found on a SSP is the heading titled "Duration". The Duration heading
provides an expiration date for the SSP when used.
8. Service Bulletins
A. Service Bulletins may require special inspections and authorize modifications to propellers. As service
bulletins are issued, they will be incorporated in the next scheduled revision and noted in the Service
Bulletin List, located at the beginning of this section. The list of service bulletins utilizes three columns
to summarize information.
(1) Service Bulletin Number - This column identifies the bulletin by number.
(2) Service Bulletin Date - This column indicates the initial date the bulletin became active.
(3) Manual Incorporation - This column indicates the date the service bulletin has been incorporated
in the manual.
9. Using the BOM100 Blade Overhaul Manual

A. Division of Subject Matter.
(1) The BOM100 Propeller Blade Overhaul Manual is covered by Air Transport Association Chapter
61.
B. Page Numbering System.
(1) The page numbering system of the Blade Overhaul Manual consists of the Air Transport
Association Specification 2200 three-element numbers separated by dashes, next to which the
page number and date are printed.
(2) The page number to the right of the three-element number complies with Air Transport
Association Specification 2200 for subdividing a Manual. Blocks of sequential numbers are
used to identify:
Page 1 through 99 Description and Operation

Page 301 through 399 Disassembly
Page 401 through 499 Cleaning
Page 501 through 599 Inspection/Check
INTRODUCTION Page 4
BOM100
Page 601 through 699 Repair and Replacement

Page 701 through 799 Assembly
Page 801 through 899 Approved Repairs
(3) The date which appears below the page number signifies when the page was issued. If no
revisions to that page have occurred, the date signifies original date.
(4) Illustrations use the same figure numbering system as that on the page block in which they
appear. For example, Figure 602 would be the second figure in a repair section.
10. List of Effective Pages

A. A list of effective pages is provided at the beginning of each chapter. All pages in the specific chapter
are listed in numerical sequence on the Effectivity Page(s) with the date of issue for each page.
11. Revision Filing Instructions

A. Regular Revision
(1) Pages to be removed or inserted in the manual are determined by the effectivity page. Pages are
listed by the three-element number (chapter/section/subject) and then by page number. When
two pages display the same three-element number and page number, the page with the most
recent Date of Page Issue shall be inserted in the manual. The date column on the corresponding
chapter effectivity page shall verify the active page.
B. Temporary Revision
(1) File temporary revisions in the applicable chapter(s) in accordance with filing instructions
appearing on the first page of the temporary revision.
(2) The rescission of a temporary revision is accomplished by incorporation into the manual or by a
superseding temporary revision. A Record of Temporary Revisions is furnished in the Temporary
Revision List located previous to the Introduction. A Manual Incorporation Date column on the
Temporary Revision List page will indicate the date the Temporary Revision was incorporated,
thus authorizing the rescission of the temporary revision.
12. Identifying Revised Material

A. Additions or revisions to text in an existing section will be identified by a revision bar in the left margin
of the page and adjacent to the change.
B. When technical changes cause unchanged text to appear on a different page(s), a revision bar will be
placed in the left margin opposite the chapter/section/subject, page number and date of all affected
pages, providing no other revision bar appears on the page. These pages will display the current
revision date in the Date of Page Issue location.
C. When extensive technical changes are made to text in an existing section that requires extensive
revision, revision bars will appear for the full length of text.
D. Revisions to illustrations will be shown by a revision bar along the entire vertical length of the left
margin of the illustration.
13. Warnings, Cautions and Notes

A. Throughout the text in this manual, warnings, cautions and notes pertaining to the procedures being
accomplished are included. These adjuncts to the text are used to highlight or emphasize important
points. Warnings and Cautions precede the text they pertain to, and Notes follow the text they pertain
to.
(1) WARNING - Calls attention to use of materials, processes, methods, procedures or limits which
must be followed precisely to avoid injury or death to persons.
(2) CAUTION - Calls attention to methods and procedures which must be followed to avoid damage
to equipment.
(3) NOTE - Calls attention to methods which will make the job easier.
INTRODUCTION Page 5
BOM100
14. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA)

A. Owner/Operator Information Manual
(1) The MPC26, Owner/Operator Information Manual is the principal manual for maintenance
personnel to service, examine, troubleshoot, remove and install constant speed threadless
propeller assemblies (C200 thru C1100 model series propellers). The Airworthiness Limitations
for C200 thru C1100 model series propellers will also be found in the MPC26, Owner/Operator
Information Manual.
NOTE: Propeller assemblies that use "threaded" propeller blades (C1 through C98 model
propeller assemblies) do not have a principal manual identified at this time. The
C1 through C98 model propellers currently do not have any defined airworthiness
limitations. If an airworthiness limitation is defined in the future, this limitation will be
published in the applicable "threaded" propeller service manual.
B. BOM100 Blade Overhaul Manual
(1) The instructions provided in this manual may be revised to add changes to an existing ICA or
to add an additional ICA when changes to an affected propeller type design require changes
to these instructions. When a revision to this manual is not possible within the time constraints
for these ICAs, the instructions may be transmitted with a temporary revision or with an ICA
supplement. Temporary revisions will be incorporated in the next revision to this manual and
ICA supplements will also be incorporated in the next revision unless these instructions require
restricted distribution.
C. Temporary Revisions
(1) Temporary revisions may be produced to transmit supplemental instructions for continued
airworthiness when a revision to the manual is not possible within the time constraints for these
ICAs. They consist of complete page blocks which replace the existing paper and will temporally
supersede the CD-ROM data. Temporary revisions will be included on the CD-ROM on the
next CD-ROM release. Temporary revisions are numbered consecutively in the ATA chapter
assignment. Page numbering uses the three-element number, which matches the manual.
(2) Paper version of the manual
(a) Paper temporary revisions will be distributed on yellow paper. File the temporary revision
cover sheet after the title page of the chapter to which it applies and substitute or add the
remaining pages in the paper manual.
(3) CD-ROM version of the manual.
(a) The cover sheet will be located in the manual CD-ROM library at the beginning of the
chapter to which it applies and the changed or added pageblocks will be located in the
appropriate location by ATA. All revised or added information will be identified with revision
bars for the full length of the text.
D. ICA Supplements
(1) ICA supplements may be produced to transmit supplemental instructions for continued
airworthiness when a revision to the BOM100 Blade Overhaul manual is not possible within the
time constraints for these ICAs. ICA supplements will provide supplemental instructions for one
or more ICA manuals and is to be used in conjunction with the affected manuals (maintenance
manual, wiring diagram manual, etc.) until those instructions are incorporated into the manuals.
ICA supplements are numbered consecutively by model in the ATA chapter assignment. Page
numbering uses the three-element number, which matches the affected manuals.
(2) Refer to the ICA Supplement List to determine the incorporation status for each manual affected.
15. How to Get Customer Assistance

A. REVISIONS, REISSUES and TEMPORARY REVISIONS can be purchased directly from Cessna:,
Attention: Customer Care, E-mail: Customercare@cessna.textron.com, Telephone 316-517-5800,
Telefax 316-517-7271.
B. Product Support
INTRODUCTION Page 6
BOM100
McCauley Product Support

McCauley Propeller Systems
Mailing Address P.O.Box 7704
Wichita, KS 67277-7704
(1) If you need assistance with a general support question, publication information, subscriptions,
or maintenance programs visit our website at www.mccauley.textron.com or contact:
McCauley Product Support

Wichita, Kansas
Phone Numbers
1-800-621-7767 or 316-831-4021
Fax 316-206-9948
E-mail Address productsupport@mccauley.textron.com
16. Customer Comments on Manual

A. McCauley Propeller Systems has endeavored to furnish you with an accurate, useful, and up-to-
date manual. This manual can be improved with your help. Please return the registration card to
receive revisions to this manual. Please contact McCauley Product Support to report any errors,
discrepancies, and omissions in this manual as well as any general comments you wish to make.
INTRODUCTION Page 7
BOM100
ICA SUPPLEMENT LIST
ICA Supplement Title ICA Manual

Number Supplement Incorporation
Date Date
NOTE: No ICA Supplements have been issued that affect this manual.
ICA SUPPLEMENT LIST Page 1

© McCauley Propeller Systems Aug 18/2014
BOM100
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST
1. Applicable Service Bulletins and Service Letters

A. Service Bulletins are issued to advise of propeller design changes that must be incorporated,
to provide procedures for correction of problems that have developed in the field, and for other
appropriate reasons.
B. Service Letters are issued for minor modifications to be performed in the field and for recommended
action at overhaul.
C. The following list of Service Bulletins and Service Letters supplement or replace information contained
in this manual and are to be reviewed prior to servicing or overhaul of a propeller assembly.
Service Bulletin Title Service Bulletin Date

Number
ASB255A Jetstream 4100/4101 Blade Life Limits And Added Oct 6/08
Blade Inspections
ASB248 Restricted Operation, Life Limit And Repetitive Blade Apr 19/05
Airfoil Inspection Requirements
ASB239C Inspection of Propeller Hub and Blades Sep 15/02
ASB234B Inspection of Propeller Blade for Cracking Nov 19/01
SB183B Field Shotpeening and Truncations of Threaded Nov 1/01
Blades and Hubs
SB177B Lightening Strike Inspection Requirements Jun 30/92
SB176E Necessary Actions Following Object Strike of Mar 3/03
Stationary Propeller, Blade Strike of Rotating
Propeller, Bird Strike, or Sudden Engine Stoppage
Service Letter Title Service Letter Date

Number
SL1999-2A Field Inspection and Repair of Propeller Blades Mar 15/01
2. List of Obsoleted Documents

A. The following service information has been incorporated into this manual. This service information is
now obsolete and replaced by this manual.
Service Bulletin Number Service Bulletin Date Manual Incorporation

SB107 Mar 20/75 Nov 1/01
SB118 Dec 1/76 Nov 1/01
SB150 Sep 15/83 Nov 1/01
SB164 Apr 17/87 Nov 1/01
SB171 Feb 2/88 Jun 1/07
SB172B Dec 6/96 Nov 1/01
SB187B Jan 15/93 Nov 1/01
SB204 June 7/93 Nov 1/01
SB243 March 11/03 Apr 4/05
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Page 1

BOM100
Service Letter Number Service Letter Date Manual Incorporation

SL1969-6 Apr 1/69 Jun 1/07
SL1970-2 Mar 9/70 Jun 1/07
SL1971-3 Apr 22/71 Jun 1/07
SL1973-9 Aug 1/73 Jun 1/07
SL1974-1 Mar 29/74 Jun 1/07
SL1976-6 Jan 28/76 Nov 1/01
SL1976-13 Sep 17/76 Jun 1/07
SL1976-14 Sep 17/76 Jun 1/07
SL1976-15 Sep 17/76 Jun 1/07
SL1976-17 Sep 20/76 Nov 1/01
SL1976-18 Sep 22/76 Jun 1/07
SL1977-2 Jan 7/77 Jun 1/07
SL1977-9 Sep 15/77 Nov 1/01
SL1979-1 Jan 17/79 Jun 1/07
SL1979-3 Apr 3/79 Jun 1/07
SL1979-2 Jan 17/79 Jun 1/07
SL1979-4 Jul 25/79 Nov 1/01
SL1980-4 Jun 26/80 Nov 1/01
SL1979-9 Sep 18/79 Jun 1/07
SL1980-11 Nov 12/80 Jun 1/07
SL1980-12 Nov 12/80 Jun 1/07
SL1981-2 Apr 29/81 Jun 1/07
SL1981-8-1 Mar 3/82 Jun 1/07
SL1983-4 Aug 24/83 Jun 1/07
SL1984-8 Nov 16/84 Jun 1/07
SL1984-10 Nov 16/84 Nov 1/01
SL1985-5 Dec 6/85 Jun 1/07
SL1986-3 Apr 18/86 Jun 1/07
SL1986-5 Oct 17/86 Jun 1/07
SL1987-2 Apr 17/87 Nov 1/01
SL1991-8 Nov 21/91 Nov 1/01
SL1992-13 Aug 19/92 Jun 1/07
SL1992-16 Nov 16/92 Jun 1/07
SL1993-2 Feb 1/93 Jun 1/07
SL1993-3 Feb 26/93 Nov 1/01

BOM100

SL1993-14 Oct 12/93 Nov 1/01
SL1994-4 May 16/94 Jun 1/07
SL1994-10 Aug 31/94 Jun 1/07
SL1994-20 Aug 31/94 Nov 1/01
SL1994-23 Dec 1/94 Jun 1/07
SL1994-26 Dec 29/94 Jun 1/07
SL1995-8 Jun 20/95 Jun 1/07
SL1995-18 Dec 21/95 Jun 1/07
SL1996-2 Mar 11/96 Jun 1/07
SL1996-6 Oct 29/96 Nov 1/01
SL1996-13 Jan 23/97 Nov 1/01
SL1997-2 Jan 23/97 Nov 1/01
SL1997-9 Aug 5/97 Nov 1/01
SL1998-4 Jan 23/98 Nov 1/01
SL1998-13 Jun 5/98 Nov 1/01
SL1998-14 Jun 5/98 Jun 1/07
SL1998-21B Aug 1/00 Nov 1/01
SL1998-31 Dec 10/98 Nov 1/01
SL1998-32C Mar 15/01 Nov 1/01
SL1999-10 Sep 7/99 Jun 1/07
SL1999-9 Sep 7/99 Nov 1/01
SL2000-1A Aug 1/00 Nov 1/01
SL2000-16 Nov 20/00 Jun 1/07
SL2001-7 Jul 20/01 Jun 1/07
SL2002-1 Feb 15/02 Jun 1/07
SL2003-2 Mar 21/03 Jun 1/07
SL2003-3 Apr 15/03 Jul 1/06
SL2003-8 May 21/04 Jun 1/07
SL2003-4A May 19/03 Jul 1/06
SL2003-8A Dec 23/03 Jul 1/06
SL2007-3 Apr 9/07 Aug 18/14
SL2011-4 Jun 6/11 Aug 18/14
B. The following service information has been incorporated into this manual. This service information
remains active due to applicability to other manuals.

BOM100
Service Bulletin Number Service Bulletin Date Manual Incorporation

SB180A Apr 20/90 Nov 1/01
SB177B Jun 30/92 Aug 18/14
SB176E Mar 03/03 Aug 18/2014

SL1977-13 Nov 7/77 Nov 1/01
SL1980-4 Jun 26/80 Nov 1/01
SL1980-13 Nov 12/80 Nov 1/01
SL1981-8 Sep 16/81 Nov 1/01
SL1981-8-1 Mar 3/82 Nov 1/01
SL1983-5 Aug 24/83 Nov 1/01
SL1984-1 Mar 6/84 Nov 1/01
SL1984-9 Nov 16/84 Nov 1/01
SL1990-1D Oct 29/96 Nov 1/01
SL1991-1 Apr 17/91 Nov 1/01
SL1991-6A Dec 29/94 Nov 1/01
SL1991-7 Nov 21/91 Nov 1/01
SL1991-12B Sep 7/99 Nov 1/01
SL1995-4C Mar 13/13 Aug 18/14
SL1996-6 Oct 29/96 Nov 1/01
SL1996-13 Jan 23/97 Nov 1/01
SL1998-1A Jun 21/99 Nov 1/01
SL1998-6B Mar 1/00 Nov 1/01
SL1998-15 Jun 5/98 Nov 1/01
SL1998-16A Dec 10/98 Nov 1/01
SL1998-25 Sep 21/98 Nov 1/01
SL1999-1B Aug 1/00 Nov 1/01
SL1999-5A Jul 20/01 Nov 1/01
SL2000-17 Nov 20/00 Nov 1/01
SL2001-4 Mar 15/01 Nov 1/01
SL2001-6 May 30/01 Nov 1/01
SL2001-7 Jul 20/01 Nov 1/01
SL2008-4 Dec 15/08 Jan 3/11
3. List of Incorporated Documents

A. The following service information has been incorporated into this manual. Due to the relationship of
the service information to active Airworthiness Directives, the service information also remains active.

BOM100
Service Document Service Bulletin Date Manual Incorporation Airworthiness Directive

Number Number
SB81A Jan 28/76 Nov 1/01 72-25-07
SB99 Dec 8/72 Nov 1/01 77-13-17
SB99-1 Dec 14/72 Nov 1/01 77-13-07
SB99-2 Apr 23/73 Nov 1/01 77-13-07
SB99-3 Aug 11/75 Nov 1/01 77-13-07
SB100 Oct 30/72 Nov 1/01 72-25-07
SB146 Dec 3/82 Nov 1/01 82-22-02R1
SB146-1 Dec 23/82 Nov 1/01 82-22-02R1
SB146-2 Jun 24/83 Nov 1/01 82-22-02R1
SB151A Dec 6/85 Nov 1/01 83-24-11

CHAPTER 61-PROPELLERS
CHAPTER
61
PROPELLERS
BOM100
61 - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER-SECTION-SUBJECT PAGE DATE
61-Title
61-List of Effective Pages Page 1 May 23/2016
61-Record of Temporary Revisions
61-Contents Pages 1-4 May 23/2016
61-10-00 Pages 1-11 Aug 18/2014
61-10-02 Pages 501-531 May 23/2016
61-10-20 Pages 301-308 Jan 3/2011
61-10-20 Pages 701-734 Aug 18/2014
61-10-22 Pages 1-24 Aug 18/2014
61-10-24 Pages 601-644 Aug 18/2014
61-11-00 Pages 1-34 Aug 18/2014
61-11-01 Pages 101-126 Aug 18/2014
61-11-02 Pages 201-206 Jan 3/2011
61-11-03 Pages 301-321 Aug 18/2014
61-11-04 Pages 401-414 Aug 18/2014
61-11-05 Pages 501-525 May 23/2016
61 - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page 1 of 1

CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Temporary Revision
Page Number Issue Date By Date Removed By
Number
BOM100
61 - CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-00 Page 1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-00 Page 1
Definitions of Blade Servicing and Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-00 Page 1
Explanation of Balance Weight and Blade Stamp Data: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-00 Page 2
Blade Stamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-00 Page 7
Blade Serial Number Stamping Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-00 Page 9
INSPECTION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-02 Page 501
Threadless Blade Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-02 Page 501
Threaded Blade Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-02 Page 517
Ferrule Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-02 Page 524
Blade Assembly Parts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-02 Page 526
DISASSEMBLY (THREADED ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 301
Blade Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 301
C1, C18, and C45 Preload Bearing Blade Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 302
Ferrule Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 303
Actuating Pin Hole Modification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 307
REASSEMBLY (THREADED ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 701
Prior to Ferrule Installation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 701
Ferrule Installation (Oil Fill Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 701
How To Compute Torque When Using Adaptors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 706
Ferrule Installation (Non-oil Fill Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 708
Drilling Ferrule (Feathering and Selected Constant Speed Propellers). . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 711
Scribing for Counterweight Position (Feathering and CT69 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 721
Drilling Ferrule (Threaded Constant Speed Propellers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 724
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 726
Installing Blade Actuating Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 726
Blade Assembly Build-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 727
Blade Shimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 727
Sealing of Ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 729
C1, C18 and C45 Preload Blade Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-20 Page 730
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 1
Lightning Strike Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 1
Lightning Strike Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 1
Necessary Actions Following Object Strike of Stationary Propeller, Blade Strike of
Rotating Propeller, Bird Strike, or Sudden Engine Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 2
Shot Peen Blade Airfoil Repair (114HCA, L114HCA and 96LRB Blades Only). . . . . 61-10-22 Page 2
Scheduled Thickness Reductions of 114HCA, L114HCA, 114GCA, and L114GCA
Blade Models: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 3
Interchangeability of Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 7
90DHB-X and 78CCA-X Blade Design Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 7
Duplicate Blade Serial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 7
Correct Type Certificate Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 8
Blade Type Certificate Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 9
C601 Actuating Pin Screw Improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 10
Propeller Blade Replacement for B2A34C205/90DHA-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 13
Modifications when Converting to an Oil-Filled Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 14
Modification to 90DHA Blade When Used in a C213 Propeller, and all 90DA and
90DCA blades with drilled holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 18
Serial Number Stamping of Retention Nuts and Ferrule Flanges (Threaded Only) . 61-10-22 Page 18
Blade Diameter Reduction for 90DF[X] and 90DC[X] Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 18
Vertical Moment Stamping Requirement For 90DHA-16 Propeller Blades. . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 20
Mis-Drilled Deice Bracket or Balance Weight Holes For L104DSZ-0 and L106FA-0
Propeller Blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 20
61 - CONTENTS Page 1 of 3
BOM100
Incorrect Blade Staking Angle For 114GCA-0, L114GCA-0, L106LA-0, 90DCA-2,

90DFA-4, 82NEA-5, and 82NEA-5.5 Propeller Blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 22
Counterweight Attaching Bolt Hole Thread Inspection For 114GCA-0, L106LA-0,
and L114GCA-0 Propeller Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-22 Page 22
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 601
Blade Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 601
Blade Bend Straightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 602
Minimum Blade Repair Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 605
Local Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 608
Blade Tip Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 612
Blade Balancing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 613
Blade Bore Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 613
Counterweight Groove Repair (Threadless Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 613
Retaining Ring Groove Repair (Threadless Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 616
Heli-Coil Repair (Threadless Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 619
Actuating Pin Mounting Threads (Threadless Blades) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 621
Blade Refinish Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 621
Ferrule Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 621
Actuating Pin Modification Procedure (Threaded Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 623
Retention Nut Rework and Repair (Constant Speed Propellers Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 629
Retention Nut Rework and Repair (Full Feathering Propellers Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 630
Tapped Holes and Countersinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 635
Repair of Preload Bearing Races (C1, C18, and C45 propellers only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 635
Installing Blade Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 635
Blade Assembly Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 635
Blade Shank Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-10-24 Page 639
THREADED BLADE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 1
74E Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 1
76C and L76C Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 2
78BF and 78BFM Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 3
78BFS and 78FF Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 4
78FB Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 5
78FBM Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 6
78K Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 6
78KM Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 7
80GF Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 8
80MM Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 9
82N Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 10
82NK Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 12
82NB and 82NC Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 13
84B Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 15
84HF Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 16
84JF Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 18
84S Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 21
84SF Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 23
90A and 90AT Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 25
90M Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 27
90LF Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 30
90MF Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 31
100RF Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 32
100RFM Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-00 Page 33
C200 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED THREADLESS BLADE DIMENSIONAL
REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 101
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 101
78CCA and 78CDA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 101
BOM100
78TA and 78TCA Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 102

80VHA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 104
82PA and 82PCA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 105
82PGC Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 106
90DA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 107
90DCA and 90DCB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 109
90DHA, and 90DHB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 112
90DHC Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 114
90DJA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 117
90DKB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 118
90DMC Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 119
90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 120
90RHC Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 123
C300 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED FULL-FEATHERING THREADLESS BLADE
DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-02 Page 201
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-02 Page 201
76CTA and L76CTA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-02 Page 201
78CAA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-02 Page 202
L78CBA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-02 Page 203
90DEA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-02 Page 204
C400 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED THREADLESS BLADE DIMENSIONAL
REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 301
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 301
74SA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 301
78CYA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 302
78MLA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 303
78MLB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 305
80VA Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 307
80VEA and 80VSA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 308
80VSB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 309
80VMB Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 311
82NDA and 82NDB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 312
82NGA Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 314
82NHA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 316
82NPA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 317
82NRC and 82NRD Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 318
90DFA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-03 Page 319
500 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED FULL-FEATHERING THREADLESS BLADE
DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 401
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 401
80HA and L80HA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 401
80HJA and L80HJA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 402
80VMFA Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 404
82NEA and 82NEB Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 405
82NFA and L82NFA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 406
L82NEB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 408
82NJA and L82NJA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 409
82NLA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 410
90LFB Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 411
90UMB Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 412
106AWA Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-04 Page 413
TURBINE BLADE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-05 Page 501
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-05 Page 501
Blade Dimensional Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-05 Page 501
BOM100
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. General Information
CAUTION: All procedures to assemble, disassemble, overhaul, and do tests or repairs

on a McCauley propeller blade must be done by qualified personnel in an
FAA-approved propeller repair station or an international equivalent.
NOTE: Refer to aircraft manufacturer’s manual as necessary for additional information.
A. The propeller blade assembly is a vital component of the aircraft.
B. Use recommended procedures to do inspections, maintenance, repairs and overhauls to the propeller
blades.
C. This overhaul manual is written to basic ATA Specification No. 2200.
D. Users of the manual must have sufficient training to follow these instructions carefully and correctly.
2. Definitions of Blade Servicing and Life
NOTE: Terms used in this manual for propeller assembly servicing and life are defined as follows :
A. Overhaul
(1) Overhaul is the periodic disassembly, inspection, reconditioning and reassembly of a propeller
assembly. A propeller assembly is constructed of a number of moveable, detachable parts.
(a) The period between overhauls is based either on hours of service (e.g., operating time) or
on calendar time.
(b) The inspection procedures described in this manual should be accomplished at every
overhaul. The interval between overhauls of the propeller assembly must not exceed
the limitations in the latest revision of the McCauley MPC26 Owner/Operator Information
Manual or McCauley Service Bulletin SB137[X], as applicable.
1 For all McCauley constant speed threadless propellers (C200 thru C1100 model
series propellers).
a Refer to the McCauley MPC26, Owner/Operator Information Manual for the
current overhaul interval for the applicable propeller model.
2 For all McCauley constant speed threaded propellers (C1 thru C98 model series
propellers).
a Refer to McCauley Service Bulletin SB137[XX] for the current overhaul interval
for the applicable propeller model.
(c) At specified overhaul periods:
1 Completely disassemble the blade assembly.
2 Do an inspection of all the parts for cracks, wear, corrosion and other unusual or
abnormal conditions (Refer to the SPM100 Standard Practices Manual, Inspection
Criteria, Definitions of Defects and Damage).
3 Repair the finish or replace certain parts as necessary.
4 Assemble and balance the blade. Refer to the SPM100 Standard Practices Manual,
Blade Track and Blade to Blade Balance.
(d) During the overhaul, do all the applicable instructions in this manual and in later service
bulletins and letters.
B. Reconditioning
(1) Reconditioning is to correct minor or major damage of certain propeller components. Blade
damage can be caused when small objects hit the blade during normal operation.
(a) Use the procedures in this manual to correct the blade damage as necessary.
(b) Before you return the blade to service, balance it again.
C. Repair
(1) Repair is the correction of minor or major blade assembly damage.
61-10-00 Page 1
BOM100
CAUTION: Always refer to the special instructions before you do any repairs.
(a) Use the procedures in this manual to repair the blade assembly as necessary.
(b) The amount, degree and extent of major damage will help to find if a blade assembly can
be repaired without a complete overhaul. Refer to Inspection Procedures.
D. Blade Model Designation
(1) Refer to Figure 1.
3. Explanation of Balance Weight and Blade Stamp Data:

A. McCauley will frequently put lead in a propeller blade to get a match weight. The original balance
weight of a blade is steel stamped on the butt of the blade. The leaded weight will be ink stamped
next to the original balance data for the blade. Refer to Figure 2.
B. The leaded weight ink stamp can be removed during the normal use of the blade in the propeller
assembly. Always examine the blade balance weight hole for signs that lead has been added to the
blade before you order a matched weight blade.
C. In February 1973, McCauley started to change the procedure to measure and put stamps of the
balance data on all constant speed, full feathering, and turbine blades. This made it necessary to
change the matching procedures when you replace blades. The balance information applied by
stamps on the blades must be within the specified tolerances to prevent the use of more than the
maximum allowable number of balance weights on a completed propeller assembly. Refer to Table 1.
NOTE: The metal stamping of blade information on the blade butt refers to a "bare" anodized
blade (i.e. no paint, boots, other parts, or even lead) with the stamping accomplished after
anodize and before the staking operation.
Table 1. Blade Matching Tolerances
Model Horizontal Vertical

Two-Blade Constant Speed +0.50 or -0.50 +0.50 or -0.50
Threaded/Threadless inch-pounds. inch-pounds. (+0.056
(+0.056 or -0.056 or -0.056 N-m)
N-m)
Three-Blade Constant Speed +0.50 or -0.50 N/A
Threaded/Threadless inch-pounds.
(+0.056 or -0.056
N-m)
Two-Blade Full Feathering +0.50 or -0.50 +0.50 or -0.50
Threaded/Threadless inch-pounds. inch-pounds. (+0.056
(+0.056 or -0.056 or -0.056 N-m)
N-m)
Three-Blade Full Feathering +0.50 or -0.50 N/A
Threaded/Threadless inch-pounds.
(+0.056 or -0.056
N-m)
61-10-00 Page 2
BOM100
Table 1. Blade Matching Tolerances (continued)

Model Horizontal Vertical
Three-Blade Turbine +0.50 or -0.50 N/A
inch-pounds.
(+0.056 or -0.056
N-m)
Four-Blade Turbine +0.50 or -0.50 +0.50 or -0.50
inch-pounds. inch-pounds. (+0.056
(+0.056 or -0.056 or -0.056 N-m)
N-m)
Five-Blade Turbine +0.50 or -0.50 +0.50 or -0.50
inch-pounds. inch-pounds. (+0.056
(+0.056 or -0.056 or -0.056 N-m)
N-m)
D. Old Procedure
(1) In the old procedure, all the new blades were compared with a master blade. The balance data
that was stamped on the blade showed the additional weight that was necessary to balance the
new blade to the master. Refer to Table 2.
(2) For example, a blade with the balance data H10 T6 would be 1.0 ounce (28.35 gm) light in the
horizontal plane and 0.6 ounce (17.01 gm) light on the trailing edge (vertical plane). This is how
it compared with the master blade. On 3-blade propellers, the vertical balance is not measured.
(3) If the blade weights were within the specified tolerance of each other, they were put together for
the propeller assemblies. This procedure has been stopped. The existing service information
for this procedure is obsolete.
E. New Procedure
(1) All new production blades are put on a balance arbor that measures the moment of the blade.
The new measurement is given in inch-pounds. The results of the new procedure gives a more
precise measurement than in the old procedure.
EXAMPLE: A new 82NB-6 blade can be stamped 36.26 L.35.

1. 36.26 - Horizontal - the blade applies 136.26 inch-pounds (15.40 N-m)
moment in the horizontal plane. See that the hundreds digit (1) is not
shown in the balance data. One (1) is assumed unless the weight is
more than 199.99 inch-pounds (22.60 N-m).
2. L.35 - Vertical - The blade also applies 0.35 inch-pounds (0.04 N-m) in
the vertical plane in the direction of the leading edge. If it were marked
T.35, the direction of the moment would be towards the trailing edge.
NOTE: In the old procedure, a T stamp showed the trailing edge was light. Now a T stamp
shows that the trailing edge is heavy.
F. Use the New Procedure to Match Blades
(1) With the new procedure for the stamps, a new procedure must be used to get a matched pair
of blades for a propeller assembly. Any combination of horizontal or vertical data is satisfactory
if the blades that are put together are within the tolerances specified in Table 1. The procedure
can be used only for blades that have not been changed by polishing, grinding, or if the length
has been decreased since the product was original.
EXAMPLE: A blade for a C200 series propeller is stamped 35.40 T.15. Use Table 1 and
find that the tolerance for this type of blade is as follows: horizontal +0.50 or
-0.50 inch-pounds. (+0.056 or -0.056 N-m), vertical +0.50 or -0.50 inch-pounds.
(+0.056 or -0.056 N-m). Therefore, a matching blade must be stamped from
34.90 to 35.90 and from T.65 to L.35.
G. Translation From Old Data to New
61-10-00 Page 3
BOM100
C17
[X]L84BMCA−OEP − SAMPLE BLADE MODEL DESIGNATION
[X] L 84 BMCA − O E P
IF PRESENT, INDICATES A POLISHED BLADE
IF PRESENT, INDICATED AN ELIPTICAL TIP
REDUCTION IN DIAMETER (IN INCHES)

OF THE PROPELLER FROM BASIC BLADE
DESIGN
McCAULEY ASSIGNED DESIGN REFERENCE

INFORMATION
BASIC DESIGN DIAMETER SIZE (IN INCHES)
DESIGNATION FOR DIRECTION OF ROTATION

VIEWED FROM THE PILOT’S SEAT
NO LETTER (BLANK) = RIGHT
L = LEFT
CHANGE DESIGNATION WHICH MAY AFFECT

ELIGIBILITY OR INTERCHANGEABILITY
Blade Model Designation

Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
61-10-00 Page 4
BOM100
(1) The old balance data should be changed to the new data. Then the data is compared with the
tolerances on Table 1 to find if it matches with another blade.
H. Horizontal Data
(1) Horizontal data can be changed with the formula that follows (use master blade data from Table
2):
(a) Master Blade - (H x 0.003125 x diameter) = New Data
EXAMPLE:
An 82NC-4 blade stamped H14.L8. From Table 2, an 82NC-4 master blade is equal to
137.30. Use this formula:
137.30 - (14 x 0.003125 x 78) = New Data
137.30 - 3.41 = 133.89
I. Vertical Data
(1) Vertical data can be changed in the same way. Use the master blade data from Table 2 and one
of the four formulas that follow:
(a) If the master blade has a T stamp and the subject blade has a T stamp use:
1 Master blade - (T x 0.02) = New Data
(b) If the master blade has a T stamp and the subject blade has an L stamp use:
1 Master blade + (L x 0.02) = New Data
(c) If the master blade has an L stamp and the subject blade has a T stamp use:
1 Master blade + (T x 0.02) = New Data
(d) If the master blade has an L stamp and the subject blade has an L stamp use:
1 Master blade - (L x 0.02) = New Data
EXAMPLE: An 82NC-4 blade stamped H14 L8. From Table 2 an 82NC-4 master
blade is equal to L.12. Since the master has an L stamp and the
example has an L stamp, you must use formula (d).
Master Blade - (L x 0.02) = New Data

L.12 - (8 x 0.02)
L.12 - 0.16 = (L - 0.04) NOTE
= T.04
(Since the answer is initially a negative number, if it is changed from L to T, it is changed to a positive number.)
J. Blades with Modifications
(1) When the blades have modifications that were made since the original production, the balance
data on the blade and the procedure shown before is no longer usable. Therefore, to get a
matching blade, you must grind the new blade until it has the weight characteristics equivalent
to its matched blade. This will help to make sure that it is not necessary to use too many balance
weights on the assembly.
61-10-00 Page 5
BOM100
Table 2. Master Blade Data
Blade Model Horizontal Vertical Blade Model Horizontal Vertical

74E-0 165.15 T.06 82PA-6 166.00 L.10
76C-0 157.84 L.45 84B-0 221.59 T.06
76C-2 150.15 L.06 84B-2 218.24 L.02
76CT-0 173.72 T.26 84HF-0 188.53 T.05
L76C-0 150.10 T.21 84HF-3 184.26 L.40
L76C-0 cat. "A" 156.95 L.03 84HF-6 193.76 L.16
L76CX-6 146.78 T.07 84JF-3 179.58 L.60
L76CT-0 175.25 L.40 84SF-6 135.18 T.10
78BF-0 227.64 L.13 84SF-8 133.48 L.18
78BFM-0 224.75 L.25 90AT-0 224.67 L.14
78BFS-0 182.47 L.08 90A/AT-2 225.95 T.05
78CA-0 199.05 L.26 90A/AT-4 224.30 L.12
L78CB-2 197.50 L.42 90A/AT-6 222.44 L.01
78CC-2 191.56 L.31 90A/AT-8 216.33 T.16
78CYA-0 90A/AT-8.5 219.38 L.14
78FB-1.5 176.00 T.03 90AT-10 207.40 L.21
78FF-0 178.00 T.09 90D-0 217.08 T.39
78KM-4 167.85 L.03 90D-2 215.30 T.13
78T-0 194.00 .00 90D-8 208.87 T.12
78TC-0 192.93 T.13 90LF-0 199.11 T.16
78W-4 180.63 L.60 90M-0 227.62 L.20
80GF-0 178.30 L.06 90M-2 230.97 T.07
80MM-6 206.43 L.07 90M-4 227.18 T.39
80MMF-0 198.58 L.44 90M-6 224.55 T.12
82N-4 160.43 T.17 90M-8 219.53 T.05
82NB-6 136.16 L.20 90M-12 212.97 T.02
82NC-2 138.82 L.35 90MF-0 211.65 L.48
82NC-4 137.30 L.12 90MF-2 215.25 L.53
82NC-5.5 136.08 L.26 90MF-8 204.37 L.50
82NC-8 129.15 L.11 90MF-10 198.47 L.36
82NK-2 170.55 L.14 100RFM-10 301.41 L.03
82PA-0 170.57 L.01
4. Blade Stamping
A. Identification on the Blade Assembly (Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3).
61-10-00 Page 6
BOM100
(1) Use the correct procedures and the correct, round-bottom steel stamp to identify a blade
assembly which has been overhauled. Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3.
CAUTION: All data that is steel-stamped must be done before the chemical
coating is applied.
CAUTION: On threadless blades, do not use a steel stamp in the area of the
actuating pin base seat.
CAUTION: Use a round-bottom steel stamp to add the necessary information
on the butt of a overhauled blade assembly.
(2) Blade Identification with a Stamp at Diameter Reduction.
(a) If the blades are returned to service on the original aircraft application, do the steps that
follow:
NOTE: The propeller diameter limits are specified in the FAA Aircraft Type Certificate,
Supplemental Type Certificate, or in the international equivalent.
1 When the blades in an assembly have a their diameter decreased, and they stay
within the diameter range specified in the Type Certificate data sheet for the aircraft
application, do not change the dash number in the blade model designation. Do not
change the dash number when the blade repair, the reconditioning, or the overhaul
changes the propeller diameter and the diameter is within the specified diameter
range for the aircraft application.
2 If the amount the diameter is decreased is more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), and for each
1/2 inch (12.7 mm) diameter decrease after that, you must use an impression stamp
and apply the information on the blade butt after the abbreviation "DR-_." Refer to
Figure 2 and Figure 3.
a Because of variations in the stamps on the blade, apply the stamps as close as
possible to the blade model designation.
61-10-00 Page 7
BOM100
EXAMPLE: An aircraft application specifies a 90DFA-2 blade from 88 to 86

inches (2.24 to 2.20 m) in diameter. The blade would be stamped
90DFA-2 when it is used at 88 inches (2.24 m) diameter. If the
blade is repaired by trimming to an 86 inch (2.20 m) diameter, the
90DFA -2 stamp would not change, but DR-2 would be stamped
on the blade butt to indicate the reduction in diameter of 2 inches
(50.8 mm). If this same blade is now to be used in an application
that specifies a 90DFA-8 blade from 82 to 80 inch (2.10 to 2.03
m) diameter, the following changes must be made. The blade
will be cut down to produce the 82 inch (2.10 m) diameter, and
the stamping would be changed from 90DFA-2 to 90DFA-8, and
the DR-2 be changed to DR-0.
CAUTION: Do not apply a stamp under the area of the actuating

pin base seat.
NOTE: The maximum and minimum diameter for a specified application is
given in the Standard Aircraft Type Certificates. The blade model
designation does not change. The above instructions will allow
documentation of assembly diameter changes.
NOTE: Older blades which had a stamp applied again with a changed model
designation must have a stamp applied again with the original model
designation. Then it must show the diameter decrease as given in
the above instructions.
(b) If the blades are used on another aircraft application where it is necessary to decrease the
diameter, do the steps that follow:
1 When the blade length is decreased to let the blades be used in another application,
the blade model designation must be changed to show the new assembly diameter.
a Use an impression stamp and apply a line through the original model
designation dash number.
b Use an impression stamp and apply the changed model designation next to the
original model designation.
c Use an impression stamp and change the dash number of the "DR-" to "DR-0".
(3) The designation for a liquid penetrant inspection is:
C153
(4) MP- Shows that the blade was manufactured with the blade mill process.
(5) Blade Stamps (Threadless Only) (Refer to Figure 3).
(a) L- Shows that the blade is a life-limited blade (found under the T.C. number).
(b) R- Shows that the retaining ring groove has been repaired. (Found before the change letter
of the blade.)
(6) Blade Stamps (Threaded Only) (Refer to Figure 2).
NOTE: The stamps that follow are found after the impression stamp blade serial number.
(Refer to Figure 2).
(a) Y- Shows that the thread form has been inspected.

(b) S- Shows that the shot peen and truncation of the thread has been inspected.
61-10-00 Page 8
BOM100
(c) C- Shows that the thread form after the shot peen and truncation has been comparator
checked.
NOTE: The comparator check is a production inspection only and is not necessary at
overhaul.
B. Serial Number Stamping
(1) Refer to General Information, for an explanation of the serial number stamps.
5. Blade Serial Number Stamping Information

A. Blade serial number information is stamped on the butt of the blade and is not visible externally.
Table 3. Blade Year of Manufacture Code
A= 1980 L= 1991 W= 2002 AH= 2013 AS= 2024

B= 1981 M= 1992 X= 2003 AI= 2014 AT= 2025
C= 1982 N= 1993 Y= 2004 AJ= 2015 AU= 2026
D= 1983 O= 1994 Z= 2005 AK= 2016 AV= 2027
E= 1984 P= 1995 AA= 2006 AL= 2017 AW= 2028
F= 1985 Q= 1996 AB= 2007 AM= 2018 AX= 2029
G= 1986 R= 1997 AC= 2008 AN= 2019 AY= 2030
H= 1987 S= 1998 AD= 2009 AO= 2020 AZ= 2031
I= 1988 T= 1999 AE= 2010 AP= 2021
J= 1989 U= 2000 AF= 2011 AQ= 2022
K= 1990 V= 2001 AG= 2012 AR= 2023
Table 4. Blade Month of Manufacture Code
A= January E= May I= September

B= February F= June J= October
C= March G= July K= November
D= April H= August L= December
(1) Blade serial numbers assigned after 1980 and before June 15, 2000:
(a) The first letter represents the year of manufacture.
(b) The second letter represents the month of manufacture.
(c) The following digits represent the number of the blade manufactured during the month of
manufacture.
NOTE: Blade serial numbers assigned before 1980 had four to seven digits and did not
have year of manufacture code type information imbedded in the number.
(2) Blade serial numbers assigned after June 15, 2000:

(a) The first or first and second letters represent the year of manufacture.
(b) The second, or third, letters represent the month of manufacture.
(c) The first two digits represent a reference forging model.
(d) The following digits represent the number of the blade manufactured during the month of
manufacture.
61-10-00 Page 9
BOM100
C18
"S" − IN BLADE DESIGN DESIGNATION

SIGNIFIES SHOT PEENED AND
TOPPED BLADE THREADS
BLADE DESIGN NUMBER

FOLLOWED BY DIAMETER
BLADE ASSEMBLY DASH NO.
STAMPING (OPTIONAL)
NEW DESIGNATION NUMBER
FOR DIAMETER REDUCTION
AMOUNT OF
LEADED BALANCE WEIGHT DATA DIAMETER REDUCTION
T.C. NUMBERS WHICH APPLY

TO BLADE DESIGN AND "P.C."
ORIGINAL BALANCE WEIGHT DATA
LIQUID PENETRANT MARK

BLADE SERIAL NUMBER
Y − DESIGNATES THAT THE THREAD FORM HAS BEEN INSPECTED

S − DESIGNATES THAT THE SHOT PEEN AND TRUNCATION OF THE
THREAD HAS BEEN INSPECTED
C − DESIGNATES THAT THE THREAD FORM AFTER SHOT PEEN AND
TRUNCATION HAS BEEN INSPECTED
NOTE: STAMP WITH 0.08 TO 0.10 INCH

(2.03 TO 2.54 mm) CHARACTERS
Threaded Blade Stamping

Figure 2 (Sheet 1)
61-10-00 Page 10
BOM100
C19
T.C. NUMBERS WHICH APPLY TO

BLADE DESIGN AND "P.C." INDICATES LIFE LIMITED BLADE
LIQUID PENETRANT MARK

BLADE SERIAL NUMBER
STAMPING NOT PERMITTED
WHERE THE ACTUATING
PIN BASE SEATS
AMOUNT OF
LEADED BALANCE
DIAMETER REDUCTION
WEIGHT DATA
ORIGINAL BALANCE WEIGHT DATA
NEW DESIGNATION NUMBER MP − INDICATES THE BLADE WAS
FOR DIAMETER REDUCTION MANUFACTURED USING THE BLADE
MILL PROCESS
R−INDICATES THE RETAINING

GROOVE HAS BEEN REPAIRED
REF. CHANGE LETTER OF BLADE

BLADE DESIGN NUMBER FOLLOWED
BY DIAMETER DASH NO.
NOTE: STAMP WITH 0.08 TO 0.15 INCH

(2.03 TO 3.81 mm) CHARACTERS
Threadless Blade Stamping

Figure 3 (Sheet 1)
61-10-00 Page 11
BOM100
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
1. Threadless Blade Inspection Procedures
CAUTION: Retire all serial-numbered parts which are not airworthy in accordance with
the mandatory part retirement procedures. Refer to the Standard Practices
Manual, Inspection Criteria.
A. Refer to the full Definitions of Defects and Damage in the Standard Practices Manual, Inspection
Criteria.
B. Follow the blade cleaning procedure in the Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures.
CAUTION: If there is a scratch or corrosion within the shot-peened area of the blade
butt, the blade must be retired.
NOTE: All threaded inserts (heli-coils) and hardware must be removed from the blade prior to
cleaning.
C. Visually examine each blade butt for nicks or scratches in the critical areas shown in the applicable
Figure 501, Figure 502, Figure 503, Figure 504, or Figure 505.
(1) C500, C600, C650, C700, C750, C1000, C1100 series refer to Figure 501, Figure 505, Table
501, and Table 502.
CAUTION: No raised metal is permitted in the area from A to B.
CAUTION: Damaged or rounded edges are not permitted in area I.

Table 501. C500 Series
A to B Small scratches, shallow fretting or split retainer compression indication marks are permitted
to a maximum depth of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm). No rework is permitted.
B to C Small scratches, shallow fretting or split retainer compression indication marks are permitted
to a maximum depth of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) in the flat (non radius area). No corner rework
or corrosion is permitted. If shallow fretting or split compression indication marks are visible,
do a Fluorescent Dye Penetrant Inspection of the area affected, go to the SPM100 Standard
Practices Manual for inspection instructions. No damage is allowed in the radius areas
that transition to the C to D area.
C to D No scratches, corrosion, fretting or any other indications of damage in this area is
permitted. No rework is permitted. Go to Figure 505 for an illustration of the inspection area.
D to E No small scratches or corrosion is permitted. No rework is permitted.
E to F Small scratches or shallow fretting marks are permitted in this area to a maximum depth of
0.010 inch (0.254 mm). Lightly polish with crocus cloth to remove the peaks. Lathe type
cleanup is not permitted.
F to G No scratches or corrosion is permitted in the O-ring groove. No rework is permitted.
G to H No corner rework is permitted. Scuffing, due to contact with hub sockets, is permitted to a
maximum depth of 0.010 inch (0.254 mm). 4.610 inch (117.09 mm) minimum diameter
Lathe type cleanup is not permitted.
H to I Corrosion or small surface damage in the groove is permitted. Refer to Repair and
Replacement, Retaining Ring Groove Repair.
61-10-02 Page 501

BOM100
Table 501. C500 Series (continued)

I to J Damage, due to the snap ring installation, is permitted to a maximum depth of 0.015 inch
(0.381 mm). If corrosion is found under the counterweight, Contact McCauley for disposition.
Remove only the positive damage. 4.605 inch (116.97 mm) minimum diameter. Lathe type
J to K Corrosion in the counterweight groove is permitted. Refer to Repair and Replacement,
Counterweight Groove Repair.
K to L Do not rework the corner break.
Table 502. C600, C650, C700, C750, C1000, C1100 Series
to a maximum depth of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) in the flat (non radius area). No corner
rework or corrosion is permitted. If shallow fretting or split compression indication marks are
visible, do a Fluorescent Dye Penetrant Inspection of the area affected, refer to the SPM100
Standard Practices Manual for inspection instructions. No damage is allowed in the radius
areas that transition to the C to D area.
NOTE: For 114GCA, L114GCA, 114HCA, and L114HCA model propeller blades, if damage
(wear) is observed in the radius area that transition to the C to D area, remove the
propeller blade and the propeller blade split retainers from service and return the
propeller blade and split retainers to McCauley.
D to E No scratches or corrosion is permitted. No rework is permitted.
E to F Small scratches or shallow fretting marks are permitted in this area to a maximum depth of
0.010 inch (0.254 mm). Lightly polish with crocus cloth to remove the peaks. 4.517 inch
(114.73 mm) minimum diameter Lathe type cleanup is not permitted.
F to G No scratches or corrosion is permitted in the O-ring groove. No rework is permitted.
G to H No corner rework is permitted. Scuffing, due to contact with hub sockets, is permitted to a
maximum depth of 0.010 inch (0.254 mm). 4.613 inch (117.17 mm) minimum diameter
H to I Corrosion or small surface damage in the groove is permitted. Refer to Repair and
Replacement, Retaining Ring Groove Repair.
I to J Damage, due to the snap ring installation, is permitted to a maximum depth of 0.015 inch
(0.381 mm). If corrosion is found under the counterweight, Contact McCauley for disposition.
Remove only the positive damage. 4.608 inch (117.04 mm) minimum diameter. Lathe type
J to K Corrosion in the counterweight groove is permitted. Refer to Repair and Replacement,
Counterweight Groove Repair.
K to L Do not rework the corner break.
61-10-02 Page 502

BOM100
C33
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
C500, C600, C650, C700, C750, C1000, C1100 Series Blade Butts
Figure 501 (Sheet 1)
61-10-02 Page 503

BOM100
(2) For C400 series and C200 series with O-ring groove on blade butt, refer to Figure 502, Figure
505, and Table 503.

CAUTION: Damaged or rounded edges are not permitted in area I.
Table 503. C400 Series and C200 Series With O-ring Groove On Blade Butt
to maximum depth of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm). No rework is permitted.
to a maximum depth of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) in the flat (non radius area). No corner
rework or corrosion is permitted. If shallow fretting or split compression indication marks are
visible, do a Fluorescent Dye Penetrant Inspection of the area affected, refer to the SPM100
Standard Practices Manual for inspection instructions. No damage is allowed in the radius
areas that transition to the C to D area.
D to E Small scratches are permitted. Remove only the positive damage.
E to F Small scratches or shallow fretting marks are permitted in this area to maximum depth of
0.010 inch (0.254 mm). Lightly polish with crocus cloth to remove the peaks. Lathe type
F to G No scratches or corrosion are permitted in the O-ring groove. No rework is permitted.
G to H No corner rework is permitted. Scuffing, due to contact with hub socket, is permitted. Remove
the positive peaks. Repairs to a maximum depth of 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) are permitted.
4.610 inch (117.09 mm) minimum diameter. Lathe type cleanup is not permitted.
H to I Corrosion or small surface damage in the groove is permitted. Go to Retaining Ring Groove
Repair.
I to J Do not rework the corner break.
61-10-02 Page 504

BOM100
C34
B
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
C400 Series Blade Butts and C200 Series With O-ring Groove On Blade Butt
61-10-02 Page 505

BOM100
(3) For C300 series, refer to Figure 503, Figure 505 and Table 504.
CAUTION: Damaged or rounded edges are not permitted in area G.

Table 504. C300 Series
E to F No corner rework is permitted. No scratches or corrosion in the O-ring area are permitted.
The minimum diameter in the O-ring area is 4.618 inches (117.30 mm) Scuffing, due to
contact with hub socket, is permitted. Remove the positive peaks. Repairs to a maximum
depth of 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) are permitted. 4.610 inch (117.09 mm) minimum diameter.
F to G Corrosion in the counterweight groove is permitted. Refer to Counterweight Groove Repair.
G to H Small scratches, shallow fretting or counterweight compression indication marks are permitted
to a maximum depth of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm). If corrosion is found, contact McCauley for
disposition. Only local repair is permitted. Minimum diameter is 4.368 inches (110.95 mm).
61-10-02 Page 506

BOM100
C35
B
C
F
G
C300 Series Blade Butts

61-10-02 Page 507

BOM100
(4) For C200 series with O-ring in hub socket, refer to Figure 504, Figure 505, and Table 505.
CAUTION: Damaged or rounded edges are not permitted in area G.

Table 505. C200 Series With O-ring In Hub Socket
E to F No corner rework is permitted. No scratches or corrosion in the O-ring area are permitted
the minimum diameter is 4.618 inches (117.30 mm). Scuffing, due to contact with hub
socket, is permitted. Remove the positive peaks. Repairs to a maximum depth of 0.010
inch (0.254 mm) are permitted. The minimum diameter is 4.610 inches (117.09 mm). No
lathe type clean up is permitted.
F to G Corrosion or small surface damage in the groove is permitted. Refer to Retaining Ring Groove
Repair.
G to H Do not rework the corner break.
61-10-02 Page 508

BOM100
C36
B
C
F
G
H
C200 Series Blade Butts With O-ring In Hub Socket

61-10-02 Page 509

BOM100
C2651
1 - No scratches, corrosion, fretting or any other indications of damage in the area highlighted by the arrow
is permitted.
2 - The arrow points to wear that is not permitted and is cause for the propeller blade to be removed from
service. 61-10-02 Page 510
2 - No rework is permitted. © McCauley Propeller Systems May 23/2016
Figure 505
BOM100
D. Examine the blade.

(1) Visually examine the blade bore area for corrosion or pitting. ( Refer to Figure 506.) If any
indications are found, refer to the applicable repair criteria in the Repair and Replacement section
of this manual.
(2) Examine the condition of the blade surfaces.
(a) Make sure the surfaces are not broken, chipped, or peeling.
(b) Examine for corrosion on the blade surfaces.
CAUTION: Any blade that shows an indication of an anodize burn must be

retired.
(c) Retire any blade that shows an indication of an anodize burn.
(3) Visually examine each blade for bends, cracks, scratches, dents, erosion, gouges, nicks and
pitting. If any indications are found, refer to the applicable repair criteria in the Repair and
Replacement section of this manual.
(a) Make sure to carefully examine the leading edge and outboard stations of the blade.
(b) Inspect all threaded holes for damaged threads, corrosion or pits.
1 Refer to the applicable repair criteria in the Repair and Replacement section of this
manual for threaded hole repairs for all threaded holes except actuating pin screw
threads. If the actuating pin mounting screw threads have any damage to the hole or
threads the blade must be removed from service and retired.
E. Lay out the blade stations ( Refer to Figure 507).
(1) Use the correct blade table to lay out the blade stations. (Refer to the appropriate Blade
Dimensional Requirements section in this manual.)
(a) Use a soft red or white, non-graphite pencil to lay out the stations.
NOTE: The blade station location has a +0.015 to -0.015-inch (+0.381 to -0.381 mm)
tolerance.
(2) Make sure to account for the 0-inch station to the butt measurement.
F. Do the bend angle inspection. (Refer to Figure 508 for the allowable bend angle for the cold repair.)
NOTE: If any dimension is out of the specifications in Figure 508, the blade must be retired.
NOTE: If the blade is bent but repairable, it can be necessary to straighten the blade to an
acceptable, normal appearance before the repair. Refer to the Repair and Replacement,
Blade Repair Procedures, Blade Bend Straightening, Pre-Straightening an Extensive
Large-Radius Bend, for the blade bending procedures.
(1) Measure the included angle (in degrees) of the bend in face alignment between points of
tangency found one inch (25.4 mm) on each side of the bend center line.
(2) Measure the angle at several points on the large radius bend where the centerline is not well-
defined. Consider and use only the maximum measurement.
(3) Reject any blade with bends from the leading to the trailing edge.
NOTE: No repairs are authorized for blades with bends from the leading to the trailing edge.
G. Do the Blade Angle Check.
(1) Put the appropriate blade angle checking fixture on the butt of blade. ( Refer to Figure 509 and
Table 506.)
61-10-02 Page 511

BOM100
Threadless Blade Bore

61-10-02 Page 512

BOM100
C38
ROTATIONAL AXIS
DEVELOPED PLANFORM
TRAILING EDGE LEADING EDGE
0 INCH STATION TO BUTT

FACE SIDE
Threadless Blade Layout

61-10-02 Page 513

BOM100
C39
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
STATION
THICKNESS
0.6
(INCHES)
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
20 15 10 5 0
ALLOWABLE COLD BEND ANGLE (DEGREES)
Allowable Bend Angle for Cold Repair

61-10-02 Page 514

BOM100
Figure 509
61-10-02 Page 515

BOM100
(2) Turn the fixture until the fixture pin and fixture screw holes that have marks for the specific
propeller model line up with the matching holes in the blade butt. Refer to Figure 509.
(3) Install the fixture pin and fixture screw through the aligned holes.
(a) Do not tighten the screw.
(4) Turn the fixture clockwise (as viewed from the base of the blade) to remove the slack in the
assembly.
NOTE: If the bend must be made with the face side of the blade down, the angle-checking
fixture must be turned counterclockwise to remove the slack.
(5) Use an applicable wrench to tighten the fixture screw.

(6) Set up the blade on surface table.
(7) Make sure the reference station is at the correct angle. Refer to Table 506.
(8) Loosen the fixture screw, remove the fixture pin and remove the blade angle checking fixture
from the blade butt.
Table 506. Blade Angle Checking Fixture List
Blade Model Blade Angle Letter stamped on Letter stamped Angle found at
Checking checking fixture to be next to hole for 30-inch (762.00
Fixture at 12 o'clock position hole usage mm) station
74SA B-4124 G G 0°
76CTA B-4124 D D 0°
78CAA B-4124 D D 0°
78CCA B-4124 A A 0°
78CDA B-4124 A A 0°
78CYA B-4124 G G 0°
78MLA B-4124 G G 0°
78MLB B-4124 G G +3°
78TA B-4124 A A 0°
78TCA B-4124 A A 0°
80HA B-4124 B B 0°
80HJA B-4124 B B -2°
80VA B-4124 G G 0°
80VEA B-4124 G G 0°
80VHA B-4124 A A 0°
80VMB B-4124 G G +3°
80VMFA B-4124 B B 0°
80VSA B-4124 G G 0°
80VSB B-4124 G G +3°
82NDA B-4124 G G 0°
82NDB B-4124 G G +3°
82NEA B-4124 B B 0°
82NEB B-4124 E E 0°
61-10-02 Page 516

BOM100
Table 506. Blade Angle Checking Fixture List (continued)

82NFA B-4124 B B 0°
82NGA B-4124 G G 0°
82NHA B-4124 G G 0°
82NJA B-4124 B B 0°
82NLA B-4124 B B 0°
82NPA B-4124 G G 0°
82NRC B-4124 G G +6°
82NRD B-4124 G G +9°
82PA B-4124 A A 0°
82PCA B-4124 A A 0°
82PGC B-4124 F F +5°
90DA B-4124 A A 0°
90DCA B-4124 A A 0°
90DCB B-4124 F F 0°
90DEA B-4124 D D 0°
90DFA B-4124 G G 0°
90DHA B-4124 A A 0°
90DHB B-4124 F F 0°
90DHC B-4124 F F +5°
90DJA B-4124 A A 0°
90DKB B-4124 F F 0°
90DMC B-4124 F F +5°
90LFB B-4124 E E 0°
90LNA C-5502 B B -2°
90RA B-4124 A A 0°
90RB B-4124 F F 0°
90RDA B-4124 A A 0°
90REA B-4124 A A 0°
90REB B-4124 F F 0°
90REC B-4124 F F +5°
90RHC B-4124 F F +5°
90UMB B-4124 E E 0°
93JA B-5049 A A 0°
93KB B-5049 B B 0°
61-10-02 Page 517

BOM100
Table 506. Blade Angle Checking Fixture List (continued)

94LA C-5502 B B -2°
94LMA C-5502 B B -2°
94LMB C-5502 B B -2°
94LNA C-5502 B B -2°
94LPA C-5502 B B -2°
96LRB B-5049 D C -11°
96LTA B-5049 D C -11°
96MGA C-5502 B B -2°
100LA B-5049 A A 0°
102BHA B-5049 D B 0°
106GA B-5049 B B 0°
106LNA C-5502 B B -2°
106AWA B-4124 E E 0°
114GCA B-5049 D C -14° Note 1
114HCA B-5049 D C -14° Note 1
L76CTA B-4124 C C 0°
L78CBA B-4124 C C 0°
L80HA B-4124 C B 0°
L80HJA B-4124 C B 0°
L82NEB B-4124 C B +2.2°
L82NFA B-4124 C B 0°
L82NJA B-4124 C B 0°
L95DZ C-5502 B A +3°
L104DSZ B-5049 C C 0°
L106FA C-5502 A A 0°
L106FRA C-5502 A A -3°
L106KA C-5502 A A 0°
L106LA C-5502 A A 0°
L108FA C-5502 A A 0°
L114GCA B-5049 A C -8° Note 1
L114HCA B-5049 A C -8° Note 1
NOTE 1: 42 inch (1067.00 mm) station
61-10-02 Page 518

BOM100
H. Do the Blade Dimensional Checks (Refer to Figure 510).
NOTE: These checks are for the width and thickness, angles and face alignment.
(1) Make sure the blade dimensions agree with the applicable dimensions in the applicable Blade
Dimensional Requirements section of this manual.
NOTE: If the diameter of a propeller is decreased to a dimension that is between the

diameters recorded in the repair tables, the repair dimensions must be interpolated
in 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) diameter increments.
EXAMPLE: A 90R[X] blade has been decreased to an 87-inch (2.21 m) diameter.

However, the dimensions are only given for 88-inch (2.24 m) and 86-
inch (2.20 m) diameters. Interpolate for those widths and thickness at
87 inches (2.21 m).
NOTE: If a diameter is 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) or more below a given diameter, use the next
lower 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) increment.
EXAMPLE: If diameter is 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) less than 94 inch (2.39 m), use the
93.5 inch (2.37 m) specifications.
NOTE: Inspections of the edge alignment on blades are not necessary.
61-10-02 Page 519

BOM100
Figure 510
61-10-02 Page 520

BOM100
I. Do the Fluorescent Dye Penetrant Inspection Procedure.
WARNING: A blade must not be returned to service if a non-repairable crack is

found during a fluorescent dye penetrant inspection.
(1) Use the approved fluorescent dye penetrant inspection procedure and carefully examine all of
the surfaces of the blade. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection
Procedures.
(a) Make sure to carefully examine the area from the blade shank to the end of the butt.
2. Threaded Blade Inspection Procedures
CAUTION: Retire all serial-numbered parts which are not airworthy in accordance with
the mandatory part retirement procedures in the Standard Practices Manual,
Inspection Criteria.
A. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Inspection Criteria, Definitions of Defects and Damage.
B. Remove the ferrule. Refer to Disassembly (Threaded Only), Ferrule Removal.
C. Do the blade cleaning procedure. (Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures.)
D. Visually examine each blade thread for nicks or scratches in the critical areas shown in Figure 512.
(1) Carefully examine the blade threads in the areas shown on Figure 512 for corrosion, gouges,
nicks, and scratches.
(2) Use a 10x magnifying glass to examine for scratches that are parallel to the retention threads in
the thread root of the first four outboard (large diameter) blade threads as shown in Figure 511.
(a) If scratches are found in the first four threads, replace the blade.
NOTE: No repair is authorized if scratches are found in the first four threads.
(b) If scratches are found and you think they were caused by the ferrule, carefully examine the
ferrule. Refer to the Inspection of Ferrules instructions in this section.
1 As necessary, repair the ferrule to prevent the scratches in the future. Refer to Repair
and Replacement, Ferrule Repair Procedures.
(c) If no scratches or unairworthy conditions are found, do a fluorescent dye penetrant
inspection on the blade before it is put back in service. Refer to the Standard Practices
Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures.
61-10-02 Page 521

BOM100
Figure 511
61-10-02 Page 522

BOM100
(3) Do the threaded shank inspection. Refer to Figure 512, numbers 1 thorough 7.
C43
WITHIN 4 THREADS
OF THE LARGE
DIAMETER END
NON−
PRESSURE PRESSURE
FLANK FLANK
6 1,4
2 1,7
3 5
PITCH
LINE
0.047 INCH
(1.20 mm)
0101T1085
1 - Burnishing is permitted. No rework is necessary.

2 - No burrs are permitted on the corners.
3 - Corrosion pitting is not permitted below the pitch line. Use a 10x magnifying glass to examine this area.
4 - No corrosion or scratches are permitted below the pitch line.
5 - Corrosion pitting above the pitch line of 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) maximum diameter by 0.005 inch (0.127
mm) maximum depth is permitted, 5% average area coverage is allowed.
NOTE: For example, in a square 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) x 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) there can be 3 such pits
maximum. Use a 10x magnifying glass to examine this area.
6 - Scratches above the pitch line to 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) maximum depth are permitted. Do not repair
these scratches. Use a 10x magnifying glass to examine this area.
7 - Minor, round bottom scratches or fretting to 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) maximum depth are permitted. Do
not repair these items. Use a 10x magnifying glass to examine this area.
Figure 512
(4) Do an inspection of the blade bore area. (Refer to Figure 513.)

(a) Visually examine the blade bore area for corrosion or pitting.
1 If any signs of corrosion or pitting are found, refer to the applicable repair criteria in
Repair and Replacement, Blade Bore Area.
61-10-02 Page 523

BOM100
Figure 513
61-10-02 Page 524

BOM100
E. Examine the Shot-Peened and Truncated Blades.

(1) Visually examine the thread surface, the blade model designation, and the serial number to find
if the blade has shot-peened and truncated threads.
NOTE: Blades designed prior to this improvement, which have had threads shot-peened and
truncated, are identified by an S prefix on the blade model designation, and an S suffix
on the serial number (example: S-78FF-0, serial No. K10562YS).
(2) Retire from service all blades which do not have shot-peened and truncated threads.
F. Examine the condition of the blade surfaces.
(1) Make sure that the surfaces are not broken, chipped or peeling.
(2) Examine the blade surfaces for corrosion
G. Visually examine each blade for bends, cracks, scratches, dents, erosion, gouges, nicks and pitting.
(1) Make sure to carefully examine the leading edge and face tip section of the blade.
(2) If any signs are found, refer to the applicable repair criteria in Repair and Replacement, Blade
Repair Procedures.
H. Lay out the blade stations (Refer to Figure 514).
(1) Use the correct threaded blade table to lay out the blade stations. (Refer to the appropriate
Blade Dimensional Requirements section in this manual.)
(a) Use a soft red or white, non-graphite pencil to lay out the stations.
NOTE: The blade station location has a +0.15 to -0.15 inch (+3.81 to -3.81 mm) tolerance.
(2) Make sure to account for the 0-inch station to the butt measurement.
I. Do the bend angle inspection. (Refer to Figure 508 for the maximum allowable bend angle for the
cold repair.)
NOTE: If any dimension is out of the specifications in Figure 508, the blade must be retired.
NOTE: If the blade is bent but repairable, it will be necessary to straighten the blade to an
acceptable, normal appearance before the repair. Refer to the Repair and Replacement,
Blade Repair Procedures, Blade Bend Straightening, Pre-Straightening an Extensive
Large-Radius Bend, for the blade bending procedures.
(1) Measure the included angle (in degrees) of the bend in face alignment between points of
tangency found one inch (25.4 mm) on each side of the bend center line.
(2) Measure the angle at several points on the large radius bend where the centerline is not well-
defined. Consider and use only the maximum measurement.
(3) Reject any blade with bends from the leading to the trailing edge.
NOTE: No repairs are authorized for blades with bends from the leading to the trailing edge.
J. Install the Blade in the Work Adapter.
(1) Before you put the blade in the work adapter, visually examine the threaded portion of the adapter
for nicks, burrs, or other damage. One procedure to examine the work adapter is as follows:
NOTE: Any damage on the work adapter can cause a scratch in the blade thread.
(a) Paint the blade threads of an unairworthy, test blade with blue layout dye.
(b) Let the dye dry.
(c) Install the blade in the work adapter.
(d) Remove the blade from the work adapter.
(e) Examine the blade for scratches in the dye.
(2) Make sure that the threaded parts and threaded work adapter are clean.
NOTE: Any unwanted material can cause a scratch in a critical area.
61-10-02 Page 525

BOM100
C45
DEVELOPED PLANFORM
0 INCH STATION TO BUTT
FACE SIDE
Threaded Blade Layout

61-10-02 Page 526

BOM100
(3) Put the blade in position in the work adapter (part number C-4798-1, -2).
(a) Make sure that the reference station is at the correct angle. Refer to Figure 515.
(4) Tighten the blade in position.
(a) If the blade reference station is affected by the blade bend, set up the blade at any inboard
station not affected by the bend. Refer to the appropriate threaded blade table in the Blade
Dimensional Requirements section in this manual.
NOTE: Usually, the flat (face) side of the blade will be in the up position when the blade is
positioned in work adapter.
61-10-02 Page 527

BOM100
C46
D−4671
D−4294
ADAPTER
0101T1088
Figure 515
61-10-02 Page 528

BOM100
K. Do the Blade Dimensional Checks (Refer to Figure 510).
NOTE: These checks are for the width and thickness, angles and face alignment.
(1) Make sure the blade dimensions agree with the applicable dimensions in the appropriate
threaded blade table in the Blade Dimensional Requirements section in this manual.
NOTE: If the diameter of a propeller has been decreased to a dimension that is between the
diameters recorded in the repair tables, the repair dimensions must be interpolated.
EXAMPLE: A 90R[X] blade has been decreased to an 87-inch (2.21 m) diameter.

However, the dimensions are only given for 88-inch (2.24 m) and 86-
inch (2.20 m) diameters. Interpolation of the published data must be
done to get the repair data that is between the existing dimensions.
NOTE: If a diameter is 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) or more below a given diameter, use the next
lower 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) increment.
EXAMPLE: If diameter is 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) less than 94 inch (2.39 m), use the
93.5 inch (2.37 m) specifications.
(2) Measure the face alignment and compare to the applicable threaded blade table in the Blade
Dimensional Requirements section in this manual. Adjust the face alignment if not in accordance
with the specified limits.
NOTE: Inspections of the edge alignment on blades are not necessary.
(3) Measure the angles and compare to the applicable threaded blade table in the Blade
Dimensional Requirements section in this manual. Adjust the angles if not in accordance with
the specified limits.
L. Do the Fluorescent Dye Penetrant Inspection Procedure.
WARNING: A blade must not be returned to service if a nonrepairable crack is

found during a fluorescent dye penetrant inspection.
(1) Use the approved fluorescent dye penetrant inspection procedure and carefully examine all of
the surfaces of the blade. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection
Procedures.
(a) Make sure to carefully examine the area from the blade shank to the end of the threads.
3. Ferrule Inspection
A. Do an inspection of the Ferrules (Refer to Figure 516).
NOTE: These checks are for a sharp edge on the first 2 to 3 threads on the inside (minor) diameter
of outboard ferrule retention threads.
(1) One procedure to examine the ferrules is as follows:

(a) Use your finger tips and wipe the inside diameter of the first 2 to 3 threads to feel for a
sharp edge. Refer to Figure 516.
(2) Another procedure to examine the ferrules is as follows:
(a) Use a 10x magnifying glass to examine for sharp edges. Refer to Figure 516.
61-10-02 Page 529

BOM100
CAUTION: All ferrule threads must be examined for nicks, gouges, or other
damage. This damage can cause damage the blade threads.
(3) Examine all ferrule threads for nicks, gouges, or other damage.
NOTE: Any ferrule with a sharp edge must be repaired or replaced.
(a) As necessary, repair the ferrule. Refer to Repair and Replacement, Ferrule Repair
Procedures.
NOTE: Ferrules with sharp edges on the first 2 to 3 threads can be repaired in the field.
(b) If the ferrule threads cannot be repaired, retire the ferrule

B. Do a Magnetic Particle Inspection on the ferrules. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Non-
Destructive Inspection Procedures.
C. Examine the ferrule and make sure that the threads in the unused actuating pin holes are unusable.
Refer to Disassembly, Actuating Pin Hole Modification.
(1) Make sure that the corners where the hole breaks into the blend radius and side of the ferrule
are rounded and polished. Refer to Disassembly, Actuating Pin Hole Modification, Figure 305.
D. No more than four holes are permitted in a ferrule.
(1) If a fifth hole is necessary for the actuating pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must
be retired.
E. The minimum distance from edge to edge between the actuating pin holes is one inch (25.4 mm).
Refer to Reassembly, Figure 707.
F. The contact surface of the actuating pin to the ferrule must be a smooth flat surface. Any burrs or
upset edges on the contact surface can cause an unwanted stress concentration.
G. Make sure that the O-ring sealing surface is smooth no signs of burrs or rust. Minor surface rust can
be polished off but if there is any pitting the ferrule must be removed from service and scrapped.
H. Examine the bearing seating area to make sure it has a smooth flat surface with no loss of plating or
metal.
C47
Sharp
Edges
Unacceptable Acceptable
Figure 516
61-10-02 Page 530

BOM100
4. Blade Assembly Parts Inspection

A. Do visual and magnetic particle inspections on the retaining ring, actuating pin, and bearing races.
The contact surfaces of the actuating pin to the spacer and the spacer to the ferrule must be smooth,
flat surfaces. Refer to Figure 517.
NOTE: Any burrs or upset edges on the contact surface can cause an unwanted stress
concentration.
NOTE: Actuating pins must have a smooth, glossy finish in the area that contacts the blade
actuating links. Pins with a dull finish can be lightly polished with a crocus cloth. If you
cannot get a smooth, glossy surface finish, the blade actuating pin must be replaced.
(This procedure is appropriate for all propellers, but particularly important for oil filled
propellers.)
B. Do visual and fluorescent dye penetrant inspections on the retention nut. Refer to the Standard
Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures.
C. Visually examine the blade shims and actuating pin spacer. The contact surfaces of the spacer must
be a smooth flat surface.
NOTE: Any burrs or upset edges on the contact surface can cause an unwanted stress
concentration.
C67
SPACER ACTUATING PIN
NOTE NOTE NOTE
NOTE: SURFACES SHOWN BY ARROWS MUST BE SMOOTH AND FLAT
Figure 517
61-10-02 Page 531

BOM100
DISASSEMBLY (THREADED ONLY)
1. Blade Disassembly
A. Disassemble the threaded blade.
(1) Put the blade in a split holding fixture. (Refer to Figure 301.)
CAUTION: When the blade actuating pin is removed, use an applicable, 6-point
(not a 12-point) deep well socket. The corners of the pin hex are
slightly rounded. A 12-point wrench will slide over these corners and
cause damage to the pin. This damage will make the pin removal
difficult.
(2) Remove the lockwire, actuating pin, and spacer washer.
(3) Fabricate a split holding fixture which fits the blade contour at the 9 inch (228.6 mm) station.
NOTE: Unless the fixture is fabricated from fiber, it must be padded with leather or a heavy
cloth material where it contacts the blade. When padding is necessary, it is put at the
bottom of the stand to rest the blade tip.
(a) Rigidly fasten the fixture to a heavy stand that is anchored to the floor.
(4) Use the B-3023 actuating pin tool on the C21 propeller models.
61-10-20 Page 301

© McCauley Propeller Systems Jan 3/2011
BOM100
C28
Figure 301
61-10-20 Page 302

BOM100
(5) Put the blade on the bench top.

(6) Protect the blade shank area with a covering.
(7) Remove the retaining ring from the ferrule groove.
(a) Temporarily move and attach the retaining ring on the blade.
(8) Lift the shim from the retention nut counterbore.
(a) Move the shim onto the blade.
(b) Separate the shim at the split line and carefully remove it from the blade.
(9) Move the retention nut (the upper bearing race will likely stay with the nut) off the ferrule.
(a) Move the retention nut along the blade shank to get access to the O-ring.
(b) Remove and discard the O-ring.
(10) Remove and discard the balls and separators from the retention bearing.
(11) Loosen the preload bearing. Refer to C1, C18, and C45 Preload Bearing Blade Assemblies.
(12) Remove the outer race (slip fit) out of the retention nut counterbore, and the inner race (light
press) from the ferrule flange.
(13) Complete the disassembly of the blade. Refer to Ferrule Removal.
2. C1, C18, and C45 Preload Bearing Blade Assemblies

A. Disassembly
(1) Set the blade assembly upright with the butt end on a flat surface having an elongated hole of
sufficient depth (2.5 inches or 63.5 mm) to accommodate the actuating pin. Securely anchor the
blade against the flat surface.
NOTE: The anchoring means must not attach to, or bear against, the blade.
(2) Put protective wrap on the blade.

(a) After removing the screw and preload-nut lock, insert the lugs of the spanner wrench, part
number B-1665, into two opposite holes of the preload nut and remove it from the blade
ferrule.
1 If necessary, hit the wrench several times to loosen the thread compound
(non-hardening) used on the threads.
(3) Take the packing off of the preload nut and move it along the blade shank.
(4) Remove each half of the split preload bearing assembly and attach them together so that they
can be reassembled as a matched pair.
(a) If the parts are replaced, it is necessary to press the balls out of the retainer.
(5) Lift the retention nut off the ferrule (the upper bearing race will usually stay with the nut).
(a) Move the retention nut along the blade shank to get access to the O-ring.
(b) Remove and discard the O-ring.
(6) Remove the balls and separators from the retention bearing.
NOTE: The balance of the balls and separators will come out readily.
(a) Discard the balls and separators.
CAUTION: When you remove the blade actuating pin for the C18 and C45, use
a deep, 6-point (not 12-point) wrench. The corners of the pin hex
are rounded slightly. A 12-point wrench will slide over these corners
and cause damage to the pin. This will make the removal difficult.
(7) Put the blade on a bench top.
(a) Be careful that the loosened parts do not cause damage to the blade as it is turned over.
1 The best practice is to tighten the preload nut by hand.
(b) Remove the packing out of the groove in the ferrule.
(c) Stretch the packing to remove it from the ferrule flange (for C1-US only).
(8) For the C1, after you remove the four cap screws from each blade, turn the pin so that one end
extends over the edge of the ferrule.
61-10-20 Page 303

BOM100
(a) To remove the pin, tap on an end and pull on the pin.
NOTE: The short end of the pin is a dowel that has a light press-fit in the ferrule.
(9) Complete the disassembly of the blade. Refer to Ferrule Removal.
3. Ferrule Removal
NOTE: At each overhaul, or each major blade repair (bent), the ferrule must be removed to complete a
penetrant inspection of the blade and a magnetic inspection of the ferrule. Refer to the Standard
Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures. You can remove the ferrule before
the overhaul to replace the damaged or worn parts. An inspection of the blade and ferrule is
completed whenever the ferrule is removed. When the ferrule is removed, all the parts of the
blade assembly (except the ferrule) are kept with the blade for assembly.
A. Remove the Ferrule without the Freezing Procedure.
(1) Fabricate a split holding fixture which fits the blade contour at the 9 inch (229 mm) station. Refer
to Figure 301.
NOTE: Unless the fixture is fabricated from fiber, it must be padded with leather or a heavy
cloth material where it contacts the blade. When necessary, padding is put at the
bottom of the stand to rest the blade tip.
(a) Rigidly fasten the fixture to a heavy stand that is anchored to the floor.
NOTE: Heavy duty ferrule wrenches (part number D-3025, D-4415, D-4416) are used
to remove ferrules without freezing. If the wrench slips, a short pin, plain or
threaded, can be put through the proper hole in the wrench to engage the
actuating pin hole in the ferrule. For the C21 blade assembly only, ferrule
wrench part number D-3025, with adapter, B-3071, can be used with or without
freezing. The adapter must be used in the heavy duty wrench for the C21 blade
assembly.
(2) Put the ferrule wrench in position so that the ferrule wrench bar (D-3025-5) will extend into the
desired section of the work area. Refer to Figure 302 and Figure 303.
61-10-20 Page 304

BOM100
C29
Figure 302
61-10-20 Page 305

BOM100
(a) Tighten the ferrule wrench screws uniformly.

1 Make several passes around the screws to make sure that each one is tight.
(b) Put the plain end of the bar through the clamp opening until the stop pin touches the ferrule
wrench outer diameter.
NOTE: The opposite end of the bar has a solid bar inside the rectangular tubing. If extra
leverage is necessary, the extension bar D-4430 is put in the opposite end to
replace the solid bar. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Tool List.
CAUTION: If the ferrule wrench slips when you try to loosen the ferrule,
do not continue the turning motion. Tighten the ferrule wrench
screws again, or install a pin, and then continue.
NOTE: If the ferrule does not release from the blade, even if you try again and again,
try to remove it with the freezing procedure.
(3) Push hard against the end of the bar in a counterclockwise (clockwise for left threaded ferrule)
direction to loosen the right threaded ferrule.
(a) If necessary, put the outer end of the bar on a rail (saw horse) to help hold the bar during
the procedure.
(4) When the ferrule breaks loose, the ferrule staking plug (if applicable) will pop out.
NOTE: This is an accepted procedure for the plug removal. The ferrule staking plug is no
longer necessary. It is possible that blade assemblies manufactured during 1971 and
after 1971 will not have a staking plug. The plug is not necessary for assembly of the
blade even if it was there during the disassembly.
(5) In approximately one-eighth turn, the ferrule will loosen sufficiently to permit the removal of the
ferrule wrench.
(6) Remove the ferrule with your hand.
(7) Lift the loose parts, the retention nut, bearings, and other parts, off the blade.
(8) Use plastic or rubber protectors to prevent damage to the threads on the blade butt. Refer to
Figure 304.
B. Remove the Ferrule With the Freezing Procedure.
NOTE: The ferrule end of the blade assembly can be frozen to help with the disassembly. When
the blade assembly is frozen, the aluminum blade will shrink more than the steel ferrule.
This helps to loosen the threaded surfaces and makes the ferrule removal easier.
CAUTION: Do not use a metal container, unless it is lined. This will help prevent
damage to the parts. Make sure that the container is large enough to
hold two (or more) blade assemblies so that the blade assemblies do
not cause damage to the parts or to each other.
(1) Use a bucket or suitable rubber or plastic container which conveniently holds at least two upright
blade assemblies.
(2) Fill the container to a depth of 5 inches (127 mm) with an approved solvent.
WARNING: Dry ice chunks must be added one at a time, with a time interval
in between, to decrease the temperature gradually. If the dry
ice chunks are added too rapidly, the solvent can tend to boil
out of the container. Use thick gloves, not bare hands, when
you move the dry ice chunks.
(3) As necessary, break the dry ice into small (approximately one-pound (4.45 N)) chunks.
61-10-20 Page 306

BOM100
C30
EXTENSION BAR
FERRULE WRENCH
FERRULE
WRENCH
BAR
Ferrule Removal
61-10-20 Page 307

BOM100
(4) To decrease the temperature, put the chunks into the solvent one at a time.
NOTE: A heavy frost formation on the outside of the container to the fluid level will generally
indicate the desired temperature (-70°F to -80°F) (-57°C to -65°C) in a normally
heated working area.
(a) As necessary, add dry ice to keep the solvent at the desired temperature.
(5) Put the ferrule end of the blade assembly into the cold solvent and let it stay there until frost
forms on the blade to the 12 inch (305.00 mm) station.
(6) After the freezing procedure is complete, use gloves and put the blade and attached parts in
position in the split holding fixture.
NOTE: Heavy duty ferrule wrenches are used to remove ferrules without the freezing
procedure. If the wrench should slip, a short pin, plain or threaded, can be put
through the proper hole in the wrench to engage the actuating pin hole in the ferrule.
61-10-20 Page 308

BOM100
C31
Figure 304
61-10-20 Page 309

BOM100
(7) When necessary, insert the ferrule wrench adapter, part number B-3141, in the ferrule wrench,
part number D-3025, so that the adapter slot axis extends across all four of the bolts of the ferrule
wrench.
(8) Put the ferrule wrench in position so that the ferrule wrench bar will extend into the desired
section of work area. Refer to Figure 302 and Figure 303.
(a) Tighten the ferrule wrench screws uniformly.
1 Make several passes around the screws to make sure that each one is tight.
(b) If necessary, put the plain end of the bar through the clamp opening until the stop pin
touches the ferrule wrench OD.
NOTE: The opposite end of the bar has a solid bar inside the rectangular tubing. If extra
leverage is necessary, the extension bar D-4430 is put in the opposite end to
replace the solid bar. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Tool List.
CAUTION: If the ferrule wrench slips when you try to loosen the ferrule,
do not continue the turning motion. Tighten the ferrule wrench
screws again, or install a pin, and then continue.
(9) To prevent tool damage, do the freezing procedure again for stubborn assemblies.
(a) Let the blades stay in the solvent until the frost forms to the 18 inch (457.20 mm) station
on the second and subsequent freezing procedures.
C. Post-Removal Procedures.
CAUTION: After the ferrule is removed, it cannot be installed on the same blade.
(1) Ferrules with counterweight alignment etch marks must have the etch marks crossed out to
prevent confusion at assembly.
(a) Find the scribe mark on the ferrule that was used to put the counterweights in position.
NOTE: The scribe mark is found on the OD at the extreme outboard end.
(b) Use a hard, sharp tool, and scribe a line approximately 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) wide by
0.010 inch (0.254 mm) deep that makes a + mark across the existing line.
(2) To prevent unnecessary procedures, do a check of the items that follow:
(a) Measure the minimum distance between the actuating pin holes. Refer to Reassembly,
Figure 707.
NOTE: One inch is the minimum distance from edge to edge.
(b) Make sure that no more than four holes are drilled in the ferrule.
NOTE: No more than four (4) holes can be drilled in a ferrule. If a fifth hole is required for
the actuating pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must be scrapped.
4. Actuating Pin Hole Modification
NOTE: After the ferrule is removed, and found to be reuseable, the actuating pin holes must be made
unusable.
A. Change the Broken-Through Actuating Pin Holes.
(1) Drill through the holes that break through into the blend radius of the ferrule with a 1/2 inch (12.7
mm) diameter drill bit or a ball-end, 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) end mill.
NOTE: The drill bit must be changed to have a full radius end instead of a point.
(2) Round and polish the sharp corner left in the bend radius and bearing shaft as follows:
61-10-20 Page 310

BOM100
(a) Use a 3/8 x 3/4 carbide burr tool in a high speed drill or similar hand-held power tool.
NOTE: You can get the carbide burr tool, part number CB44, from the Metal Removal
Co., Chicago, Illinois. Or you can use an equivalent carbide burr tool.
CAUTION: Do not machine away too much excess metal. Machine just
enough to remove the sharp corners from the side of the ferrule
and leave a smooth surface.
(b) Round all the corners of the back side of the actuating pin hole to approximately 1/16 inch
(1.6 mm) radius. Refer to Figure 305.
(c) Make sure to carefully round the corner blend radius.
CAUTION: Some ferrules have had the threads removed by filing, and the
file marks are not removed by the finishing procedure. All such
file marks must be removed.
(d) Use 120 grit spiral roll or emery cloth to remove the file marks.
NOTE: Some of the file marks can be some distance from the tapped hole.
(e) Use a 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) diameter by 1-inch (25.4 mm) long 120-grit spiral roll in the power
tool to finish the surfaces to approximately 32 RMS.
NOTE: You can get the 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) diameter by 1-inch (25.4 mm) long 120-
grit spiral roll from the Field Abrasives Co., Dayton, Ohio. Or you can use an
equivalent 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) diameter by 1-inch (25.4) long 120-grit spiral roll.
(f) Make sure that surfaces are smooth and free from nicks, burrs, or scratches.
61-10-20 Page 311

BOM100
C32
BEFOREAFTER
Figure 305
61-10-20 Page 312

BOM100
B. Change the Blind Actuating Pin Holes.
CAUTION: Do not remove the threads from the blind tapped holes.
(1) Use a 3/16 inch (4.76 mm) diameter, blunt/rounded rod and stake the first thread in four places.
61-10-20 Page 313

BOM100
REASSEMBLY (THREADED ONLY)
1. Prior to Ferrule Installation:

A. Install protective wrap around blade shank.
B. Install retaining ring.
C. Install retention nut.
D. Install bearing races.
2. Ferrule Installation (Oil Fill Only)
WARNING: Methyl propyl ketone is highly flammable and may be toxic with
prolonged exposure. Use only in well ventilated area free from
excessive heat, sparks, or open flame. Avoid skin contact and
inhalation of vapors.
NOTE: Do not attempt to install ferrule on same blade from which it was removed. Torque requirements
for ferrule installation are critical and almost certain to vary from original installation, making it
impossible to position actuating pin hole properly with relation to blade. If neither ferrule nor
blade have been replaced, use new ferrule or one from another blade assembly. A used ferrule
is acceptable provided that after installation, using following procedures, a new hole can be
drilled and tapped for the actuating pin at least 1 inch (25.4 mm), edge to edge, from the old
one. (Refer to Figure 707.)
A. Make sure that no more than four holes are drilled in the ferrule.
NOTE: No more than four holes can be drilled in a ferrule. If a fifth hole is required for the actuating
pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must be scrapped.
B. Use the following instructions when installing ferrule on the blade:
(1) Clean the blade and ferrule threads with methyl propyl ketone or another approved solvent and
allow to dry.
(2) Apply an even coat of Lubri-Kote A 1040 CR to the blade threads. (Refer to Figure 701.)
(a) Make sure blade is in a horizontal position and avoid heavy applications tending to cause
runs or drips.
NOTE: Do not coat last two inboard blade threads from the butt end of blade or the last
outboard blade thread.
(b) Allow the lubricant to dry.

(3) Brush a thin even film of Orelube K-2 to the ferrule threads. (Refer to Figure 701.)
NOTE: Do not coat the last two inboard threads of ferrule measured from butt end of the
ferrule.
(a) Make sure ferrule is held in a horizontal position to avoid runs or drips.
(4) Place the assembly in a holding fixture.
(5) Hand-thread ferrule onto blade until dimension B per Table 701 as shown in Figure 702 is
achieved.
NOTE: A and B are measured from blade butt to ferrule flange.
61-10-20 Page 701

BOM100
Table 701. Sealing Dimension B
Ferrule Part Number Sealing Dimension B (Inches)

C-2464 0.650 (16.51 mm)
C-3054 0.700 (17.80 mm)
C-4450 1.350 (34.30 mm)
C-4451 1.350 (34.30 mm)
C-4452 1.350 (34.30 mm)
C-4453 1.350 (34.30 mm)
C-4454 1.430 (36.32 mm)
C-4455 1.500 (38.10 mm)
C-4456 1.500 (38.10 mm)
NOTE: McCauley allows the use of the C-4450 ferrule in place of the C-4451 ferrule, however,
all of the propeller blades in the propeller assembly must have the same part number
ferrule installed.
(6) Apply RTV 109 to the entire circumference of the exposed ferrule threads. Torque ferrule hand-
tight and remove any excess sealant from ferrule/blade joint.
(a) Force sealant into threads with fingers.
CAUTION: Heavy duty ferrule wrenches, D-4415 or D-4416 (with extension

D-4430), must be used to install ferrules. If the heavy duty wrench
should slip, retighten the wrench. Do not use a pin in actuating pin
hole as flange radius may bulge. Refer to Disassembly, Actuating
Pin Hole Modification, for repair procedures.
(7) Install a ferrule wrench on the ferrule
(a) Make sure the ferrule wrench is tightly fastened to the ferrule.
(8) Locate torque wrench on bolt hex of the ferrule wrench so that the torque wrench center line is
as closely in line as possible with center line of the blade.
(a) Torque the ferrule to 150 foot pounds, +10 or -10 foot pounds (203 N-m, +13.5 or -13.5
N-m). (Refer to Figure 703.)
(b) Ferrule wrench wrenching bolt head radius from the center of the blade is 3.0 inch (76 mm).
Use this as the adapter length (A), with the lever length of the torque wrench used (refer
to Figure 705), to determine dial reading for application of torque on ferrule.
(c) Measure and record ferrule standoff, dimension A shown on Figure 702. This dimension
is the preliminary measurement. It is not necessary to remove ferrule wrench to measure
standoff.
(d) Check if the location for the actuating hole appears to be located at least 1 inch (25.4 mm)
from all other old holes after the final torque will be applied.
1 If the potential location of the actuating pin hole is questionable, try a different ferrule.
(9) Position ferrule wrench so that ferrule wrench bar will project into a desired section of the work
area. (Refer to Figure 704.)
(a) Tighten the ferrule wrench screws uniformly, making several passes to assure tightness of
each.
(10) With the hex head of the cap screw on the outer end of the extension bar on the top, slip the
ferrule wrench bar through the openings in a ferrule wrench until the stop pin at the inner end
abuts the ferrule wrench outer diameter.
61-10-20 Page 702

BOM100
C250
APPLY LUBRI-KOTE A 1040 CR
BLADE THREAD LUBRICATION
APPLY ORELUBE COMPOUND K-2
FERRULE THREAD LUBRICATION
Thread Lubrication for Assembly of Oil Filled Propeller

61-10-20 Page 703

BOM100
C288
’A’ AND ’B’
’A’ IS TORQUE STAND−OFF DIMENSION (PRELIMINARY TORQUE AND/OR FINAL TORQUE),

’B’ IS SEALING DIMENSION FOR OIL FILLED PROPELLERS
0101T1088
Ferrule to Blade Butt Standoff Dimension

61-10-20 Page 704

BOM100
C289
TORQUE WRENCH
FERRULE WRENCH
Application of Preliminary Ferrule Torque

61-10-20 Page 705

BOM100
(a) Put the torque wrench on the bolt hex of the extension bar so that the torque wrench center
line is in line with the center of the ferrule wrench to insure correct results.
(b) The projecting bar should be supported at outer end by a rail (saw horse) to facilitate
operation.
(c) Using torque wrench applied through the hex head of capscrew at outer end of bar, tighten
the ferrule to a final torque of 1240 to 1360 foot pounds (1681 to 1844 N-m). (Refer to
Figure 704.)
(11) Remove the ferrule wrench bar.
(12) Measure and record the final standoff dimension A. (Refer to Figure 702.)
(a) Subtract the final measurement value of the standoff from the preliminary measurement
value.
(b) Make sure the difference is 0.028 inch (0.711 mm) maximum to 0.012 inch (0.305 mm)
minimum.
(c) If the standoff is less than the 0.012 inch (0.305 mm) minimum, increase the torque by
increments of 100 foot-pounds (135.6 N-m), not to exceed 1800 foot-pounds (2440.5 N-m),
until the minimum standoff is achieved.
NOTE: Quality control and inspection procedures must establish that before- and
after-standoff dimensions are measured and recorded to assure proper seating
of ferrule on the blade. The preliminary torque is required for control and proper
assembly procedure.
(13) If correct standoff dimension cannot be achieved, ferrule must be removed and procedure
repeated using a different ferrule. Blade threads must be completely cleaned of sealant before
repeating process.
(14) Upon completion of the torque operation, smooth inboard sealing joint with finger. Do not use
solvent to remove excess sealant.
NOTE: Allow minimum 12 hours drying time after sealant application before propeller
assembly is run up on engine.
(15) Apply a bead of RTV109 around the entire circumference of the outboard blade to ferrule
interface.
(16) Allow the RTV to cure for a minimum of 12 hours at ambient temperature.
(17) With a nonmetallic object with a diameter of 0.030 inch, +0.010 or -0.010 inch (0.76 mm, +0.25
or -0.25 mm), puncture six or eight equally spaced holes in the cured RTV at the outboard end
of the ferrule.
NOTE: These holes will allow dyed oil to escape if a crack has developed in the thread area
of the blade.
3. How To Compute Torque When Using Adaptors

A. If an adaptor or extension is attached to the torque wrench drive end and this adds to its length, then
the actual applied torque will be greater than the dial reading. (Refer to Figure 705.) The following
formula should be used to find what the dial should read in order to obtain the correct applied torque:
Torque Wrench Length (A) x Desired Torque

Dial Reading=
Torque Wrench Length (A) + Extension Length (B)
NOTE: If torque wrench reads in foot-pounds, then A and B must be in feet.
61-10-20 Page 706

BOM100
C290
TORQUE WRENCH
EXTENSION BAR
FERRULE WRENCH
FERRULE WRENCH
BAR
Application of Final Ferrule Torque

61-10-20 Page 707

BOM100
4. Ferrule Installation (Non-oil Fill Only)
WARNING: Methyl propyl ketone is highly flammable and may be toxic with
prolonged exposure. Use only in well ventilated area free from
excessive heat, sparks, or open flame. Avoid skin contact and
inhalation of vapors.
NOTE: Do not attempt to install ferrule on same blade from which it was removed. Torque requirements
for ferrule installation are critical and almost certain to vary from original installation, making it
impossible to position actuating pin hole properly with relation to blade. If neither ferrule nor
blade have been replaced, use new ferrule or one from another blade assembly. A used ferrule
is acceptable provided that after installation, using following procedures, a new hole can be
drilled and tapped for the actuating pin at least 1 inch (25.4 mm), edge to edge, from the old
one. (Refer to Figure 707.)
A. Make sure that no more than four holes are drilled in the ferrule.
NOTE: No more than four (4) holes can be drilled in a ferrule. If a fifth hole is required for the
actuating pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must be scrapped.
B. Use the following instructions when installing ferrule on the blade:
(1) Clean the blade and ferrule threads with methyl propyl ketone and allow to dry.
(2) Apply an even coat of Lubri-Kote A 1040 CR to the blade threads. (Refer to Figure 706.)
(a) Make sure blade is in a horizontal position and avoid heavy applications tending to cause
runs or drips.
(b) Allow the lubricant to dry.
(3) Brush a thin even film of Orelube Compound K-2 to the ferrule threads. (Refer to Figure 706.)
(a) Make sure ferrule is held in a horizontal position to avoid runs or drips.
(4) Place the assembly in a holding fixture.
(5) Hand-thread ferrule onto the blade.
NOTE: A is measured from blade butt to ferrule flange.
CAUTION: Heavy duty ferrule wrenches, D-4415 or D-4416 (with extension

D-4430), must be used to install ferrules. If the heavy duty wrench
should slip, retighten the wrench. Do not use a pin in an actuating
pin hole as flange radius may bulge. Refer to Disassembly,
Actuating Pin Hole Modification, for repair procedures.
(6) Install a ferrule wrench on the ferrule
(a) Make sure the ferrule wrench is tightly fastened to the ferrule.
(b) Tighten the ferrule wrench screws uniformly, making several passes to assure tightness of
each.
(7) Locate torque wrench on bolt hex of the ferrule wrench so that the torque wrench center line is
as closely in line as possible with center line of the blade.
(a) Torque the ferrule to 150 foot pounds, +10 or -10 foot pounds (203 N-m, +13.5 or -13.5
N-m). (Refer to Figure 703.)
(b) Ferrule wrench wrenching bolt head radius from the center of the blade is 3.0 inch (76 mm).
Use this as the adapter length (A), with the lever length of the torque wrench used. Refer
to Figure 705 to determine dial reading for application of torque on the ferrule.
(c) Measure and record ferrule standoff, dimension A shown on Figure 702. This dimension
is the preliminary measurement.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove ferrule wrench to measure standoff.
61-10-20 Page 708

BOM100
C291
B A
NOT
THIS
B A
B A
B=0
(NO CALCULATION NEEDED. DIAL IS CORRECT.)
Torque Wrench Adaptors

61-10-20 Page 709

BOM100
C292
APPLY LUBRI−KOTE A 1040 CR
BLADE THREAD LUBRICATION
APPLY ORELUBE COMPOUND K−2
FERRULE THREAD LUBRICATION
Thread Lubrication for Assembly of Non-Oil Filled Propeller

61-10-20 Page 710

BOM100
(d) Check if the location for the actuating hole appears to be located at least 1 inch (25.4 mm)
from all other old holes after the final torque will be applied.
1 If the potential location of the actuating pin hole is questionable, try a different ferrule.
(8) Position ferrule wrench so that ferrule wrench bar will project into a desired section of the work
area. (Refer to Figure 704.)
(9) With the hex head of the cap screw on the outer end of the extension bar on the top, slip the
ferrule wrench bar through openings in ferrule wrench until the stop pin at the inner end abuts
the ferrule wrench outer diameter.
(a) Put the torque wrench on the bolt hex of the extension bar so that the torque wrench center
line is in line with the center of the ferrule wrench to insure correct results.
(b) The projecting bar should be supported at outer end by a rail (saw horse) to facilitate
operation.
(c) Using torque wrench applied through hex head of capscrew at outer end of bar, tighten the
ferrule to a final torque of 1240 to 1360 foot pounds (1681 to 1844 N-m). (Refer to Figure
704.)
(10) Remove the ferrule wrench bar.
(11) Measure the final standoff dimension A. (Refer to Figure 702.)
(a) Subtract the final measurement value of the standoff from the preliminary measurement
value.
(b) Make sure the difference is 0.028 inch (0.711 mm) maximum, to 0.012 inch (0.305 mm)
minimum.
(c) If the standoff is less than the 0.012 inch (0.305 mm) minimum, increase the torque by
increments of 100 foot-pounds (135.6 N-m), not to exceed 1800 foot-pounds (2440.5 N-m),
until the minimum standoff is achieved.
NOTE: Quality control and inspection procedures must establish that before and after
standoff dimensions are measured and recorded to assure proper seating of ferrule
on the blade. The preliminary torque is required for control and proper assembly
procedure.
NOTE: If correct standoff dimension cannot be achieved, the ferrule must be removed and
procedure repeated using a different ferrule.
(12) Place blade assembly upright on bench top. Use methyl propyl ketone to clean outer end of
ferrule and round shank of blade, and in particular the pocket (groove) at end of ferrule where
blade threads run out. Dry with cloth and allow thinner to evaporate. Best to use clean dry
compressed air directed into groove.
(13) Apply RTV109 into the circumferential groove at end of ferrule at blade-ferrule junction. (Refer
to Figure 702.) Apply so that sealant flows into opening. Form a small fillet between ferrule and
blade with a finger. Prior to setting, remove excess material with methyl propyl ketone.
NOTE: Allow minimum 12 hours drying time after sealant application before propeller
assembly is run up on engine.
5. Drilling Ferrule (Feathering and Selected Constant Speed Propellers)
NOTE: The following instructions apply to threaded feathering propellers and ONLY the threaded
constant speed propellers listed below. Follow instructions for drilling all other ferrules in Drilling
Ferrule (Threaded Constant Speed Propellers).
C11 C16 C22 C34 C67 CT69 C76 C77 C79

C88 C90
A. Procedure
(1) Cover blade with blade wrap.
(2) Install the assembled ferrule and blade in the appropriate field staking fixture (refer to Table 702
or Table 704), with adapter, part number B-3138, if required.
61-10-20 Page 711

BOM100
(3) Install assembly so that it is snug, but not so tight that ferrule cannot be turned. (Refer to Figure
708.)
(4) The four sides and various holes in the fixture are identified by letters A, B, C, and D. These
letters are keyed to propeller model numbers stamped on fixture. Refer to Table 703 or Table
705 for the fixture side applicable to a specific propeller model.
NOTE: No more than four holes may be drilled in a ferrule. If a fifth hole is required for
actuating pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must be retired.
NOTE: The minimum distance between actuating pin holes is (1) one inch (25.4 mm) from
edge to edge. (Refer to Figure 707.)
Table 702. Field Staking Fixtures (Constant Speed Propellers)
Part Number Description Propeller Models

B-2767 Field Staking Fixture C1, C8, C9, C11, C14, C16, C18, C22,
C28, C29, C31, C32, C33, C34, C45,
C49, C50, C53, C57, C58, C66, C67,
CT69, C73, C98
B-3077 Field Staking Fixture C21
B-3138 Field Staking Fixture Adapter C8, C9, C11, C16, C22, C49, C50, C53,
(for use with B-2767 and B-3336 C57, C58, C66, C67, C70, C78, C98,
Field Staking Fixture) CT69, C73
B-3336 Field Staking Fixture C23, C70, C78, C82
B-3619 Field Staking Fixture C76, C77, C79, C88, C90
Table 703. Staking Angles (Constant Speed)
Blade Field Staking Fixture Letter stamped on Letter stamped Angle at 30 inch
Model (Propeller Model) checking fixture next to hole for (762.00 mm) reference
to be at 12 o'clock hole usage station
position
74E B-2767 (C53, C57) C C 0°
76C B-2767 (C67) C C 0°
78FBM B-2767 (C9) C C 0°
78FB B-2767 (C8) C C 0°
78KM B-2767 (C14) C C 0°
80MM B-2767 (C28) D D 0°
82NB B-3619 (C76) B B 0°
82NC B-3619 (C88, C90) B B 0°
82NK B-3619 (C77, C79) B B 0°
84B B-3336 (C23) A A 0°
B-3336 (C82) C C 0°
84HF B-2767 (C11, C16, C C 0°
CT69)
61-10-20 Page 712

BOM100
C293
1 INCH (25.4 MM)

MINIMUM
Actuating Pin Hole Location in Ferrules

61-10-20 Page 713

BOM100
Table 703. Staking Angles (Constant Speed) (continued)

Blade Field Staking Fixture Letter stamped on Letter stamped Angle at 30 inch
Model (Propeller Model) checking fixture next to hole for (762.00 mm) reference
to be at 12 o'clock hole usage station
position
84JF B-2767 (C34) C C 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
reference station.)
84S B-3077 (C21) A A 0°
84SF B-2767 (C22) C C 0°
90AT B-2767 (C58, C66, C C 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
C73, C98) reference station.)
B-3336 (C70, C78) B B 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
reference station.)
90A B-2767 (C49, C50) C C 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
reference station.)
90M B-2767 (C1) A A 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
reference station.)
B-2767 (C18-A, B B 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
C18-X, C45) reference station.)
B-2767 (C18-AF, C C 0° (36 inch (914.40 mm)
C18-F, C29, C31, C32, reference station.)
C33)
NOTE 1: If existing field staking fixture is not marked to show side applicable to propeller model, stamp fixture
on correct side to show propeller model.
Table 704. Field Staking Fixtures (Feathering)
Part Number Description Propeller Models

C54, C55, C59, C60, C61, C65, C68, C71,
C81, C89, C91
B-3138 Field Staking Fixture Adapter (for use C10, C30, C48, C52, C54, C55, C59, C60,
with B-3252 Field Staking Fixture) C61, C65, C71, C81, C91
C86, C87, C88, C90, C92, C93
61-10-20 Page 714

BOM100
Table 705. Staking Angles (Feathering)
Blade Model Field Staking Fixture Letter Letter Angle at 30 Counterweight

(Propeller Model) stamped on stamped inch (762.00 Scribe Line
checking next to hole mm) reference Angle (+0.5 or
fixture to for hole station -0.5°)
be at 12 usage
o'clock
position
L76C B-3252 (C61) A A 0° 105.0°
76C B-3252 (C59, C60, B B 0° 105.0°
C91)
78BFM B-3252 (C39) D D 0° 104.3°
78BFS B-3252 (C89) D D 0° 104.3°
78FF B-3252 (C30, C55) D D 0° 104.3°
80GF B-3252 (C52) B B 0° 105.0°
82NB B-3619 (C35, C75) A A 0° 105.0°
82NC B-3619 (C80, C87, A A 0° 105.0°
C93)
82N B-3619 (C72) A A 0° 105.0°
84HF B-3252 (C54) B B 0° 105.0°
84JF B-3252 (C65, C71, B B 0° 105.0°
C81)
84SF B-3252 (C10) B B 0° 105.0°
90LF B-3619 (C74, C86, C C 0° 105.0°
C92)
90MF B-3252 (C48) C C 0° (36 inch 107.0°
(914.40 mm)
reference
station.)
100RFM B-3252 (C68) B B 0° (36 inch 105.0°
(914.40 mm)
reference
station.)
100RF B-3252 (C38) B B 0° (36 inch 105.0°
(914.40 mm)
reference
station.)
61-10-20 Page 715

BOM100
CAUTION: Use an accurate protractor and use care to make sure that
relationship between the fixture and the blade is precise. This
adjustment will determine location of blade actuating pin, which in
turn will determine the blade angle when the propeller is assembled.
(5) Position the fixture so that the side corresponding to the propeller model number is parallel to
the face side of the blade at it's reference station. (Refer to Figure 708.)
NOTE: Refer to Table 703 or Table 705 for location of reference station.
(6) Tighten the fixture screws securely.

(7) Using drill and tap bushings in fixture locating hole for actuating pin (identified by single letter
corresponding to propeller model), drill, countersink and tap hole as follows:
(a) Support the blade with the support fixture attached on a modified drill press as illustrated
in Figure 709.
NOTE: An illustrative set up on drill press with operation being performed on blade
assembly is shown in Figure 709.
CAUTION: Precise execution of all machining operations which follow is

essential to proper actuating pin installation.
CAUTION: It is strongly recommended that a mechanical stop be fitted to

the drills and taps used for producing threads to assure proper
control of depths. Ferrules with holes drilled deeper than the
maximum limit must not be used and shall be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not use a drill bit 29/64 (0.453) inch (11.5 mm) diameter
to make the actuating pin hole. A drill bit of that diameter will
produce an oversized hole and result in insufficient thread for
holding the actuating pin.
(8) Get two drill bits, one with a standard point (to start hole) and one a flat-bottom drill with a
machine-ground radius on the butting lip (refer to Figure 710), to produce a blind hole of 0.446
to 0.452 inch (11.33 to 11.48 mm) diameter. Both drill bits must be modified with ground flutes
to create desired diameter.
CAUTION: Power feed equipment is not suitable for drilling and tapping
actuating pin threads. Use of such equipment may produce a local
bulge (pimple) in the bearing shelf of ferrule. If any bulge is present,
however slight, the ferrule must be removed and replaced. Any
ferrule with a bulge in the bearing shelf shall not be reused in the
same blade assembly. Ferrules with bulges, however, may be used
in a different blade assembly provided that a through hole is drilled
per instructions in Disassembly, Actuating Pin Hole Modification.
(9) Feed the drill bit by hand. Withdraw frequently and clean out chips, particularly as the maximum
depth is approached.
(a) Start hole with the standard point drill bit to a maximum depth of 0.150 inch (3.81 mm).
(b) Continue drilling with the flat-bottom drill bit to depths as given in Table 706.
61-10-20 Page 716

BOM100
Table 706. Actuating Pin Hole Drill and Tap Dimensions
Ferrule Flange Flat Bottom Drill Modified Bottom Tap

Thickness-Inch Depth Inch Depth Inch Minimum
3/8 (0.38) (9.65 mm) 0.340 to 0.350 (8.64 to 0.290 (7.40 mm)
8.90 mm)
7/16 (0.44) (11.18 mm) 0.402 to 0.412 (10.21 0.352 (8.94 mm)
to 10.46 mm)
(10) Countersink the hole 0.510 to 0.520 inch (12.95 to 13.21 mm) diameter by 90 degrees included
angle to break corner.
(11) Tap 1/2-20 UNF-H1 or H2 to the minimum depth given in Table 706. Start with a standard
bottoming tap (1 to 1-1/2 thread chamfer) to a maximum of 3 threads. Complete tapping with
the modified bottoming tap shown in Figure 710 to the minimum depth listed in Table 706.
(12) Withdraw the tap frequently and clean out chips, particularly as the proper depth is approached,
to avoid producing a bulge (pimple) in the bearing shelf.
(13) Tap the thread to the correct depth.
(a) Remove all chips and lubricant (clean with solvent and blow dry with clean dry air).
(b) Check the threads with a standard GO, NO-GO, 1/2-20UNF-3B thread gage.
(14) Temporarily install the proper actuating pin finger-tight.
(15) Place the correct spacer on the ferrule flange.
(a) Make sure that the spacer will not fit under the shoulder of the actuating pin.
(b) If pin is not engaged deep enough in the ferrule, (if the spacer fits under the shoulder),
check the drilling and tapping procedure, particularly the position of mechanical stops on
drill bits and taps.
(16) Drill a 0.062 inch (1.60 mm) diameter lockwire hole through the ferrule as follows:
(a) If use of the part number B-3253 drill fixture is indicated in Table 707, remove field staking
fixture from ferrule.
1 Attach drill fixture to the ferrule using a 1/2-20UNF-3A x 3/4-inch (19.05 mm) socket
head cap screw in the blade actuating pin hole.
2 Drill the lockwire hole through ferrule using drill fixture.
CAUTION: If the lock wire hole goes into the actuating pin hole,
remove the ferrule from service, the ferrule is scrap.
Table 707. B-3253 Drill Fixture
Propeller Model
C10 C60 C22 C61 C30 C65
C52 C67 C54 CT69 C55 C71
C59
(b) For other 2-blade models, loosen the field staking fixture screws and rotate ferrule so that
the hole for the actuating pin is under the hole in the fixture about 15 degrees from the
small angular bushing marked BCD or ABCD.
(c) Use a 1/2-20 cap screw in the hole and actuating pin hole to secure the fixture.
NOTE: There is no limit on the number of safety wire holes permitted in ferrules.
(d) Tighten the fixture screws and drill the lockwire hole through the ferrule using angular
bushing as a guide.
61-10-20 Page 717

BOM100
C294
LEVEL
SUPPORT
STAKING FIXTURE
MACHINIST SQUARE
Alignment of Blade in a Staking Fixture

61-10-20 Page 718

BOM100
C295
8 INCHES
(203.2 mm)
5.43 INCHES
(138 mm)
DETAIL A
Drilling Blade Butt and Ferrule

61-10-20 Page 719

BOM100
C296
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH

(0.63 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
GRIND OFF POINT
OF STANDARD DRILL
0.4460 TO 0.4520 INCH

(11.328 mm TO 11.481 mm)
DIAMETER
FLAT BOTTOM DRILL
1/2−20 UNF−H1 OR H2 TAP
GRIND OFF CHAMFER OR LEAD OF THE TAP
MODIFICATION OF BOTTOMING TAP
Modification of Drill Bit and Tap

61-10-20 Page 720

BOM100
6. Scribing for Counterweight Position (Feathering and CT69 Only)

A. Procedure
NOTE: It may be necessary to use a gage block under the field staking fixture (as shown in Figure
711) to provide enough clearance between the blade and the work surface.
(1) Loosen fixture screws just enough so that blade can be rotated with the trailing edge pointed up.
(2) Position fixture and blade assembly on flat surface (surface plate), supporting blade tip with a
small jack so that blade centerline is horizontal.
(3) Use an angle gage to position the blade so that face side is at proper blade staking angle (refer
to Table 705) with respect to work surface at the reference station (105.0 degrees, +0.5 or -0.5
degrees for CT69).
NOTE: For a pusher blade, the flat side and angle gage would be on opposite side as viewed
in position shown in Figure 711. The scriber would be positioned on face side of blade
(still left hand side viewing from root to tip) to make scribe mark as directed in step
(7) below.
NOTE: An alternate method using a V-block instead of the field staking fixture is also
approved. Otherwise, the procedures are the same.
(4) Maintaining the blade angle at reference station, make sure that blade centerline is parallel with
work surface. To do this, use a square to check that back face of the fixture (or ferrule) is square
with the work surface.
NOTE: Figure 711, Scribing for Counterweight Installation, may appear skewed. It is
imperative that blade centerline is parallel with work surface.
(5) Tighten fixture screws. Again check blade angle at reference station and squareness of fixture
with work surface. Readjust if necessary.
CAUTION: The procedures described in the preceding steps and those in

following steps will determine the angular relationship of the
counterweight with blade. This is critical for proper operation.
Exercise care when performing these operations.
(6) Using a height gage with a scriber, determine blade centerline at extreme outboard end of ferrule.
(a) Using calipers/micrometers, measure outer diameter of ferrule at extreme outboard end.
Divide this dimension by two and record.
(b) Using a height gauge, measure and record the distance from the table surface to the top
of the ferrule outer diameter.
(c) Blade centerline dimension is achieved by subtracting the radius dimension recorded from
the height dimension.
(7) With scriber on camber (curved) side of blade (left side viewing from root to tip), scribe a mark
on the extreme outboard end of the ferrule outer diameter at the blade center line.
CAUTION: When you scribe a mark on the ferrule, do not let scriber touch blade
shank area.
(8) After you make the initial scribe mark with the height gage, intensify the mark using a hard, sharp
hand tool. The mark should be approximately 0.0010 inch (0.025 mm) deep.
(9) Fill scribe mark with black paint or lacquer. Remove any excess paint at sides of mark.
(10) If there are other scribe marks on the ferrule, make a scribe mark across the prior mark to form
a plus sign to signify that the old mark will not be used.
61-10-20 Page 721

BOM100
C297
STAKING FIXTURE PROTRACTOR
90 DEGREES
SUPPORT
MACHINIST SQUARE
STAKING FIXTURE
MICROMETER
RETENTION
NUT
FERRULE
Scribing for Counterweight Installation

61-10-20 Page 722

BOM100
C298
Scribing for Counterweight Installation

61-10-20 Page 723

BOM100
7. Drilling Ferrule (Threaded Constant Speed Propellers)
NOTE: The following instructions apply to only the threaded constant speed propellers listed below.
Follow instructions for drilling all other ferrules in Drilling Ferrule (Feathering Propellers and
Selected Constant Speed).
C8, C9, C14, C18, C21, C23, C28, C29,

C31, C32, C33, C45, C49, C50, C53, C57,
C58, C64, C66, C70, C73, C78, C82 C98
A. Procedure
(1) Cover blade with blade wrap.
(2) Install the assembled ferrule and blade in the appropriate field staking fixture (refer to Table 702
or Table 704), with adapter, part number B-3138, if required.
(3) Install assembly so that it is snug, but not so tight that ferrule cannot be turned. (Refer to Figure
708.)
(4) The four sides and various holes in the fixture are identified by letters A, B, C, and D. These
letters are keyed to propeller model numbers stamped on fixture. Refer to Table 703 or Table
705 for the fixture side applicable to a specific propeller model.
NOTE: No more than four (4) holes may be drilled in a ferrule. If a fifth hole is required for
actuating pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must be retired.
NOTE: The minimum distance between actuating pin holes is 1 inch (25.4 mm) from edge to
edge. (Refer to Figure 707.)
(5) Position the fixture so that side corresponding to propeller model number is parallel to the thrust,
or flat side of the blade at it's reference station. (Refer to Figure 708.)
NOTE: Refer to Table 703 or Table 705 for location of reference station.
(6) Tighten the fixture screws securely.

(7) Using drill and tap bushings in fixture locating hole for actuating pin (identified by single letter
corresponding to propeller model), drill, countersink and tap hole as follows:
(a) Support the blade with the support fixture attached on a modified drill press as illustrated
in Figure 709.
CAUTION: Precise execution of all machining operations which follow is

essential to proper actuating pin installation.
CAUTION: It is strongly recommended that a mechanical stop be fitted to
the drills and taps used for producing threads to assure proper
control of depths. Ferrules with holes drilled deeper than the
maximum limit must not be used and shall be replaced.
CAUTION: Do not use a drill bit 29/64 inch (11.51 mm) diameter to make
the actuating pin hole. A drill bit of that diameter will produce
an oversize hole and result in insufficient thread for holding the
actuating pin.
(8) Get two drill bits, one with a standard point (to start hole) and one a flat-bottom drill with a
machine-ground radius on the butting lip (Refer to Figure 710), to produce a blind hole of 0.446
to 0.452 inch (11.33 to 11.48 mm) diameter. Both drill bits must be modified with ground flutes
to create desired diameter.
61-10-20 Page 724

BOM100
CAUTION: Power feed equipment is not suitable for drilling and tapping
actuating pin threads. Use of such equipment may produce a local
bulge (pimple) in the bearing shelf of ferrule. If any bulge is present,
however slight, the ferrule must be removed and replaced. Any
ferrule with a bulge in the bearing shelf shall not be reused in the
same blade assembly. Ferrules with bulges, however, may be used
in a different blade assembly provided that a through hole is drilled
per instructions in Disassembly, Actuating Pin Hole Modification.
(9) Feed the drill bit by hand. Withdraw frequently and clean out chips, particularly as the maximum
depth is approached.
(a) Start hole with the standard point drill bit to a maximum depth of 0.150 inch (3.81 mm).
(b) Continue drilling with the flat-bottom drill bit to depths as given in Table 708.
Table 708. Actuating Pin Drill and Tap Dimensions
Propeller Model Hole Depth - Inch

Tap Drill Tap
C14, 18, 21, 23, 28, 29, 31, 32, 33, 45, 82 0.625 (15.87 0.500 (12.7
mm) mm)
C8, 9, 49, 50, 53, 58, 64, 66, 70, 73, 78, 98 0.594 (15.10 0.450 (11.43
mm) mm)
(10) Countersink the hole 0.515 to 0.530 inch (13.10 to 13.50 mm) diameter by 90 degrees included
angle.
NOTE: Hole for ferrule staking plug is not required. Ferrule staking plug is no longer used.
(11) Tap 1/2-20 UNF-H1 or H2 to the minimum depth given in Table 708. Start with a standard
bottoming tap (1 to 1-1/2 thread chamfer) to a maximum of 3 threads. Complete tapping with
the modified bottoming tap shown in Figure 710 to the minimum depth listed in Table 708.
(12) Withdraw the tap frequently and clean out chips, particularly as the proper depth is approached,
to avoid producing a bulge (pimple) in the bearing shelf.
(13) Tap the thread to the correct depth.
(a) Remove all chips and lubricant (clean with solvent and blow dry with clean dry air).
(b) Check the threads with a standard GO, NO-GO, 1/2-20UNF-3B thread gage.
(14) Drill a 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) diameter lockwire hole through the ferrule as follows:
(a) If use of the part number B-3253 (Table 707) or B-3139 (Table 709) drill fixture is indicated
remove field staking fixture from ferrule.
1 Attach drill fixture to the ferrule using a 1/2-20UNF-3A x 3/4-inch (19.05 mm) socket
head cap screw in the blade actuating pin hole.
2 Drill the lockwire hole through ferrule using drill fixture.
Table 709. B-3139 Drill Fixture
Propeller Model
C8 C9 C11 C16 C49 C50 C53
C58 C66 C70 C73 C78 C98
(b) For other 2-blade models, loosen the field staking fixture screws and rotate ferrule so that
the hole for the actuating pin is under the hole in the fixture about 15 degrees from the
small angular bushing marked BCD or ABCD.
61-10-20 Page 725

BOM100
(c) Use a 1/2-20 cap screw in the hole and actuating pin hole to secure the fixture.
NOTE: There is no limit on the number of safety wire holes permitted in ferrules.
(d) Tighten the fixture screws and drill the lockwire hole through the ferrule using angular
bushing as a guide.
(15) For all 3-blade models, drill lockwire hole using small angular hole marked ABCD in the field
staking fixture.
B. Drill 0.062 inch (1.62 mm) diameter lockwire hole through ferrule as follows:
(1) Remove burrs after drilling.
NOTE: Refer to Scribing for Counterweight Position, for instructions to scribe ferrule for
counter weight location applicable to propeller model CT69. Ferrule scribing must
be accomplished while field staking fixture is installed and before installing blade
actuating pin.
C. Remove fixture from ferrule.
(1) Before installing actuating pin, use a 3/8 by 3/4 inch (9.52 by 19.05 mm) carbide burr tool (The
Metal Improvement Co., Chicago, Ill. part No. CB44 or equivalent) in a high speed drill or similar
hand-held power tool to remove all threads above top shelf of ferrule flange where tapped hole
breaks into blend radius and side of ferrule.
CAUTION: Do not machine away excess metal. Take off just enough to remove
all traces of threads from side of ferrule and leave a smooth surface.
(2) Round all corners of back side of actuating pin hole to approximately 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) radius
with particular attention to corner blend radius.
CAUTION: Some ferrules may have had these threads removed by filing, and
file marks not removed by finishing. Remove all such file marks
(may be some distance from tapped hole) with 120 grit spiral roll or
emery cloth. Do not use file to remove these threads.
(3) Finish surfaces to approximately 32 RMS using a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) diameter by 1 inch (25.4
mm) long 120 grit spiral roll (manufactured by Field Abrasives Co., Dayton, Ohio, or equivalent)
in the power tool. Make sure that surfaces are smooth and free from nicks, burrs, or scratches.
8. Cleaning
A. Clean All Parts With Solvent. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning.
9. Installing Blade Actuating Pin
CAUTION: When installing blade actuating pin, use a deep well socket, 6-point (not a
12-point) wrench. The corners of the pin hex are rounded slightly. A 12-point
wrench will slide over these corners and will damage the pin.
NOTE: Before installing actuating pin, check that threads in previous holes in the ferrule have either been
made unusable or removed from and that broken-through holes have been properly processed
(refer to Disassembly, Actuating Pin Hole Modification and Figure 305).
A. Support blade on bench top or clamp in split wooden holding fixture, taking precaution that loose parts
do not damage blade. Lightly coat threads of actuating pin with Loctite #2 or Permatex #2. Install
actuating pin with 75 to 80 foot-pounds torque. Be certain that spacer washer is installed. For 3-blade
constant speed models, defer installation of actuating pin and spacer washer until after installation of
shims and checking blade shake.
61-10-20 Page 726

BOM100
CAUTION: Be certain that proper actuating pin and spacer are used. If a short
spacer is used, the actuating pin will bottom in the blind thread and will
not clinch spacer tightly. After seating pin with correct torque, check that
spacer is tight and cannot be moved sideways. Refer to Repair and
Replacement, Table 602 and 603 for pin and spacer.
CAUTION: Only blade assemblies with the same part number actuating pins shall
be installed in the same propeller.
NOTE: For C21 only, actuating pin tool B-3023 must be used. Install with 40 to 45 foot-pounds (54
to 61 N-m) torque.
(1) Thoroughly clean pin with methyl propyl ketone and appropriate squareness gauge, then
lubricate both with thin oil. Slide gauge on pin.
(2) Check with tri-square or machinist square against outer diameter of gauge, that squareness is
not more than 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) out at top or bottom of gauge. Check two places 90° apart.
(3) Attach twisted lockwire between ferrule and pin.
10. Blade Assembly Build-up

A. Build Up (Refer to Figure 713 and Figure 714).
(1) Set subassembly upright (blade up) and anchor securely. Protect blade shank with blade wrap
for at least five inches (127 mm) from top of ferrule.
(2) Carefully slide outer race of retention bearing and all parts above it up on blade and temporarily
secure. Locate inner retention bearing race on ferrule, tapping lightly with soft mallet to seat,
and apply Aeroshell grease 5 to the lower race.
(3) Locate proper number of balls and separators on the lower race (grease will hold the bearings
and spacers in place).
(4) Set the upper race in place on the balls.
(5) Lightly lubricate the outer diameter of the ferrule with a SAE 10 or multi-grade piston oil before
you lower the retention nut.
(6) Lubricate the groove in inner diameter of retention nut with SAE 10 or multi-grade piston oil,
lubricate O-ring, and insert in groove without twist.
(7) Lower the retention nut carefully over the ferrule taking care not to damage the packing. Position
the retention nut over the upper bearing race, and tap lightly to set in the counterbore.
(8) Liberally lubricate the counterbore surface on top of retention nut with Orelube Compound K-2
and temporarily install the retaining ring in ferrule groove.
11. Blade Shimming

A. Install blade assembly in appropriate shim installation fixture as follows:
(1) For 2-blade models, make sure that shim fixture plate (if required), part number B-3144, is
installed in shim installation fixture, part number D-2465 (refer to Figure 712).
(2) Insert blade assembly in the socket of the shim installation fixture with the bar cam up. Bottom
of ferrule must bear tightly against shim fixture plate, if used.
(3) Apply Aeroshell grease 5 or Orelube Compound K-2 to the retention nut threads.
(4) Thread the blade assembly into the fixture, and tighten with an appropriate spanner wrench.
(5) Seat all parts firmly by holding tension on wrench and tap the wrench handle (with a three to
five-inch (76 to 127 mm) stroke) two or three times with non-metallic mallet.
(6) For 3-blade constant speed models, insert the blade assembly in the socket of the shim
installation fixture, part number D-3566, with spacer plug installed in the fixture. (Refer to
Figure 712.)
(7) Apply Orelube Compound K-2 to the retention nut threads.
(8) Thread the blade assembly into the fixture, and tighten with an appropriate spanner wrench.
(9) Bottom of ferrule must bear tightly against spacer plug of fixture.
(10) Seat all parts firmly by holding tension on wrench and tap the wrench handle (with a three to
five-inch (76 to 127 mm) stroke) two or three times with non-metallic mallet.
61-10-20 Page 727

BOM100
C82 BLADE
ASSEMBLY
BLADE
ASSEMBLY
D−3566
WORK
SURFACE SPACER
PLUG
SPACER PLUG INSTALLED SPACER PLUG REMOVED

FOR THREE BLADE
PROPELLERS
5/16 INCH (8.00 mm) BLADE BLADE
BOLTS AND NUTS ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
PLATE (REQUIRED
ONLY FOR C49 AND
C50 ASSEMBLIES)
PLATE
CAM DOWN
CAM UP 1/4−28UNF−3A x 3/4
FOR TWO BLADE
IN. (19.10 mm)
PROPELLERS
CAP SCREW
0.50 INCH (12.7 mm)
BOLTS AND NUTS
Blade Installation Fixture

61-10-20 Page 728

BOM100
B. Shim Installation.
(1) By trial, select a single shim which will just permit reinstallation of the retaining ring in the ferrule
groove.
(a) A shim thickness of 0.010 to 0.016 inch (0.25 mm to 0.41 mm) will be adequate for most
installations.
(2) Move the retaining ring up and temporarily secure it on the blade shank.
(3) Lubricate all surfaces of the shim with Orelube K-2, and install shim by carefully opening and
working over blade, then slide it down in place in retention nut counterbore.
(a) If two shims are required, each should be approximately the same thickness, if it is not
possible to use two of same thickness, install the thinner shim between retention nut and
thicker shim.
(4) Loosen or remove the assembly from the seating fixture.
(a) Rotate the cam of the two blade fixture so the opposite (lower) face is up.
(b) Remove the spacer from the three blade fixture.
(5) Insert the blade in the fixture again, and tighten the retention nut.
(6) Hold a wood block (2 x 4 inch (51 x 102 mm)) against blade tip with wood grain at right angles
to the blade width.
(7) Tap the wood block with a lead hammer mallet to loosen parts preparatory to blade shake
measurement.
(8) Suspend or fix a scale slightly above blade tip, and, with fingers, move blade tip back and forth
(lead to trail) and record total movement.
NOTE: Exert force in a direction in line with blade width (lead edge to trail edge), not against
blade thickness (camber to face), to avoid bending blade.
NOTE: Blade shake is the tendency for blade to wobble slightly when tip is physically
moved by hand. This tendency is natural. An assembly of parts to high limits of
close tolerances would have little or no shake, while parts to low limits will result in
comparatively high tip movement.
(9) If total movement exceeds 0.031 inch (0.79 mm), repeat operation with next thicker shim,
recheck blade shake before taking torque measurement, and repeat procedure.
C. Check Rotational Force.
(1) Rotate blade approximately 180 degrees back and forth at least five times.
(2) Use blade torque gauge, part number B-2399, to check torque required to rotate the blade.
(a) Make sure torque is not more than 100 inch-pounds (11.3 N-m)
(3) If torque is excessive use the next thinner shim.
(4) If a thinner shim was used, check both blade shake and rotational force until both are satisfactory.
12. Sealing of Ferrule

A. For 3-blade constant speed models, install actuating pin and spacer washer as directed in Installing
Blade Actuating Pin.
B. Place upright on bench top. Use methyl propyl ketone to clean outer end of ferrule and round shank
of blade, and in particular the pocket (groove) at end of ferrule where blade threads run out. Dry
with cloth and allow solvent to evaporate. Best to use clean dry compressed air directed into groove.
Apply RTV109 sealant around the circumference of outboard end of blade/ferrule joint. Only a thin
layer is necessary.
CAUTION: When using sealant, RTV 109, all traces must be removed from blade
surfaces. Presence of this sealant will prevent adhesion of anti- or de-
icing boots, paint or decals to blade surfaces. Remove residual traces
from fingers before handling metal parts.
C. Allow sealant to cure a minimum to twelve hours at room temperature (approximately 70°F).
61-10-20 Page 729

BOM100
D. FOR OIL FILL ONLY - After curing, use a small diameter (0.020 to 0.040 inch (0.51 to 1.02 mm))
wooden toothpick to puncture six to eight equally spaced holes in the sealant only on the outboard
blade/ferrule joint.
NOTE: Quality control procedures must be established to assure perforations are made in sealant
to prevent the operation from being overlooked or forgotten.
E. Serial Number Stamping of Retention Nuts and Ferrule Flanges
(1) Propeller serial numbers are no longer required to be stamped on retention nuts and ferrule
flanges. Some of these components may be stamped with the propeller serial number, these
parts are still airworthy providing correct inspection and repair procedures are followed.
13. C1, C18 and C45 Preload Blade Assemblies.

A. Install parts, as applicable, on blade in the reverse order of index numbers. Decals, screw, preload
nut lock, preload bearing assembly, ball separators, actuating parts and bearing balls may be deferred
until after ferrule is installed and drilled. Proceed as follows:
NOTE: Refer to Table 710 to determine if C1 blade may require replacement to prevent butt thread
cracking.
Table 710. Serial Numbers of Affected Blades
Propeller Model Blade Serial Number Ranges

2A36C1-[X]/90M-[X] All plain (no prefix or suffix letter) 21298 through
27064, and All K00000 through K25150.
2A36C18-[X]/90M-[X]
(1) Check preload nut for sufficient looseness on ferrule with which it will be used. If too tight it
cannot be properly installed on ferrule as ferrule end expands slightly when tightened on blade.
Proceed as follows:
(a) Thread preload nut on ferrule.
(b) Test that side play (not axial) is 0.003 to 0.004 inch (0.076 to 0.102 mm) between nut and
ferrule.
(c) If fit is too close, lap nut to ferrule before installing on blade.
NOTE: The manufacturer recommends lapping compound, Clover brand, Grade E, No.
120 grit, coarse. Remove all compound from both parts after lapping. If ferrule is
changed for another during assembly, repeat these checks, and lap if necessary.
(2) Select and install ferrule on the blade. Refer to Ferrule Installation (non-oil fill only).
(3) For C18, drill the ferrule as described in Drilling Ferrule, (Threaded Constant Speed Propellers)
For C1 drill for actuating pin as follows:
(a) Drill four holes 0.2190 to 0.2113 inch (5.56 to 5.36 mm) diameter by 0.562 inch (14.30 mm)
maximum deep.
(b) Drill four holes 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) diameter by 0.031 inch (0.80 mm) deep.
(c) Tap four holes 1/4-28 UNF-2B x 0.375 inch (9.53 mm) minimum deep.
(d) For the larger locating hole, drill 31/64 by 0.250 inch (12.30 by 6.35 mm) maximum deep,
then counterbore 0.500 to 0.501 inch (12.7 to 12.73 mm) diameter by 0.188 inch (4.77 mm)
deep.
(4) For C18 and C45, install actuating pin as described in Installing Blade Actuating Pin. For C1,
insert the short length dowel of blade actuating pin in ferrule, set cap screws with 75 to 60 inch
pounds (8.5 to 6.78 N-m) torque and stake each screw in two places. Normality check of pin is
not required.
(5) Set subassembly upright (blade up) and anchor securely (refer to Blade Assembly Build-up).
Protect blade shank with heavy paper tape, or use blade wrap, for at least five inches (127 mm)
from top of ferrule.
61-10-20 Page 730

BOM100
(6) Carefully slide upper and lower races of retention bearing and all parts above it up on blade and
temporarily secure. Apply lubricant Aeroshell 5 to the ferrule groove and packing (for C18 and
C45) and install in groove without twist. Locate inner race of retention bearing on ferrule (do
not damage or dislodge packing), tapping lightly with soft mallet to seat, and apply Aeroshell 5.
Locate balls and separators on lower race (lubricant will hold in place), set outer race in place on
balls (use straight push without rotation to position upper race over packing) and bring retention
nut down over upper race, tapping lightly to seat in counterbore. After seating preload bearing
inner race in retention nut, apply lubricant. If balls or split retainer have been replaced, press
balls in retainer halves, then place on race with larger diameter side of holes toward the race.
Position preload bearing upper race for C18 and C45. C1 does not use an upper race for preload
bearing.
(7) For C18 and C45, carefully open a new gasket, slip over blade shank then bring it down on
top of the preload bearing outer race. Install packing in groove of preload nut and oil lightly.
Carefully remove all traces of oil and grease from threads of ferrule and preload nut. Use clear,
dry-cleaning solvent and exercise care not to dilute grease already applied to bearings. Apply
compound to the threads of both ferrule and preload nut. Attach preload nut to ferrule using
spanner wrench, part number B-1665, tighten by hand to remove all blade shake, then, holding
tension on wrench, tap with hand a few times so that one of the 11 half-circle locking grooves
in ferrule outer diameter is aligned with one of the 12 tapped holes in the nut. Stop at first
locking position beyond the minimum torque (additional movement between 1/2 and one inch
(12.7 and 25.4 mm) is normal). Remove excess compound forced out of threads. Check that
torque required to cause rotation between blade and retention nut does not exceed 100 inch-
pounds (11.30 N-m). If torque is excessive, loosen preload nut, retighten as before and recheck
torque.
(8) Locate nut lock with lip as close as possible to ferrule, set screw tightly and attach lock wire
between lip and screw. Remove any grease from retention bearing which extends beyond
retention nut thread outer diameter. Remove tape from blades and clean.
(9) Complete blade assembly as described in Blade Shake.
NOTE: When C1 propellers are converted to C18, refer to Table 711 for the proper blade
assemblies to use. The manufacturer recommends that all C1 propellers be
converted to C18-F or -AF; also, that C18-[X] and -A be converted to C18-F or -AF.
Both conversions will result in propellers with non-preloaded blade assemblies.
Table 711. C1 and C18 Propeller Conversion
Propeller Blade Actuating Pin Link Staking Angle Ferrule

Model Assembly (Diameter) Assembly (degrees) Packing
C1-[X]S D-1594/90M B-1567 (5/8) A-1617 129 No
TS D-1594/90M B-1567 (5/8) A-1617 129 No
US D-1929/90M B-1567 (5/8) A-1617 129 Yes
C18-[X] D-2006/90M A-1882 (9/16) A-1998 129 Yes
61-10-20 Page 731

BOM100
Table 711. C1 and C18 Propeller Conversion (continued)

Propeller Blade Actuating Pin Link Staking Angle Ferrule
Model Assembly (Diameter) Assembly (degrees) Packing
A D-2006/90M A-1882 (9/16) A-1998 129 Yes
-F D-2341/90M A-1882 (9/16) A-1998 126 Yes
-AF D-2341/90M A-1882 (9/16) A-1998 126 Yes
61-10-20 Page 732

BOM100
Constant Speed Blade Assembly

61-10-20 Page 733

BOM100
Feathering Blade Assembly

61-10-20 Page 734

BOM100
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
1. Lightning Strike Inspection
CAUTION: Completely overhaul the blade assembly after a lightning strike is confirmed.
CAUTION: Do a check of the blade components for signs of extreme overheating during
the lightning strike overhaul.
A. To find if a lightning strike has occurred, do the steps that follow:
(1) Examine the blade assembly for burns and indications of arcing.
(2) Use a magnetism detector and examine all exposed steel areas of the blade assembly for
magnetism.
(3) Look for signs of any melting or metal flow.
(a) Make sure to carefully examine the blades.
B. If a lightning strike is confirmed, do the steps that follow:
(1) Carefully examine the blade assembly components for signs of melting, flowing metal or
discoloration.
(2) Examine the blades for signs of lightning entrance or exit.
NOTE: A small, dark, discolored area, possibly with some erosion is an indication of a
lightning entrance or exit.
(3) Do the dye penetrant inspection to identify all damage. (Refer to the Standard Practices Manual,
Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures.)
(4) As necessary, remove the blade lightning strike damage. (Refer to Lightning Strike Repair.)
(a) After you repair the blade lightning strike damage, do the dye penetrant inspection
procedure again to make sure you removed all damage.
2. Lightning Strike Repair
CAUTION: Any component that shows signs of permanent magnetism must be

completely demagnetized before it is returned to service.
A. Repair the Lightning Strike Blade Damage.
(1) Refer to the Inspection Procedures.
(2) If a blade assembly component, other than the blade, shows any signs of melting, flowing metal
or discoloration, it is not repairable.
(3) Repair any blade damaged by entrance or exit of lightning before returning the blade to service.
NOTE: A small, dark, discolored area, possibly with some erosion is an indication of a
lightning entrance or exit.
(4) Use a file, sandpaper, or crocus cloth to remove all the indications of a burn from the blade.
(5) Use a 10x magnifying glass to make sure that all the damage is removed.
(6) Remove an additional 0.020 inch (0.5 mm) of material from any area that was damaged after
the burn indication is removed.
(7) After repair on any area that was damaged, do the dye penetrant inspection. (Refer to the
Standard Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures.)
(8) As necessary, remove any additional material to repair any crack that was found with the dye
penetrant inspection.
(9) Use the correct blade repair criteria and examine the blade and make sure that it is in the
dimensional limits. (Refer to the applicable Blade Repair Criteria section in this manual.)
(10) Return the blade to service if the measurements are in the dimensional limits.
61-10-22 Page 1
BOM100
3. Necessary Actions Following Object Strike of Stationary Propeller, Blade Strike of Rotating
Propeller, Bird Strike, or Sudden Engine Stoppage
A. For "Threadless" Propeller Blades (Propeller blades used on C200 thru C1100 model series
propellers).
(1) Refer to MPC26, Owner/Operator Information Manual for inspection and repair limits for propeller
blades that have been involved in an object strike or sudden engine stoppage.
B. For "Threaded" Propeller Blades (Propeller blades used on C1 thru C98 model propeller assemblies).
(1) Refer to McCauley Service Bulletin SB176E, Necessary Actions Following Object Strike
of Stationary Propeller, Blade Strike of Rotating Propeller, Bird Strike, or Sudden Engine
Stoppage.
4. Shot Peen Blade Airfoil Repair (114HCA, L114HCA and 96LRB Blades Only)
A. Repair and rework in the shot peened area on the airfoil of the blades are different from the non-
shot peened blades. Different procedures and limitations are necessary for these areas. If these
specifications are obeyed, it will make sure to keep the desirable compressive surface stress caused
by the shot peening.
(1) Blade Straightening
(a) If the bends in the shot peened area are repairable, it is necessary to reshot peen the area
after the straightening.
(b) When a bend outboard of the shot peened area is repaired, it can be necessary to
tightly hold the blade in position in the shot peened area during the blade re-twisting
or straightening procedures. If the blade is held tightly in the shot peened area, it
is necessary to do the shot peening procedure after the re-twisting or straightening
procedures are complete.
B. Blade Grinding and Polishing
(1) Unless necessary, do not grind or polish the shot peened area of the blade. If the shot peened
area A is ground or polished during the overhaul procedure, the blades must be reshot peened.
(Refer to Figure 1 or Figure 2.) Do not use grinding tools to remove paint in the shot peened
areas. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures, for the paint stripping
procedures.
NOTE: The information that follows is not the only criteria used for the parts inspection.
Other data, such as the dimensional limits, minimum blade width and thickness
specifications are also necessary.
NOTE: The depth of the damage refers to the measurement results after the rework (filing
or polishing) of the affected area. All the damage must be reworked and completely
removed before the shot peening.
(2) If a scratch, nick, or any mark exposing metal is found on the blade, repair the damage. (Refer
to Repair and Replacement, Local Repair.)
(a) Use the correct blade repair criteria and measure the blade and make sure that it is in the
(b) If the blade is not in the dimensional limits, it is scrap. Replace the blade.
(3) If a blade is repaired, make sure that it is still in the dimensional limits. (Refer to the applicable
tables (Table 1 and Table 2), and Figure 1 or Figure 2.) It is not necessary to reshot peen any
repairs completed in Area C or Area B shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2.
(4) Reshot peening -
(a) Remove all the anodize or alodine from the blade before the start of the reshot peening
procedure.
(b) By specification MIC-306, the reshot peening procedure can only be done by the
Metal Improvement Company. To find the nearest Metal Improvement branch in your
area, contact the company: Metal Improvement Company, 11131 Luschek Drive,
Blue Ash, Ohio 45241, Phone: (513) 489-6484, Telefax: (513) 489-6499, Email:
cincinnati-shotpeen@metalimprovement.com.
61-10-22 Page 2
BOM100
Table 1. Dimension for Area B Shot Peen Blade Repair 114HCA and L114HCA Blades Only. (Figure 1)
Blade Face Side Leading Face Side Trailing Camber Side Camber Side
Station Edge (Inches) Edge (Inches) Leading Edge Trailing Edge
(Inches) (Inches)
8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
9 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
9.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
10.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
13.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.75 (19.05 mm)
16.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.70 (17.78 mm) 1.45 (36.83 mm)
19.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 1.10 (27.94 mm) 1.62 (41.15 mm)
22.8 0.30 (7.62 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 1.35 (34.29 mm) 1.90 (48.26 mm)
26.0 0.35 (8.89 mm) 0.40 (10.16 mm) 1.55 (39.37 mm) 1.95 (49.53 mm)
Table 2. Dimension for Area B Shot Peen Blade Repair 96LRB Blades Only. (Figure 2.)
Blade Face and Camber Side Face and Camber Side

Station Leading Edge (Inches) Trailing Edge (Inches)
8.55 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
10.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
13.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
16.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
19.8 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
21.25 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm)
5. Scheduled Thickness Reductions of 114HCA, L114HCA, 114GCA, and L114GCA Blade Models:
A. Find the Scheduled Thickness Reductions
(1) Measure the width and thickness at the 49.8 inch (1264.9 mm) station to find if the removal of
material inboard of the 40.8 inch (1036.3 mm) station is necessary.
(2) Subtract the measured width from 5.850 inch (148.6 mm) to determine the width loss.
(3) Subtract the measured thickness from 0.375 inch (9.5 mm) to determine the thickness loss.
(4) Refer to Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, and Table 6 for the thickness reduction in region 1 (22.8 inch
(579.12 mm) station) and region 2 (34.8 inch (883.92 mm) station).
(5) Refer to the example that follows for further explanation of this procedure. Table 3, Table 4,
Table 5, and Table 6 give the regions and locations of the check stations:
(a) The 49.8 station measures 5.587 inch (141.91 mm) wide and 0.360 inch (9.14 mm)
thick. Subtract the thickness, 0.360 inch (9.14 mm), from 0.375 inch (9.52 mm) (nominal
thickness at 49.8 station) for a difference of 0.015 inch (0.381 mm). Refer to Thickness
Loss as shown in Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, and Table 6 for the applicable table.
(b) Subtract the width, 5.587 inch (141.91 mm), from 5.850 inch (148.59 mm) (nominal width
at 49.8 station) for a difference of 0.263 inch (6.68 mm). Follow Table 3, Table 4, Table 5,
and Table 6 for the correct thickness removal for region 1 and region 2.
(6) Blend any necessary metal removal during a thickness reduction across the entire blade from
the leading edge to the trailing edge as shown in Repair and Replacement, Figure 607.
(7) Blend the region 1 thickness reduction metal removal to zero at the 16.8 station.
61-10-22 Page 3
BOM100
C20
ROTATIONAL AXIS
55.8
52.8
49.8
46.8
43.8
42
40.8
37.8
34.8
31.8
30
28.8
26
25.8
23.25
22.8
19.8
16.8
13.8
13.62
TRAILING EDGE LEADING EDGE TRAILING EDGE
10.8
9.8
9
8
ROTATIONAL AXIS ROTATIONAL AXIS

FACE SIDE CAMBER SIDE
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
REPAIRED AREA RESHOT PEENING NECESSARY(AREA A)
REPAIRED AREA RESHOT PEENING NOT NECESSARY(AREA B)
NO SHOT PEENING (AREA C)
114HCA and L114HCA Shot Peen Blade Repair - Refer to Table 1 and Table 2
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
61-10-22 Page 4
BOM100
C21
43.5
40.8
37.8
34.8
31.8
28.8
25.8
22.8
21.25
19.8
16.8
13.8
10.8
8.55
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
REPAIRED AREA RESHOT PEENING NECESSARY(AREA A)
REPAIRED AREA RESHOT PEENING NOT NECESSARY(AREA B)
NO SHOT PEENING (AREA C)
96LRB Shot Peen Blade Repair - Refer to Table 203

Figure 2 (Sheet 1)
61-10-22 Page 5
BOM100
Table 3. Scheduled Thickness Reductions at Overhaul (1)
Thickness Loss at 49.8 station of 0.000 Required Thickness Reduction

inches to 0.030 inches (0.76 mm) and:
Region 1 (Station 22.8) Region 2 (Station 34.8)
Width loss of 0.00 to 0.100 inches (2.54 mm) 0.000 0.000
Width loss of 0.101 inches (2.56 mm) to 0.200 0.000 0.000
inches (5.08 mm)
Width loss of 0.201 inches (5.10 mm) to 0.300 0.000 0.015 (0.38 mm)
inches (7.62 mm)
Width loss of 0.301 inches (7.64 mm) to 0.400 0.015 (0.38 mm) 0.027 (0.68 mm)
inches (10.16 mm)

inches (0.79 mm) to 0.040 inches (1.02 mm)
and: Region 1 (Station 22.8) Region 2 (Station 34.8)
Width loss of 0.00 to 0.100 inches (2.54 mm) 0.000 0.015 (0.38 mm)
Width loss of 0.101 inches (2.56 mm) to 0.200 0.000 0.023 (0.58 mm)
inches (5.08 mm)
inches (7.62 mm)
inches (10.16 mm)

Width loss of 0.00 to 0.100 inches (2.54 mm) 0.000 0.020 (0.51 mm)
inches (5.08 mm)
inches (7.62 mm)
inches (10.16 mm)
61-10-22 Page 6
BOM100

Width loss of 0.00 to 0.100 inches (2.54 mm) 0.010 (0.25 mm) 0.025 (0.63 mm)
inches (5.08 mm)
inches (7.62 mm)
inches (10.16 mm)
6. Interchangeability of Blades
A. Most propeller blades in the McCauley controllable pitch propellers cannot be converted from one
model to another. However there are two exceptions:
(1) 82NB and 82NC
(2) 82NEA and 82NFA
NOTE: These blades are identical and can be interchanged. However, the propeller
blade assembly must also be changed. If the blades are interchanged, the model
designation stamped on the blade butt must be changed to agree with the propeller
blade assembly part number.
7. 90DHB-X and 78CCA-X Blade Design Modification

A. McCauley has updated the shank design on all new 78CCA-X and 90DHB-X blades. This modification
has a threaded blind hole in the blade butt. The hole is designed for the installation of a blade plug in
the oil filled models.
(1) You can ignore the threaded blind hole on blades installed in non-oil filled hubs.
NOTE: All new 78CCA-X and 90DHB-X blades have these blind holes. The older, non-drilled
version is no longer available from the factory.
8. Duplicate Blade Serial Numbers

A. Three 4HFR34C768 propellers were manufactured with duplicate blade serial numbers. It is
necessary that the blade serial numbers be restamped at the next overhaul or major disassembly.
The logcards show the correct serial numbers. This information does not match the steel stamping on
the blades. Restamp the blades with the new correct serial numbers. (Refer to Special Instructions,
Table 7.)
(1) To restamp the serial numbers, do the steps that follow:
(a) Peen out the incorrect letter.
NOTE: The only change in every serial number is that the letter L should be M.
(b) Use the appropriate size steel stamp to correct the serial number.
(c) Make the applicable logbook entry at the next major disassembly or overhaul.
61-10-22 Page 7
BOM100
Table 7. Duplicate Blade Serial Numbers
Propeller Serial Current Blade Serial Number to

Number Serial Number be Stamped
970570 QL020 QM020
970624 QL006 QM006
QL010 QM010
QL011 QM011
970625 QL013 QM013
QL024 QM024
9. Correct Type Certificate Numbers

A. McCauley has found that some blade models were released with the type certificate (T.C.) markings
stamped without the prefix P-. The following table shows the correct T.C. numbers. The blades must
be restamped with the corrected number at the next overhaul or major disassembly.
(1) Inspect the blade butt for the T.C. number. (Refer to General Information, Figure 3 and Table 8.)
(2) If the T.C. number is incorrectly stamped, the blade must be restamped. If the T.C. number is
correctly stamped, no action is necessary.
(3) To correct the stamping, do the steps that follow:
(a) Use a blunt stamp to obliterate the incorrect characters. (Refer to Figure 3.)
1 If the use of the blunt stamp does not satisfactory prepare the surface for the restamp
procedure, use a fine rounded file and emery cloth to remove the old stamping.
2 Remove only enough material to supply a good base for the new characters.
(b) To restamp the T.C. number, do the steps that follow :
1 For the correct T.C. number for blade model, refer to Table 8.
2 Use the appropriate size steel stamp to correct the T.C. number. (Refer to General
Information, Figure 2.)
Table 8. Correct T.C. Numbers
Correct T.C. Number Blade Model

T.C. P-880 90M, 84B, 100R
T.C. P-901 78KM, 80MM
T.C. P-911 78BF, 78BFS, 78BFM,
100RF, 90MF, 100RFM
61-10-22 Page 8
BOM100
Figure 3
61-10-22 Page 9
BOM100
10. Blade Type Certificate Markings

A. Models Included:
(1) 74SA-[X], 82NDA-[X], 90DFA-[X], 90DHA-[X], 90DHB-[X], 90DHB-[X]E, 90DJA-[X], 90REA-[X],
90UMB-[X], and 100LA-[X].
B. The included blade models were originally type certificated for one propeller model. New propeller
models are now in production. These new propeller models are type certificated with additional type
certificate numbers. All the blades must be restamped to show the additional type certificate numbers
as recorded in Table 9. Refer to Figure 4 for the stamp locations.
Table 9. Type Certificate Stamping
Blade Model Type Certificate

Stamping
74SA-[X] P47GL, P58GL
82NDA-[X] P47GL, P58GL
90DFA-[X] P47GL, P58GL
90DHA-[X] P3EA, P7EA
90DHB-[X] P3EA, P7EA
90DHB-[X]E P3EA, P7EA
90DJA-[X] P3EA, P7EA
90REA-[X] P3EA, P7EA
90UMB-[X] P45GL, P57GL
100LA-[X] P54GL, P60GL
61-10-22 Page 10
BOM100
Figure 4
61-10-22 Page 11
BOM100
11. C601 Actuating Pin Screw Improvement

A. Applicable to: 3GFR34C601/93JA-3
B. The failure of the C601 propeller actuating pin screw is possible. If you add an additional screw to the
actuating pin and blade assembly you can minimize the possibility. To add the screw, use the tools
and parts that follow:
Tool or Part Part Number Quantity

Actuating Pin Fixture D-6372 (1)
3-Hole Actuating Pin B-5072-2 (1) per blade
Actuating Pin Screws A-1635-159 (3) per blade
C. It is necessary to do this modification on all of the 3GFR34C601/93JA-3 propellers at the next propeller
overhaul or disassembly.
(1) Set the tap drill depth.
(a) Put the drill bit (D-6372-11) through the drill collar (D-6372-5) and into the drilled hole
marked D in the side of the fixture base (D-6372-1).
(b) Carefully let the drill move to the bottom of the hole.
(c) Move the collar down to the fixture surface.
(d) Use set screws and lock the collar into position.
(2) Set the thread tap depth.
(a) Put the tap (D-6372-4) through the tap collar (D-6372-6) and into the drilled hole marked
T in the side of fixture base (D-6372-1).
(b) Carefully let the tap move to the bottom of the hole.
(c) Move the collar down to the fixture surface.
(d) Use set screws and lock the collar into position.
(3) Put the fixture base (D-6372-1) on the blade shank as shown in Figure 5.
(a) Put the screws through the fixture and into the existing tapped holes in the shank.
(b) Tighten the screws.
(4) Put the tap drill guide (D-6372-2) into the 0.500 inch (12.7 mm) diameter hole in the fixture base.
(a) Turn the tap drill guide to lock it in position.
(5) Use turbine oil (or equivalent) for lubrication and drill the hole.
(a) Use the bit, with the set collar installed (refer to step 1), and drill a hole to the depth
permitted by the collar (0.430 inch (10.92 mm) maximum depth). (Refer to Figure 5.)
(b) Remove the tap drill and guide.
(c) Clean the hole of all the metal chips.
(6) Put the tap guide (D-6372-3) into the 0.500 inch (12.7 mm) diameter hole in the fixture base.
(a) Turn the tap guide to lock it in position.
(7) Use turbine oil (or equivalent) for lubrication and tap the hole with your hand.
(a) Use the tap, with the collar installed (refer to step 2), and tap the hole with your hand to the
depth permitted by the collar (0.340 inch (8.64 mm) minimum depth). (Refer to Figure 5.)
(b) Remove the tap and guide.
(c) Clean the hole of all the metal chips.
(8) Remove the fixture from the blade and chamfer the hole to 0.300 - 0.320 inch (7.62 - 8.13 mm)
x 45 degrees.
(9) Clean thoroughly the hole and the surrounding surface.
(10) Use an appropriate size steel stamp and stamp a letter B in front of the blade model number.
NOTE: For example, 93JA-3 becomes B-93JA-3.
(11) Use an appropriate size steel stamp and stamp a letter D behind the hub model number.
NOTE: For example, 3GFR34C601-D.
(12) Make a logbook entry that shows you did this change.
61-10-22 Page 12
BOM100
C24
1.330 INCH (33.78 mm)
1.240 INCH (31.50 mm)
0.340 INCH (8.64 mm)

MINIMUM DEPTH
0.430 INCH (10.92 mm)
MAXIMUM DEPTH
D−6372−8 SCREW C C
D−6372−9 SCREW
NECESSARY TAPPED
HOLE IN THE BLADE
D−6372−1 BASE
D−6372−3 TAP GUIDE BUSHING D−6372−7 LOCK SCREW
D−6372−10 SET SCREW D−6372−6 TAP COLLAR
D−6372−4 BOTTOM TAP
VIEW C−C
Figure 5
61-10-22 Page 13
BOM100
12. Propeller Blade Replacement for B2A34C205/90DHA-4

A. Included Serial Numbers
(1) B2A34C205/90DHA-4 propellers with the blade serial numbers DA001 thru DA040. Refer to
Table 10 for the included serial numbers.
B. Blade Condition
(1) The 90DHA-4 blade is used exclusively in the B2A34C205 propeller model. This blade is
manufactured with a shot peened area in the blade shank. Many equivalent blade models are
not shot peened. It is believed that a group of 40 blades were manufactured in January 1983
without the shot peening. It is necessary to retire these blades from service. Table 10 shows
the propeller serial numbers where the included blades were installed by McCauley.
C. Correction
(1) Use the applicable service manual and disassemble the included propellers.
(2) Visually examine the blades for signs of shot peening as shown in the C to D area of the
Inspection Procedures, Figure 504.
(3) If there are no signs of shot peening, the blade must be replaced.
(a) Use a metal impression stamp to stamp the blade(s) as unairworthy.
(b) The blades cannot be used on another hub.
(c) The blades cannot be reshot peened and used again.
D. Compliance
(1) If the total time in service is more than 1200 hours of operation, the blade must be replaced in
the next 50 hours or less of service.
NOTE: Table 10 records only the serial numbers as they were assembled when new. Later
blade replacements could have occurred during subsequent repair or overhaul.
Propeller repair stations must examine their records to find if the included blades
have been used in propellers not recorded in the table. If so, the propeller repair
stations must contact the owner so that the blade can be examined.
Table 10. Included Serial Numbers
Propeller Serial Number * Blade Serial Numbers (original installation by McCauley)

822326 CB127 and DA008
830087 CB134 and DA026
830088 DA004 and DA005
830089 DA015 and DA031
830304 DA016 and DA018
830305 DA003 and DA019
830306 DA025 and DA040
830307 DA020 and BE863
830309 DA009 and B137013
830310 DA030 and DA038
830311 DA028 and B137009
830397 DA013 and CB126
830398 DA012 and DA027
830401 DA023 and B137822
830402 DA024 and DA034
61-10-22 Page 14
BOM100
Table 10. Included Serial Numbers (continued)

Propeller Serial Number * Blade Serial Numbers (original installation by McCauley)
830403 DA011 and DA037
830404 DA029 and DA039
811318 DA001 and DA006
831321 DA014 and DA036
831323 DA002 and DA007
831655 DA017 and DA021
841773 DA032 and CB144
851285 DA033 and EI460
* Propeller serial numbers are impression stamped in the propeller hub.
13. Modifications when Converting to an Oil-Filled Propeller

A. Oil-filled Propeller Blades.
(1) Some oil filled propeller blades have a new method of crack detection and sealing. This method
has important differences from the more common oil filled threaded propeller method. Blade
modification procedures are as follows:
B. Drill Through Holes in the Blades.
(1) The 90RB blades must have through holes drilled. (Refer to Figure 6.)
(2) The 90DHA, blades must have through holes drilled only if they are to be used in a C205
propeller. (Refer to Figure 6.)
NOTE: This through hole supplies a passage for the dyed-oil to drain if there is a blade shank
crack. This is a warning for the pilot.
(3) Drill the holes as follows:

(a) Put marks in the exact location of the hole on the blade shank. (Refer to Figure 6.)
NOTE: If the hole is drilled in any location other than that shown, the blade is scrap.
(b) Put the blade in position in a drill press or bridgeport with the blade end perpendicular to
work surface.
(c) Use a Number 1 (0.228 inch (5.79 mm) diameter) centering drill bit to drill an initial blind
hole at the applicable location.
NOTE: This will supply a starter hole for the final drill bit. It will help to prevent slippage
of the final drill bit.
(d) Use a standard Number 44 (0.086 inch (2.18 mm) diameter) drill bit and thru-drill the hole
to the blade center bore.
1 Use a relatively light pressure to prevent the bit from breaking in the hole.
(e) Use a standard Number 40 (0.098 inch (2.49 mm) diameter) reamer and ream-thru the
hole to the blade centerbore.
(f) After the hole is drilled, deburr the hole inside bore and the outside shank.
(g) Apply alodine to the hole after the rework is complete. (Refer to Standard Practices Manual,
Protective Treatments.)
(h) After anodize or alodine, paint the inside of the blade shank ID with 1 coat of Sherwin
Williams Zinc Chromate Primer (P/N B50Y1 or equivalent), or Sherwin Williams A99AB503
Polane T Polyurethane Enamel Gray. Do not allow paint build up around the breather hole
inside of the blade shank. If paint does build up covering the hole, insert the wooden end
of a long Q-tip through the hole and clear the excess paint from the hole.
61-10-22 Page 15
BOM100
C. Drill Blind Holes in the Blades.

(1) The 78CCA, 90DA, 90DCA, 90DCB, 90DHA, 90DHB, and 90RB blades must have blind holes
drilled. (Refer to Figure 7.)
(2) Use the McCauley drill fixture, C-6617, to drill a blind hole in the blade butt. This hole, after it is
tapped, is used to hold the new plug in the blade bore. Use the procedures that follow:
(a) Set the tap drill depth.
1 Put the Number 29 drill bit (0.136 inch (3.45 mm) diameter) through the drill collar
(C-6617-2) and into the drilled hole marked in the end of fixture base (D-6617-1).
2 Carefully let the drill move to the bottom of the hole.
3 Move the collar down to the fixture surface.
4 Use set screws and lock the collar into position.
(b) Put the fixture base on the blade shank.
1 Make sure that the alignment pins engage the actuating pin alignment holes. (Refer
to Figure 7.)
(c) Use lubricating oil (any engine oil) for lubrication and drill the hole.
1 Use the bit, with the set collar installed (refer to step 1), and drill a hole to the depth
permitted by the collar (0.375 inch (9.52 mm) maximum depth).
2 Remove the tap drill and guide.
3 Clean the hole of all metal chips.
(d) Use lubricating oil (any engine oil) for lubrication and tap the hole with your hand.
1 Use the #8-32 UNC-2B tap and tap the hole with your hand to the full thread depth
of 0.250 inch (6.35 mm).
2 Remove the tap.
3 Clean the hole of all the metal chips.
(e) Polish any scratches in the bore of the blade in the vicinity of the new blade plug O-ring
seal (approximately first 0.5 inch (12.7 mm)).
61-10-22 Page 16
BOM100
C25
30 INCH
REFERENCE
STATION
0.095 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(2.41 mm, +0.13 or −0.13 mm)
90
DEGREES
NECESSARY TAPPED HOLE
IN THE BLADE
Figure 6
61-10-22 Page 17
BOM100
C26
INSERT THE FIXTURE ALIGNMENT PINS

INTO THE EXISTING ACTUATING
PIN ALIGNMENT HOLES C−6617 DRILL FIXTURE
Figure 7
61-10-22 Page 18
BOM100
14. Modification to 90DHA Blade When Used in a C213 Propeller, and all 90DA and 90DCA blades with
drilled holes
NOTE: This modification must be done when a blade with a drilled thru-hole, is installed in a C213
propeller. New blades, blades previously installed in a C205 propeller, and all 90DA blades
must be modified.
A. Modification.
(1) Fill the blade thru-hole from the outside with RTV #109 until the RTV can be seen extruding from
the hole inside the blade bore.
NOTE: It is not necessary to fill the threaded blind hole in the blade butt.
(2) Remove all excess sealant and allow at least partial curing before propeller assembly.
(3) Allow the RTV to cure at least 12 hours before flight operations.
B. If a 90DHA blade removed from a C213 propeller is to be installed in a oil filled C205 propeller, the
blade must have all traces of RTV removed from the thru-hole.
15. Serial Number Stamping of Retention Nuts and Ferrule Flanges (Threaded Only)
A. It is no longer necessary to stamp the propeller serial numbers on the retention nuts and the ferrule
flanges. However, some of these components can be stamped with the propeller serial number. If the
correct inspection and repair procedures are followed, these parts are still airworthy.
16. Blade Diameter Reduction for 90DF[X] and 90DC[X] Blades

A. The 90DF[X] and 90DC[X] blades are available from McCauley in 88 inch (2.23 m) to 78 inch (1.98 m)
diameters. When you reduce the diameter of blades from 88 inches (2.23 m), use Table 11 or Table
12 as a general guideline
B. Scarfing can be defined as the tapering and removal of metal on the camber side of a blade from a
designated outboard station to the original tip thickness. (Refer to Figure 8.)
(1) Once the scarfing is completed, restamp the blade to the correct diameter reduction. (Refer to
General Information, Blade Stamping.)
Table 11. 90DF[X] Blade Scarfing
Blade Designation Blade Diameter Scarf Blade Inboard Thickness Check +0.025 or - 0.025
+0.025 or - 0.025 (inches) (+0.635 or -0.635 mm)
(inches) (+0.635 or
-0.635 mm)
90DF[X]-4 86 inch (2.18 m) 1.375 (34.92 mm) 0.217 (5.51 mm) at 42.00 inch (1066.8
mm) station
mm) station
mm) station
mm) station
mm) station
mm) station
61-10-22 Page 19
BOM100
Table 11. 90DF[X] Blade Scarfing (continued)

Blade Designation Blade Diameter Scarf Blade Inboard Thickness Check +0.025 or - 0.025
+0.025 or - 0.025 (inches) (+0.635 or -0.635 mm)
(inches) (+0.635 or
-0.635 mm)
90DF[X]-14 76 inch (1.93 m) 3.250 (82.55 mm) 0.232 (5389 mm) at 37.00 inch (939.8
mm) station
mm) station
Tip Thickness - 0.125 inch, +0.025 or -0.025 inch (3.175 mm, +.635 or -0.635 mm)
Table 12. 90DC[X] Blade Scarfing
Blade Designation Blade Diameter Scarf Blade Inboard Thickness Check +0.025 or -
+0.025 or - 0.025 0.025 (inches) (+0.635 or -0.635
(inches) (+0.635 or mm)
-0.635 mm)
90DC[X]-12 78 inch (1.98 m) 3.000 (76.2 mm) 0.300 (7.62 mm) at 36.5 inch 927.1
mm) station
90DC[X]-14 76 inch (1.93 m) 3.250 (82.55 mm) 0.300 (7.62 mm) at 36.0 inch (914.4
mm) station
mm) station
mm) station
Tip Thickness - 0.125 inch, +0.025 or -0.025 inch (3.175 mm, +.635 or -0.635 mm)
61-10-22 Page 20
BOM100
C27
ROTATIONAL
FACE AXIS
CAMBER TILT
0.062 INCH (1.57 mm) RADIUS
AXIS
TYPICAL FOR ALL DIAMETER
CUTOFFS. SCARF THE TIP ON
THE CAMBER SIDE ONLY.
Figure 8
61-10-22 Page 21
BOM100
17. Vertical Moment Stamping Requirement For 90DHA-16 Propeller Blades

A. Blade Condition and Affected Serial Numbers.
(1) McCauley has manufactured 28 90DHA-16 propeller blades without the vertical weight stamped
on the butt of the blade. The lack of a vertical balance stamping has no effect on the operation,
reliability, life span or safety of affected propeller blades. These propeller blades may remain in
service without a vertical weight stamp.
(2) The The B2D34C213 propeller model uses 90DHA-16 propeller blades.
(3) The serial numbers of affected propeller blades are listed in Table 13.
Table 13. Blade Serial Numbers
90DHA-16 Blade Serial Numbers

WH26041 WH26051 WH26059 WJ26010
WH26042 WH26052 WH26060 WJ26012
WH26043 WH26053 WI26003 WJ26014
WH26044 WH26054 WI26005 WJ26016
WH26046 WH26056 WJ26005 WJ26018
WH26047 WH26057 WJ26007 WJ26019
WH26050 WH26058 WJ26009 WJ26020
B. Blade Replacement Procedures.

(1) When an affected propeller blade, with no vertical weight stamped on the butt of the propeller
blade, requires replacement, order the replacement blade to match the stamped horizontal
weight.
18. Mis-Drilled Deice Bracket or Balance Weight Holes For L104DSZ-0 and L106FA-0 Propeller Blades
(1) McCauley has manufactured some L104DSZ-0 and L106FA-0 propeller blades that have an
extra deice bracket or balance weight attaching holes drilled 180° from their correct location on
the propeller blade shank. The extra holes may not be used for balance weights. The extra
holes have no effect on the operation, reliability, life span or safety of these propeller blades.
(Refer to Figure 9.)
(2) The 5JFR36C1003 model propeller uses L104DSZ-0 propeller blades. The 4HFR34C653 model
propeller uses L106FA-0 propeller blades.
Blade Models Blade Serial Numbers

L104DSZ-0 UB009 UB023
L106FA-0 VH31061 VH31071 VH31080 VH31089 VH31096
VH31064 VH31073 VH31081 VH31090 VH31097
VH31065 VH31074 VH31082 VH31091 VH31098
VH31066 VH31076 VH31084 VH31092 VH31100
VH31068 VH31077 VH31086 VH31093
VH31069 VH31078 VH31087 VH31094
VH31070 VH31079 VH31088 VH31095
61-10-22 Page 22
BOM100
C1811
PROPELLER BLADE
TRAILING EDGE
ADDITIONAL
MISDRILLED
HOLE
Figure 9
61-10-22 Page 23
BOM100
19. Incorrect Blade Staking Angle For 114GCA-0, L114GCA-0, L106LA-0, 90DCA-2, 90DFA-4, 82NEA-5,
and 82NEA-5.5 Propeller Blades
(1) McCauley has manufactured 114GCA-0, L114GCA-0, L106LA-0, 90DCA-2, 90DFA-4, 82NEA-5,
and 82NEA-5.5 propeller blades that may have an incorrect propeller blade staking angle.
Blade Model Propeller Blade Serial Numbers

82NEA-5 WK26001 WK26009 WK26013 WK26016 WK26019 WK26022
WK26007 WK26011 WK26014 WK26017 WK26020
WK26008 WK26012 WK26015 WK26018 WK26021
82NEA-5.5 WH26001 WH26013 WH26024 WH26034 WJ26025 WJ26035
WH26002 WH26014 WH26025 WH26037 WJ26026 WJ26036
WH26003 WH26016 WH26027 WH26038 WJ26027 WJ26037
WH26007 WH26017 WH26028 WH26039 WJ26028 WJ26038
WH26008 WH26018 WH26029 WJ26021 WJ26032
WH26011 WH26021 WH26031 WJ26023 WJ26033
WH26012 WH26022 WH26033 WJ26024 WJ26034
90DCA-2 WG26061 WG26062
90DFA-4 WJ26052 WJ26053 WJ26057 WJ26063
114GCA-0 UJ11005 WE30031 WE30038 WE30040
UJ1107 WE30035 WE30039 WE30045
L106LA-O WI31010 WI31022 WJ31006 WJ31016 WJ31019 WJ31024
WI31017 WI31028 WJ31012 WJ31017 WJ31021 WJ31025
WI31021 WJ31004 WJ31013 WJ31018 WJ31023
L114GCA-0 VG12035
(3) Use the appropriate blade angle check fixture and refer to Inspection Procedures, Table 506,
Blade Angle Checking Fixture List, confirm the blade angle is correct.
20. Counterweight Attaching Bolt Hole Thread Inspection For 114GCA-0, L106LA-0, and L114GCA-0
Propeller Blades
(1) McCauley has manufactured some 114GCA-0, L106LA-0, and L114GCA-0 propeller blades that
may have counterweight attaching holes with non-conforming thread geometry.
61-10-22 Page 24
BOM100
Blade Model Propeller Blade Serial Numbers

114GCA-0 UJ11005 WE30020 WE30031 WE30039 WE30045
L106LA-0 WI31007 WI31019 WI31028 WJ31007 WJ31017 WJ31021
WI31010 WI31021 WJ31006 WJ31015 WJ31019 WJ31024
L114GCA-0 VG12011 WA12017 WA12040 WA12058 WK31005
VG12035 WA12028 WA12049 WC12002 WK31008
WA12003 WA12030 WA12053 WC12011 WK31009
WA12015 WA12033 WA12054 WK31003 WK31012
B. Counterweight Attach Bolt Hole Thread Inspection Procedures.

(1) The 9/16 UNF-3B threaded counterweight bolt holes have a manufacturing maximum
diameter limitation of 0.5166 inch (13.122 mm). The affected propeller blades may have been
manufactured with counterweight attach bolt holes with a minor thread diameter that exceed
the 0.5166 inch (13.122 mm) manufacturing limit.
(a) Clean threaded surfaces with a Q-Tip saturated with MPK or equivalent solvent and allow
to dry.
(b) Use a set of pin gages, measure the thread minor diameter with the best fit pin size.
(c) Record the measured minor diameter of the threads. (Refer to Figure 10.)
1 If the measured diameter is less than 0.5230 inch (13.284 mm), this is acceptable for
continued operation.
2 If the measured diameter is greater than 0.5230 inch (13.284 mm), remove the
propeller blade from service.
(d) Make a propeller logbook entry stating the dimension found as a result of this inspection.
61-10-22 Page 25
BOM100
C1810
PROPELLER BLADE SHANK
0.5230 INCH (13.284 mm) THREADED COUNTERWEIGHT

MAXIMUM DIMENSION OF ATTACH BOLT HOLE
COUNTERWEIGHT ATTACH
BOLT HOLE MINOR THREAD
DIAMETER
0101T1166
Figure 10
61-10-22 Page 26
BOM100
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
1. Blade Repair Procedures
CAUTION: Always refer to the Special Instructions section of this manual before you do
any repair.
CAUTION: Do not try any repair, refinish or replacement procedure in the field which is
not specifically authorized by McCauley Propeller Systems.
CAUTION: Reshot peening of the blade retention areas is not permitted.
CAUTION: Do not try to repair a part by: preheating, annealing and reheat treating,
brazing, soldering, welding, or peening raised edges around a damaged
area.
CAUTION: Do not apply any kind of compound to fill and cover a damaged area of the
surface.
NOTE: (Threaded Blades Only) All repairs to the blade must be made before reassembly with the ferrule.
If the work adapter is not available, temporarily install a scrap ferrule. (The ferrule must be
modified with all threads topped and first three removed.) Clamp against the ferrule flange to
hold the blade while you make the repairs.
CAUTION: Keep the threads of the blade and the ferrule clean. This will help to prevent
damage to the components.
A. Do only the repairs which obviously will not have an effect on the operation or serviceability of the part.
(1) Use a firm, light application of aluminum wool to remove stains and small isolated areas of
corrosion (except in shot peened areas).
(2) Use only the approved chemical conversion coating or anodize and plated finish procedures.
(Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Protective Treatments.)
(3) Use fine emery (240 grit) and crocus cloth to polish shallow nicks or scratches which are not
more than the maximum depth permitted in the designated critical areas of blade. (Refer to
Inspection Procedures, Figure 501, Figure 502, Figure 503, Figure 504, or Figure 612 in this
section.)
CAUTION: Do not remove metal in areas where the repair is not authorized.
(4) Remove all burrs.
(5) Remove sufficient metal to make a shallow, well-rounded, large-radius depression to repair cuts,
dents, eroded areas, gouges, nicks, scratches or scores.
CAUTION: No reshot peening is permitted in the field except as noted in Special

Instructions, Shot Peen Blade Repair.
B. Some surfaces of the McCauley propeller parts were shot peened at the factory to improve fatigue
strength.
C. Install the Blade in the Work Adapter (Threaded Blades Only)
(1) Refer to Inspection Procedures - Threaded Blade Inspection Procedures, Installing the Blade in
the Work Adapter for instructions.
D. Install the Blade in the Work Adapter (Threadless Blades Only).
61-10-24 Page 601

BOM100
(1) Install the blade in the work adapter. Put the blade in position to make sure that the reference
station is at the correct angle.
NOTE: If the blade bend had an effect on the reference station, set up the blade at any
inboard station where the blade bend did not have an effect. (Refer to the applicable
blade repair table in the applicable Blade Repair Criteria section.)
NOTE: Normally, the flat (face) side of blade will be in the up position when the blade is put
in position in the work adapter.
(2) Put the top part of work adapter in position on the blade shank and use a clamp to hold it tightly
in position.
(3) Examine the reference station again to make sure the angle is correct.
(4) Use a soft red or white, non-graphite pencil to put marks on the shank and butt of the blade at
the split of the work adapter. Refer to Figure 601.
2. Blade Bend Straightening
CAUTION: Check the blade width and thickness frequently during the repair
procedures to make sure that the dimensions are better than the
specified minimum values in the applicable blade repair section.
A. Straighten the Blade Bend
NOTE: Blades with airfoil shot peen areas must be reshot peened after the blade bending
procedures. (Refer to Special Instructions, Shot Peen Blade Airfoil Repair.)
(1) Use cold bending in the opposite direction to straighten any blade bend for which the angle is
not more than the allowable limits. (Refer to Inspection Procedures, Figure 507.)
NOTE: If the blade is bent, but repairable, it can be necessary to pre-straighten the blade
to a satisfactory, correct appearance. Refer to Step 2.A.(3) for the blade bending
procedures.
(2) Blade Bend Straightening Procedure. (Refer to Figure 602.)

(a) Remove the bend and straighten the blade with a kink bar or equivalent tool.
CAUTION: Always complete several trials, not just one, during the blade
bend straightening procedure.
CAUTION: Examine the face alignment and blade angle frequently during
the procedure.
CAUTION: Protect the blade with a set of pads during the kink bar bending
procedures.
(b) Put the padded kink bar slot in position at the blade station to be bent.
(c) To remove the bend, pull the tool handle along the tip-to-butt axis in the opposite direction
of the bend.
NOTE: To make sure that the bend is straightened correctly it is necessary to complete
several trials.
(3) Pre-straightening an Extensive Large-Radius Bend. (Refer to Figure 603.)

(a) Use a hydraulic press to straighten the large-radius bend which extends for some length
along blade.
61-10-24 Page 602

BOM100
C48
D−4671
D−4294
ADAPTER
0101T1088
Marking Blade for Work Adapter Installation

61-10-24 Page 603

BOM100
C49
WORK ASSEMBLY
ADAPTER
KINK BAR
RIGID
FIXTURE
PROTECTIVE PAD
0101T1004
Straightening Face Alignment Bend

61-10-24 Page 604

BOM100
C50
HYDRAULIC
PRESS
PADDED
BLADE SUPPORT
PADDED
BLADE
PADDED SUPPORT
BLADE
SUPPORT
0101T1005
Pre-Straightening an Extensive Large-Radius Bend

61-10-24 Page 605

BOM100
CAUTION: Support the blade at the tip and butt during the hydraulic press
bending operations.
(b) Support the blade tip and butt in position on the bed of the hydraulic press. (Refer to Figure
603.)
(c) Use the press ram to make the initial bend corrections.
1 Use pads to protect the blades.
(d) Use the kink bar for the final corrections.
(4) Blade Angle Correction Procedure. (Refer to Figure 604.)
(a) Examine the face alignment and blade angle frequently during the blade angle correction
procedure.
NOTE: If the blade angle correction procedure is extensive, the blade can slip in the
work adapter in spite of all precautions.
CAUTION: (Threadless Only) Make sure that the pencil marks on the blade
butt are aligned with the flats on the work adapter as the twisting
operations get near the correct blade angle. If the pencil marks
on the blade butt are not aligned with the flats of the split line
on the work adapter, loosen the work adapter, align the marks
again, and clamp the blade in the adapter. Refer to Figure 601,
Marking Blade for Work Adapter Installation.
(b) Correct the blade angles with the up-angle or down-angle bar or equivalent tool.
NOTE: Use pads, or equivalent, between the blade surfaces and the up-angle (or down-
angle) bar.
(c) Use a padded blade shank holder and jack to keep the blade assembly from the rotating
during twisting operations. (Refer to Figure 604.)
1 Put the blade shank holder in position between the 15-inch (381 mm) and 18-inch
(457.2 mm) station.
NOTE: When the shank holder pads are in the correct position, they have a snug
fit with both surfaces of the blade.
(d) Put a jack below the elongated side of the shank holder to make sure the blade does not
turn in the rigid work adapter. (Refer to Figure 604.)
(e) Put the padded up-angle (or down-angle) bar in position at the blade station to be twisted.
(f) Pull the tool handle toward the screw jack to twist the blade to the correct angle.
(g) As necessary, pull the tool handle toward the screw jack again to twist the blade to the
correct angle.
NOTE: It is necessary to complete several trials to make sure that the angle is correct.
3. Minimum Blade Repair Requirements

A. Minimum blade repair requirements:
(1) If necessary, only remove enough metal to remove the damage.
(2) McCauley recommends that the guidelines to repair the camber and face side damage (nicks,
dents, scratches, gouges, erosion) are as follows:
(a) If there are stress risers, remove all of them.
61-10-24 Page 606

BOM100
C51
WORK ASSEMBLY
ADAPTER
RIGID
FIXTURE
BLADE SHANK
HOLDER
PROTECTIVE PAD
UP−ANGLE BAR
HYDRAULIC JACK
0101T1006
Correcting Blade Angle

61-10-24 Page 607

BOM100
CAUTION: Do not apply too much pressure during the grinding operation.
Use only the weight of the grinder or less. Do not concentrate
the grinding procedure on any one local damaged area.
(b) McCauley recommends that you grind the blade from the shank to the tip.
(c) During the grinding procedure, periodically measure the blade width and thickness to make
sure that the blade is in the dimensional limits.
(d) Make sure the blade keeps it airfoil properties.
CAUTION: Do not apply too much pressure during the polishing operation.
Use only the weight of the grinder or less.
(e) Use a polishing grit wheel and polish all of the blade, the camber and face side.
NOTE: McCauley recommends you begin the polishing procedure with 80 grit and finish
with a 120 grit or a medium ScotchBrite wheel.
1 Make sure to remove all of the grind marks.

(f) Clean all of the blade after the grinding and polishing operations are complete.
(g) Use a 6X to 10X magnification glass to examine the damaged areas.
NOTE: McCauley recommends the Edmund 6X Junior Comparator and Reticle Stock
Number NF30-169. Edmund Scientific, 101 E. Gloucester Pike, Barrington, NJ
08007-1380, Phone (609) 647-8880.
(h) If there are any indications of damage, repair the damage by hand. Refer to Local Repair.
4. Local Repair
A. Do the Local Repair.
(1) Repair the cuts, nicks, dents, erosion, and other damage on the lead and trail edge, face and
camber as follows:
(a) If the damaged areas (cuts, nicks, dents) are 1.5 inches (38.1 mm) or closer to each other,
they must be removed with one large blending radius. (Refer to Figure 605.)
(b) If the damaged areas (cuts, nicks, dents) are more than 1.5 inches (38.1 mm) apart, they
must be repaired separately with large blending radius. (Refer to Figure 605.)
(c) If the damage is caused by erosion, remove it as follows:
NOTE: If the damage is caused by erosion, it must be removed with a file.
1 Use a small, half-round mill file to file the lead edge until all the erosion is gone.
NOTE: The length of the blended area must be equal to ten times the depth of the
damaged area. (Refer to Figure 606.)
2 Use sanding procedures to clean the lead edge with emery cloth, crocus cloth or
sandpaper.
3 Make sure you keep the lead edge radius. (Refer to Figure 607.)
4 Make sure to remove all of the file marks.
5 Make sure the blade keeps it airfoil properties.
(d) Repair surface damage (face and camber) as follows:
1 Use a small, hand-held rotary grinder, with a sanding bob, to grind the surface.
NOTE: The diameter of the repaired area must be equal to twenty (20) times the
depth of the damaged area. (Refer to Figure 606.)
a Use a light pressure in a circular motion until all the damage is fully removed.
61-10-24 Page 608

BOM100
C52
ORIGINAL CONTOUR
NICK DAMAGE
(NOTE 1) NICK DAMAGE
NOTE 1: DAMAGED AREAS MORE

THAN 1.50 INCH (38.10 mm)
APART CAN BE BLENDED
SEPARATELY AS SHOWN.
NOTE 2: IF THE REPAIR OF ADJACENT DAMAGED

AREAS WILL CAUSE A SCALLOPED EDGE, REMOVE
THE METAL BETWEEN THE DAMAGED AREAS TO MAKE ORIGINAL CONTOUR
A SMOOTH FAIRED EDGE.
EROSION DAMAGE
(NOTE 2)
NEW FAIRED EDGE
A - KEEP THE ORIGINAL RADIUS

B - REWORK THE CONTOUR UP TO 0.4 OF THE CHORD
CHORD
MAXIMUM THICKNESS
(NOTE 3) 0.4 CHORD B
A
CORRECT METHOD
REPAIR DEPTH
NOTE 3: DO NOT REDUCE THE MAXIMUM THICKNESS

OF THE SECTION IF POSSIBLE.
6910T1001
Local Repair
61-10-24 Page 609

BOM100
C53
RECOMMENDED BLADE REPAIR
EDGE
REPAIR
TYPICAL RADIUS = 10d
TYPICAL
CENTER AT
DEEPEST POINT(S)
(SURFACE REPAIR)
d = DEPTH OF REPAIR
5d = 5 x DEPTH OF REPAIR
10d = 10 x DEPTH OF REPAIR
FOR EDGE REPAIR ONLY:
d = DEPTH OF NICK +0.031 INCH (0.8 mm)
d FOR SURFACE REPAIR ONLY:
5d d = DEPTH OF NICK +0.002 INCH (0.05 mm)
5d
10d SURFACE
REPAIR
d TYPICAL
10d
Blade Surface Repair

61-10-24 Page 610

BOM100
C54
CORRECT
LEAD EDGE
REWORK
METHOD
d = DEPTH OF NICK +0.031 INCH (0.8 mm)

ORIGINAL
AIRFOIL ORIGINAL LEAD EDGE RADIUS
SECTION
INCORRECT
LEAD EDGE
REWORK
METHOD
LEAD EDGE RADIUS

TOO LARGE
PROFILE CONTOUR
TOO BLUNT
GENERAL RULES:
DO NOT REDUCE THE MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF SECTION.
KEEP THE ORIGINAL LEAD EDGE RADIUS.
BLEND TO THE PROFILE OF THE AIRFOIL SECTION.
Leading Edge Rework

61-10-24 Page 611

BOM100
(e) Chemically recoat the surface. (Refer to Standard Practices Manual, Protective
Treatments.)
(f) Do the dye penetrant inspection to make sure that the correct repair has been completed.
(Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures.)
B. Blade Dimensions Check
(1) After the grinding and polishing procedures are complete, measure the blade dimensions.
(a) Use the correct blade repair criteria and examine the blade and make sure that it is in the
(2) If the blade dimensions are less than the minimum specifications, retire the blade.
5. Blade Tip Repair

A. Repair the Blade Tip.
CAUTION: Do not decrease the diameter to less than the minimum certificated
diameter for the propeller for the aircraft type certificate.
CAUTION: Do not decrease the blade width or thickness to less than the specified
limits.
(1) Scrap the blade if the correct repair will decrease the blade width or thickness to less than the
specified limits. (Refer to the applicable Blade Repair Criteria section in this manual.)
(2) The recommended guidelines for rounding off the square blade tip planforms during field repair
are as follows:
(a) For propellers that have four or more blades, it is prohibited to change the tip planform of
any blade.
NOTE: Any approved cut-down in the diameter must keep the original planform
designed specially for that particular blade.
(b) For propellers that have 3 blades or less, rounding off the tip planform of a square tip blade
is permitted if the minimum diameter and repair chord of the blade is not exceeded.
1 When you do the procedure to complete the repaired planform, do not remove any
more material than is necessary to make the repair.
CAUTION: The shape of blade tip must be the same on every blade of the
propeller assembly. Refer to the SPM100, Standard Practices
Manual, Paint Instructions section for the original blade tip
planforms.
(3) If the blade tip damage is so extensive that it cannot be corrected by local repair, if approved by
the aircraft type certificate, remove the metal to shorten the blade across its full width.
(a) Shorten each blade to the same tip dimension and shape.
(b) Make sure to keep the original tip design.
NOTE: For instructions on scarfing certain blades, refer to Special Instructions, Blade
Diameter Reduction for 90DF[X] and 90DC[X] Blades.
(4) Necessary inspection of the blade tips after the diameter reduction:
(a) During a legal diameter reduction on blades, it is sometimes necessary to change certain
blade stations to keep the original planform.
(b) When the diameter of a blade is reduced, the blade inspection table for the reduced
diameter must be used, not the table for the original diameter.
6. Blade Balancing Procedures

A. Do the Blade Balancing Procedures.
61-10-24 Page 612

BOM100
(1) Periodically, while reworking and redressing blades, do a check of the blade balance with respect
to each other.
(2) From the results of the balance check, make sure that the final propeller assembly can be
statically balanced.
(3) If the blades are not sufficiently balanced with respect to each other, the correct propeller balance
can be difficult if not impossible. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Blade Track and Blade
to Blade Balance for the final individual blade balance.
7. Blade Bore Area

A. Blade Bore Area
(1) Local repair of corrosion or damage is permitted in most areas of the blade bore area. Repair in
the area of the blade plug O-ring sealing area is not permitted.
NOTE: For the threadless blades the maximum permitted depth is 0.030 inch (0.762 mm).
For the threaded blades the maximum permitted depth is 0.005 inch (0.127 mm). The
total area of rework must not be more than 10 percent of the blade bore area.
(2) If there is still corrosion in the blade bore area after it was repaired to the maximum specified
dimension (threadless blades the maximum permitted depth is 0.030 inch (0.762 mm), for
threaded blades the maximum permitted depth is 0.005 inch (0.127 mm)) , use the criteria that
follows to find if the blade must be rejected: (Refer to Figure 608.)
(a) Use a plastic media blast, or similar treatment, to thoroughly clean the pitted areas. (Refer
to the Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures.)
(b) Any pitting that holds dye penetrant is not permitted.
8. Counterweight Groove Repair (Threadless Only)

A. Repair the Counterweight Groove (Threadless Only). (Refer to Figure 609).
(1) Use crocus cloth to remove any positive material and contaminants from the inboard side (I) of
the counterweight groove.
NOTE: The blade counterweight groove can be machined on the outboard side (O) only to
remove corrosion or other surface damage. It is necessary to increase the size of the
counterweight groove to complete the repair.
(2) Put the blade in a lathe.

(3) Use the lathe to decrease the diameter (increase the depth) and increase the width of the
counterweight groove.
(a) Machine the radius and outboard side of the groove only.
(b) The (O) surface must be parallel with the F1 surface and square with the A diameter within
0.002 inch (0.05 mm) T.I.R.
(4) If, after the counterweight groove has been machined to the maximum dimensions, there is still
corrosion in the groove, determine if the blade must be scrapped by checking the following:
(a) The remaining pitting area must be less than 5 percent of the counterweight groove area.
(b) The remaining pits must not be more than 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) deep.
(c) The remaining pits must not hold dye from a penetrant check.
1 Thoroughly clean the pitted area using plastic media blasting. Refer to the Standard
Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures.
2 Do a dye penetrant inspection of the pits to make sure no dye is retained.
(5) After the repair is complete, apply anodize or alodine as applicable. Refer to Standard Practices
Manual, Protective Treatments for the applicable treatments and procedures.
61-10-24 Page 613

BOM100
C55
Blade Bore Areas

61-10-24 Page 614

BOM100
C255
REWORK OF COUNTERWEIGHT GROOVE

DIMENSIONS (INCHES) DIMENSIONS (mm)
STANDARD REWORK STANDARD REWORK
4.367, +0.010 4.330, +0.010 110.92, +0.25 109.98, +0.25

"D" DIAMETER OR −0.010 OR −0.010 OR −0.25 OR −0.25
"R" RADIUS 0.060 TO 0.070 0.060 TO 0.075 1.52 TO 1.78 1.52 TO 1.90
"W" WIDTH 0.145 MAXIMUM 0.150 MAXIMUM 3.68 MAXIMUM 3.81 MAXIMUM
"O" "W"
"R"
"D" DIAMETER
DETAIL A
A
"A" DIAMETER
0101T1162
Counterweight Groove Repair

61-10-24 Page 615

BOM100
CAUTION: Do not apply coatings or paint to the blade area directly under the
counterweight.
9. Retaining Ring Groove Repair (Threadless Only)
CAUTION: No repair is permitted in the retaining ring groove area on propellers that
have been oil filled and that have a hole drilled in the blade just outboard
of the retaining ring groove.
A. Repair the Retaining Ring Groove (Threadless Only). (Refer to Figure 610.)
NOTE: The blade retaining ring groove can be machined to remove corrosion or other surface
damage. It is necessary to increase the size of the retaining ring groove to complete this
repair.
(1) Put the blade in position in a lathe.

(2) Use the lathe to increase the retaining ring groove to the dimensions shown in Figure 610.
(a) Conditions that are related to this procedure follow:
1 Primer is not permitted on the A diameter
2 It is necessary to install the next thicker B-4407-[X] shim after the repair of the W
width.
3 The F surface must be parallel with the F1 surface and square with the A diameters
within 0.002 T.I.R.
(3) If there is still indications of corrosion in the retaining ring groove area after it was repaired to the
maximum specified dimension, use the criteria that follows to find if the blade must be rejected:
(a) The pitting must not be more than 5 percent of the retaining ring area.
(b) The pitting depth must not be more than 0.005 inch (0.127 mm).
(c) Use a plastic media blast, or similar treatment, to thoroughly clean the pitted areas. (Refer
to the Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures.)
(d) Any pitting that holds dye penetrant is not permitted.
(4) After the repair is complete, chemically recoat the blades to minimize future corrosion in the
retaining ring groove.
NOTE: It is permitted to coat the blade retaining ring area with a relatively thin, constant coat
of Zinc Chromate Primer TT-P-1757 for additional protection.
(a) Do not use a coating on the outside of the blade shank diameter.
(5) Use a round bottom metal impression stamp (1/8-inch character) and add the prefix letter R to
the blade model designation.
EXAMPLE: R-80VA-0; RG-90DFA-10.
NOTE: Changed blades must be permanently identified.
CAUTION: Propeller shops must examine the blades for indications of changes
that were done before. Make sure that quality control procedures
are used so the correct size wire ring (A-4427 or A-4427-1) and
correct shim (B-4407-X) are used during assembly.
(6) During the assembly, a new slightly larger diameter wire ring, part number A-4427-1, (0.086-inch
diameter) is necessary to replace the wire ring, part number A-4427 (0.067-inch diameter).
NOTE: Sometimes the ends of the A-4427-1 oversize wire ring can touch. The ends must
be trimmed to make sure they do not touch.
61-10-24 Page 616

BOM100
C56
"D" DIAMETER
REWORK OF BLADE RETAINING GROOVE
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
STANDARD *REWORK
+0.010 OR
"D" DIAMETER 4.367 +0.010
−0.010
OR
4.330 −0.010
"R" RADIUS 0.060 TO 0.070 0.060 TO 0.085
MINIMUM 0.008 F
"S" CLEANUP MINIMUM
0.145 0.170 "A" DIAMETER
"W" WIDTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM*
WIRE RING A−4427 A−4427−1
F1
WIRE RING "A" DIAMETER

B−4426
C200 SERIES
"S"
"W"
"R"
F
"S"
B−4407−X "D" DIAMETER
"D" DIAMETER
F
"A" DIAMETER "A" DIAMETER
F1
"A" DIAMETER "A" DIAMETER
C400 SERIES C500, C600, C650, C700, C750, C1000, C1100 SERIES
Blade Retaining Groove

61-10-24 Page 617

BOM100
C1790
D
W
REWORK OF BLADE RETAINING GROOVE

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
STANDARD *REWORK
+0.010 OR +0.010 OR
"D" DIAMETER 4.100 −0.010 4.065 −0.010
"R" RADIUS 0.060 TO 0.070 0.060 TO 0.085
0.145 0.170
"W" WIDTH MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
C300 SERIES BLADES
Blade Retaining Groove

61-10-24 Page 618

BOM100
CAUTION: Propeller shops must examine the blades for indications of changes
that were done before.
(7) If the blade has been changed in the retaining ring groove area before, retire the blade.
NOTE: Blades that have been changed in the retaining ring groove area before cannot be
changed again.
10. Heli-Coil Repair (Threadless Only)

A. Do the Heli-Coil Repair (Threadless Only).
(1) Heli-Coil repair of the balance weight and de-ice bracket mounting holes and counterweight bolt
holes is permitted on the blades recorded with an allowable repair specification in Table 601.
Refer to Figure 611 and Figure 612 for the dimensional specifications.
NOTE: Heli-Coil brand threaded inserts are manufactured by Emhart Fastening Teknologies,
Industrial Division, 50 Shelton Technology Center, Shelton, CT 06484 USA.
(2) McCauley recommends you use a Bridgeport or drill press when the blades are machined.
(3) Before the installation of the inserts, chemically recoat the blade. Refer to Standard Practices
Manual, Protective Treatments for the applicable treatments and procedures.
Table 601. Applicable Blades for Heli-Coil Repair
Eligible Blade Balance Single bolt Double bolt Single Bolt

Propeller Models weight and counterweight counterweight Counterweight
Models de-ice holes 7/16-20 (#2 ref. 7/16-20 (#3 ref. 9/16-18
10-32 (#1 ref. Figure 611) Figure 611)
Figure 611)
C410 80VMB-X Yes (5)
C501 90UMB-X No Yes
C502 80HA-X Yes (5) Yes
C503 L80HA-X Yes (5) Yes
C504 82NEA-X Yes (5) Yes
C506 82NEB-X Yes (5) Yes
C507 L82NEB-X Yes (5) Yes
C508 82NFA-X Yes (5) Yes
C509 L82NFA-X Yes (5) Yes
C514 80VMFA-X Yes (5) Yes
C515 82NLA-X Yes (5) Yes
C516 90LFB-X Yes (5) Yes
C521 82NLA-X Yes (5) Yes
C522 82NJA-X Yes (5) Yes
C523 L82NJA-X Yes (5) Yes
61-10-24 Page 619

BOM100
Table 601. Applicable Blades for Heli-Coil Repair (continued)

Figure 611)
C524 90UMB-X No Yes
C525 80VMFA-X Yes (5) Yes
C526 80HJA-X Yes (5) Yes
C527 L80HJA-X Yes (5) Yes
C529 106AWA-X Yes (5) No
C601 93JA-X Yes (5) Yes
C602 100LAX Yes (5) No
C652 L106LA-0 Yes (5) No
C653 L106FA-X Yes (5) No
C661 90LNA-X Yes (5) No
C663 L106KA-X Yes (5) No
C664 L106LA-X Yes (5) No
C665 L106FRA-X Yes (5) No
C701 93KB-X Yes (5) No
C702 100LA-X Yes (5) No
C703 106GA-X Yes (5) No
C704 93KB-X Yes (5) No
C754 94LA-X Yes (5) No
C760 95DA-X Yes (5) No
C761 L95DZ-X Yes (5) No
C762 94LMA-X Yes (5) No
C764 94LMB-X Yes (5) No
C771 94LA-X Yes (5) No
C774 94LPA-X Yes (5) No
C775 96MGA-X Yes (5) No
61-10-24 Page 620

BOM100
Table 601. Applicable Blades for Heli-Coil Repair (continued)

Figure 611)
C1003 96LTA-X Yes (5) No
C1008 96LTA-X Yes (5) No
C1101 114GCA-X Yes (5) No
C1102 L114GCA-X Yes (5) No
C1103 114HCA-X Yes (5) No
C1104 L114HCA-X Yes (5) No
C1105 96LRB-X Yes (5) No
11. Actuating Pin Mounting Threads (Threadless Blades)

A. McCauley strictly prohibits any repair to the actuating pin mounting threads. The only exception to
this prohibition is the C601 Actuating Pin Screw Improvement defined in Special Instructions.
12. Blade Refinish Procedures

A. Chemically recoat the blade. Refer to Standard Practices Manual, Protective Treatments for the
applicable treatments and procedures.
CAUTION: Any blade that shows an indication of an anodize burn must be retired.
B. Painting or Polishing Procedures.
(1) Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Paint Instructions.
13. Ferrule Repair Procedures
NOTE: No more than four holes are permitted in a ferrule. If a fifth hole is necessary for the actuating
pin installation, the ferrule cannot be used and must be retired.
A. Ferrules with sharp edges on the first 2 to 3 threads can be repaired as follows: (Refer to Figure 613.)
CAUTION: Use only an abrasive rubber wheel. A stone or other hard abrasive
wheel can make burrs or an unsatisfactory rough finish.
(1) Install a 1.5-inch diameter abrasive rubber wheel in a hand-held grinder (5000 RPM maximum)
or an electric drill.
(2) Put the ferrule on a work bench and slowly turn it by hand while you hold the air grinder (or drill)
at approximately a 20 degree angle.
(a) Apply even pressure on the edge of the loaded side of the thread to round off the sharp
edge condition.
(b) Rework the threads to 0.010 to 0.030-inch (0.25 to 0.76 mm) radius. (Refer to Figure 613.)
(3) To get an optimum holding fixture, you can put the ferrule in a lathe and turn it by hand while you
rework the threads.
(4) Clean and replate the ferrule. Refer to Standard Practices Manual, Cleaning Procedures and
Protective Treatments for the applicable treatments and procedures.
61-10-24 Page 621

BOM100
Heli-Coil Repair
61-10-24 Page 622

BOM100
C159
120 DEGREES +5 OR −5 DEGREES
DIMENSION "C"
DIAMETER OF THE
COUNTERSINK
DIMENSION "B"
DIMENSION "E"
DIMENSION "G"
REMOVE THE DIMENSION "A"

HELICOIL TANG +0.004 OR −0.004 INCH
(+0.102 OR −0.102 mm)
Heli-Coil Dimensions
61-10-24 Page 623

BOM100
C59
LATHE
FERRULE
GRINDER
20 DEGREES
1.5 INCH (38.1 mm) ABRASIVE

RUBBER WHEEL
Ferrule Repair
61-10-24 Page 624

BOM100
14. Actuating Pin Modification Procedure (Threaded Only)
NOTE: Actuating pins that are removed from the blade assemblies in which the ferrule was drilled and
tapped through, if otherwise satisfactory, can be reworked to shorten the threaded end. Refer
to Table 602 or Table 603 for the applicable propeller model.
A. To decrease the length on the threaded end, do the steps that follow:
(1) Use a lathe to cut off the threaded end.
(a) To prevent pin damage, hold the actuating pin in a collet.
(2) Refer to Figure 614 or Figure 615 and Table 602 or Table 603 for the new necessary dimension
(A dimension) from the hexagon shoulder to the end of the thread.
CAUTION: Do not chamfer the end of the thread.

(3) After the cut-off procedure is complete, remove the burrs and any feather thread by hand.
(4) Electric etch the new part number on the hexagonal surface of the pin. (optional)
(5) Use a metal stamp, with applicable size characters, to stamp the letters XR on the threaded end
of the pin.
NOTE: It is not necessary to replate the actuating pin after the changes.
Table 602. Actuating Pin Modification (Feathering Propellers)
Propeller Blade Ferrule Actuating "A" Dimension Spacer Spacer

Model P/N Pin P/N (ref. Figure 614 or P/N Thickness
Figure 615)
C10 84SF C-4451 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C30 78FF C-4450 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C35 82NB C-4451 B-4459 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C38 100RF C-4456 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3854 0.268 to 0.266 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (6.81 to 6.76 mm)
mm)
C39 78BFM C-4455 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3854 0.268 to 0.266 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (6.81 to 6.76 mm)
mm)
C41 L76C C-4452 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C42 76C C-4451 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C48 90MF C-4455 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3854 0.268 to 0.266 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (6.81 to 6.76 mm)
mm)
61-10-24 Page 625

BOM100
Table 602. Actuating Pin Modification (Feathering Propellers) (continued)

Figure 615)
C52 80GF C-4450 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C54 84HF C-4450 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C55 78FF C-4450 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C61 L76C C-4452 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C65 84JF C-4450 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C68 100RFM C-4456 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3854 0.268 to 0.266 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (6.81 to 6.76 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C72 82N C-4451 B-4459 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C74 90LF C-4450 B-4459 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C80 82NC C-4451 B-4459 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
61-10-24 Page 626

BOM100
Table 602. Actuating Pin Modification (Feathering Propellers) (continued)

Figure 615)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C89 78BFS C-4455 B-4458 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3854 0.268 to 0.266 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (6.81 to 6.76 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
Table 603. Actuating Pin Modification (Constant Speed Propellers)
Propeller Blade Ferrule Actuating "A" Dimension Spacer Spacer Thickness

Model P/N Pin P/N (ref. Figure 613 or P/N
Figure 615)
(18.52 to 18.39 (11.51 to 11.56 mm)
mm)
(18.52 to 18.39 (9.98 to 9.93 mm)
mm)
C22 84SF C-4453 B-4457 0.729 to 0.724 inch A-3446 0.453 to 0.455 inch
(18.52 to 18.39 (11.51 to 11.56 mm)
mm)
(18.52 to 18.39 (9.98 to 9.93 mm)
mm)
(18.52 to 18.39 (11.51 to 11.56 mm)
mm)
CT69 84HF C-4450 B-4457 0.729 to 0.724 inch A-3446 0.453 to 0.455 inch
(18.52 to 18.39 (11.51 to 11.56 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
C77 82NK C-4451 B-4460 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
61-10-24 Page 627

BOM100
C60
0.680 TO 0.685 INCH 0.599 TO 0.604 INCH
(17.27 TO 17.40 mm) (15.21 TO 15.34 mm)
3.060 INCH, +0.002 0.56 INCH, +0.005

OR −0.003 INCH OR −0.005 INCH
(77.72 mm, +0.05 (14.2 mm, +0.13
OR −0.07 mm) OR −0.13 mm)
2.977 INCH, +0.002

OR −0.003 INCH
(75.62 mm, +0.05
OR −0.07 mm)
0.4355 TO 0.4360 INCH

(11.062 TO 11.074 mm)
B−3491 (OBSOLETE) B−4460 (NEW OR REWORKED)
0.808 TO 0.813 INCH 0.724 TO 0.729 INCH

(20.52 TO 20.65 mm) (18.39 TO 18.52 mm)
2.487 INCH, +0.002

OR −0.003 INCH
(63.17 mm, +0.05
OR −0.07 mm)
2.571 INCH, +0.002 0.5 INCH, +0.005

OR −0.003 INCH OR −0.005 INCH
(65.30 mm, +0.05 (12.7 mm, +0.13
OR −0.07 mm) OR −0.13 mm)
0.5630 TO 0.5635 INCH

(14.300 TO 14.313 mm)
Actuating Pin Dimensions (1)
61-10-24 Page 628

BOM100
C61 0.680 TO 0.685 INCH 0.599 TO 0.604 INCH

(17.27 TO 17.40 mm) (15.21 TO 15.34 mm)
2.023 INCH, +0.002

OR −0.003 INCH
(51.38 mm, + 0.05
OR −0.07 mm)
2.104 INCH, +0.002
OR −0.003 INCH
(53.44 mm, +0.05 0.06 INCH, +0.005
OR −0.07 mm) OR −0.005 INCH
(1.52 mm, +0.13
OR −0.13 mm)
0.3720 TO 0.3730 INCH

(9.449 TO 9.474 mm)
0.599 TO 0.604 INCH

0.680 TO 0.685 INCH
(15.21 TO 15.34 mm)
(17.27 TO 17.40 mm)
2.302 INCH, +0.002

OR −0.003 INCH
(58.47 mm, +0.05
OR −0.07 mm)
2.385 INCH, +0.002

0.06 INCH, +0.005
OR −0.003 INCH
OR − 0.005 INCH
(60.58 mm, +0.05
(1.52 mm, +0.13
OR −0.07 mm)
OR −0.13 mm)
0.4355 TO 0.4360 INCH

(11.062 TO 11.074 mm)
Actuating Pin Dimensions (2)

61-10-24 Page 629

BOM100
Table 603. Actuating Pin Modification (Constant Speed Propellers) (continued)

Propeller Blade Ferrule Actuating "A" Dimension Spacer Spacer Thickness
Model P/N Pin P/N (ref. Figure 613 or P/N
Figure 615)
C79 82NK C-4451 B-4460 0.604 to 0.599 inch A-3543 0.330 to 0.328 inch
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
(15.34 to 15.21 (8.38 to 8.33 mm)
mm)
15. Retention Nut Rework and Repair (Constant Speed Propellers Only)
NOTE: No rework is necessary for propellers that are the oil-filled configuration or do not need to be
oil-filled.
A. To change the non-oil filled propellers to the oil filled type, the following rework is necessary:
(1) Some propellers can have the older-style retention nuts with the narrow O-ring grooves. Do not
use these nuts as they are. Two options are as follows:
(a) Replace these nuts with the newer style (Table 604 or Table 605).
(b) Before the oil-filling, rework the nuts as follows:
(2) O-ring Groove Width Modification.
(a) Do an inspection of the retention nut O-ring groove width to find if changes are necessary
to use the larger cross-section oil-filled O-ring. Refer to Figure 616 or Figure 617.
(b) If rework is necessary, put the retention nut in the lathe.
1 Use the four jaw chuck with pads to prevent abrasion on the retention nut.
(c) Put the chuck in the A diameter and stay aft of the radius tangent.
1 To center the nut, use a dial indicator on the B diameter.
NOTE: Some retention nuts can have slight wear points on the B diameter. These
points are not used for the setup.
2 Hold the squareness within 0.004 inch T.I.R. with respect to F surface.
(d) Cut the material from the O-ring as follows:
1 For three-bladed propellers, cut the material from the outboard side of the O-ring
groove.
2 For two-bladed propellers, cut the material from the inboard side of the O-ring groove.
3 Make sure to keep the diameter of the groove unchanged.
(e) If there are any burrs or sharp edges in the bottom of the groove, use an emery cloth to
remove them.
(f) Chemically recoat the reworked area. Refer to Standard Practices Manual, Protective
Treatments for the applicable procedures for corrosion protection after the rework is
completed.
61-10-24 Page 630

BOM100
Table 604. Retention Nuts for Oil Fill (Constant Speed)
New Retention Nuts for Oil Fill (Constant Speed)

C8 C-4902 C57 C-4902
C9 C-4902 C58 C-4902
C11 C-6475 C66 C-4902
C14 C-6441 C67 C-6475
C16 C-6475 CT69 C-4903
C22 C-6475 C70 C-4902
C23 C-6441 C73 C-4902
C28 C-6441 C76 C-4904
C29 C-6441 C77 C-4904
C31 C-6441 C78 C-4902
C32 C-6441 C79 C-4904
C33 C-6441 C82 C-6441
C34 C-6475 C88 C-4904
C49 C-4902 C90 C-4904
C50 C-4902 C98 C-4902
C53 C-4902
(3) Part Number Information
(a) Retention nuts with the wide O-ring grooves are now used on the production propellers.
Only the new type retention nuts are supplied for parts orders.
Table 605. Old and New Retention Nut Part Numbers (Constant Speed)
Old Retention Nut P/N New Retention Nut P/N

C-2463 C-6441
C-3092 C-4902
C-3112 C-4903
C-3452 C-6475
C-3493 C-4904
16. Retention Nut Rework and Repair (Full Feathering Propellers Only)
NOTE: No rework is necessary for propellers that are the oil filled configuration.
A. To change the non-oil filled propellers to the oil filled type, the following rework is necessary:
(1) Some propellers can have the older-style retention nuts with the narrow O-ring grooves. Do not
use these nuts as they are. Two options are as follows:
(a) Replace these nuts with the newer style (Table 606 or Table 607).
(b) Before the oil-filling, rework the nuts as follows:
(2) O-Ring Groove Width Modification
(a) Do an inspection of the retention nut O-ring groove width to find if changes are necessary
to use the larger cross-section oil-filled O-ring. Refer to Figure 618.
61-10-24 Page 631

BOM100
C62
F
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH
(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.190 INCH, +0.005 OR -0.005 INCH
(4.83 mm, +0.13 OR -0.13 mm)
0.095 INCH, +0.005 OR -0.005 INCH

(2.41 mm, +0.13 OR -0.13 mm)
C-3112
F
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH
(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.190 INCH, +0.005 OR -0.005 INCH

(4.83 mm, +0.13 OR -0.13 mm)
0.095 INCH, +0.005 OR -0.005 INCH
(2.41 mm, +0.13 OR -0.13 mm)
C-3092
Retention Nut Rework (CS1)

61-10-24 Page 632

BOM100
C58
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH F

(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.207 INCH, +0.005 OR
−0.005 INCH
(5.26 mm, +0.13 OR
0.190 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.13 mm)
−0.005 INCH
(4.83 mm, +0.13 OR
−0.13 mm)
C−2463
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH
(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS F
4.256 TO 4.260 INCH

(108.10 TO 108.20 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.240 INCH, +0.005 OR

−0.005 INCH
0.126 INCH, +0.005 OR (6.10 mm, +0.13 OR
−0.005 INCH −0.13 mm)
(3.20 mm, +0.13 OR
−0.13 mm)
C−3493

61-10-24 Page 633

BOM100
C63
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH

(0.64 TO 0.89mm) RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A
B
0.095 INCH,
+0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(2.41 mm,
0.190 INCH, +0.005 +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
OR −0.005 INCH
(4.83 mm, +0.13
OR −0.13 mm)

61-10-24 Page 634

BOM100
(b) If rework is necessary, put the retention nut in the lathe.

1 Use the four jaw chuck with pads to prevent abrasion on the retention nut.
(c) Put the chuck in the A diameter and stay aft of the radius tangent.
1 To center the nut, use a dial indicator on the B diameter.
NOTE: Some retention nuts can have slight wear points on the B diameter. These
points are not used for the setup.
2 Hold the squareness within 0.004 inch T.I.R. with respect to F surface.
(d) Cut the material from the outboard of the O-ring groove.
NOTE: When you do the rework on a C-3112 retention nut, remove the material from
the inboard side of the O-ring groove. (Refer to Figure 618.)
1 Make sure to keep the diameter of the groove unchanged.

(e) If there are any burrs or sharp edges in the bottom of the groove, use an emery cloth to
remove them.
(f) Chemically recoat the reworked area. Refer to Standard Practices Manual, Protective
Treatments for the applicable procedures for corrosion protection after the rework is
completed.
Table 606. Retention Nuts for Oil Fill (Feathering)
Retention Nuts for Oil Fill (Full Feathering)

C10 C-4903 C68 C-6649
C30 C-4903 C71 C-4903
C35 C-7036 C72 C-7036
C38 C-6649 C74 C-7036
C39 C-6650 C75 C-7036
C48 C-6650 C80 C-7036
C52 C-4903 C81 C-4903
C54 C-4903 C86 C-7036
C55 C-4903 C87 C-7036
C59 C-4903 C89 C-6650
C60 C-4903 C91 C-4903
C61 C-4903 C92 C-7036
C65 C-4903 C93 C-7036
(3) Part Number Information
(a) Retention nuts with the wide O-ring grooves are now used on the production propellers.
Only the new type retention nuts are supplied for parts orders.
61-10-24 Page 635

BOM100
Table 607. Old and New Retention Nut Part Numbers (Feathering)
Old Retention Nut P/N New Retention Nut P/N

C-3112 C-4903
C-3475, C-3493, C-4904 C-7036
C-3165 C-6649
C-2281 C-6650
17. Tapped Holes and Countersinks

A. This section is for the 3-blade models only.
B. A retention nut must have 12 tapped holes and countersinks to use a sealant cover plate. These
holes and countersinks must be accurately added to the retention nut part number C-3475, C-3493,
or C-4904 to use a sealant cover plate. Refer to Figure 619 for the location and machining instructions.
C. If tapped holes are added in a C-3475 retention nut, it makes the part identical to a 3-blade constant
speed retention nut, part number C-3493 (narrow O-ring groove width) or part number C-4904 (wide
O-ring groove width). It is permitted to use a constant speed nut with tapped holes. However, the
nut must have the 12 countersinks added. (Refer to Figure 619.) The nut must also have the wider
O-ring groove. (Refer to Figure 618.)
18. Repair of Preload Bearing Races (C1, C18, and C45 propellers only)
A. When the impressions are not too deep, repair the brinelled preload bearing races by the grinding
procedures that follow:
(1) Do a magnetic particle inspection to make sure that there are no cracks. Refer to the Standard
Practices Manual, Non-Destructive Inspection Procedures.
(2) Remove the metal on the brinelled side to the minimum permitted thickness as follows:
(a) Inner preload race - 0.168 inch.
(b) Outer preload race - 0.110 inch.
(3) You must completely remove the impressions in the inner race.
(4) If the race is inverted at assembly, the impressions in the outer race can only have the raised
edges removed.
19. Installing Blade Replacement Parts

A. All of the blade replacement parts are installed during the reassembly. Refer to Reassembly
(Threaded Only).
20. Blade Assembly Replacement Procedure

A. Refer to the Standard Practices Manual, Blade Track and Blade to Blade Balance for the balancing
procedures.
NOTE: The balance data stamped on a blade butt must be in the specified tolerances. This is
to prevent the exceedance of the maximum permitted number of blade weights on the
completed propeller assembly.
NOTE: Think about the age and time in the field when you supply the balance data for the
replacement blade(s).
B. Refer to General Information, Explanation of Balance Weight and Blade Stamp Data to order a
complete blade assembly that matches the other blade assemblies in a set.
(1) When you order a replacement blade assembly, you must include all of the balance data for
each blade that is not replaced in the set.
61-10-24 Page 636

BOM100
C64
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH F

(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.190 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(4.83 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
0.095 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH

(2.41 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
C−3112
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH F

(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.190 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH

(4.83 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
0.090 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(2.29 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
C−2281
Retention Nut Rework (F)

61-10-24 Page 637

BOM100
C66
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH F
(0.64 TO 0.89 mm)
RADIUS
4.218 TO 4.222 INCH

(107.14 TO 107.24 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.220 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(5.59 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
0.190 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(4.83 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
C−3165
0.025 TO 0.035 INCH

(0.64 TO 0.89 mm) F
RADIUS
4.256 TO 4.260 INCH

(108.10 TO 108.20 mm)
DIAMETER
A B
0.240 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH

(6.10 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
0.126 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(3.20 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
C−3475
C−3493
Retention Nut Rework (F)

61-10-24 Page 638

BOM100
C65
USE 0.125 CHARACTERS.

INK STAMP THE PART
NUMBER. PUT THE LATEST
CHANGE LETTER AFTER
THE PART NUMBER.
15 DEGREE TYPICAL
4.780 INCH (121.41 mm)

DIAMETER
TAP DRILL A HOLE A MAXIMUM

0.563 INCH (14.30 mm) DEPTH.
COUNTERSINK THE HOLE WITH AN
82 DEGREE COUNTERSINK TO
0.395 INCH, +0.005 OR −0.005 INCH
(10.03 mm, +0.13 OR −0.13 mm)
DIAMETER. USE AN 8−32UNC−3B TO
TAP A MINIMUM OF 0.438 INCH
(11.13 mm) COMPLETE THREADS
WITH 0.1389 INCH (3.53 mm)
MAXIMUM MINOR DIAMETER.
A TOTAL OF 12 EQUALLY SPACED
HOLES ON A 4.780 INCH (121.41 mm)
DIAMETER.
Tapped Holes and Countersinks

61-10-24 Page 639

BOM100
C. Examine the balance information that is stamped on the blade butt. Refer to General Information,
Figure 1, Figure 2 or Figure 3 to prevent the exceedance of the maximum permitted number of blade
weights on the completed propeller assembly.
NOTE: The balance data for a replacement blade must be in the specified tolerances.
21. Blade Shank Modification

A. Blade Modification Procedure (Refer to Figure 620).
(1) Modify the profile of the blade shank as shown in Figure 620.
(a) The modification of the blade shank may be done with a file and emery cloth or as a lathe
operation.
WARNING: If the modification is done on a lathe, the rotating blade is

dangerous and must be well secured in the lathe.
(b) A suggested lathe chuck is a two-inch expanding mandrel inserted in the blade butt.
(c) No tooling marks are allowed in the blade shank area.
(d) All areas that have been reworked must have a surface finish of 32 RMS or smoother.
(2) Apply corrosion protection to the propeller blade.
(a) Anodize the blade or apply color chemical film treatment to the blade rework area. Refer
to the Standard Practices Manual SPM100 Protective Treatments.
(3) Use a metal impression stamp 1/8 inch high to stamp a letter "G" as a prefix to the existing blade
model designation on the blade butt.
NOTE: 93JA-X blades used in the C601 require a letter "A" stamp as a prefix.
(a) For example, a model designation 76CTA-2 would be changed to G-76CTA-2.

(4) Use a metal impression stamp 1/8 inch high to stamp a letter "B" at the end of the existing model
designation on the propeller hub.
NOTE: The C601 requires a letter "A" stamp as a suffix.
(a) For example, a model designation D2AF34C303-A would be changed to D2AF34C303-AB.
61-10-24 Page 640

BOM100
C343
0.125 TO 0.25 INCH

(3.18 to 6.35 mm)
1.03 TO 1.09 INCH

(26.2 to 27.6 mm)
0.81 TO 0.90 INCH

(20.6 to 22.8 mm)
C200 SERIES WITH O−RING

IN HUB SHOWN
0102T1005
Blade Shank Modification

61-10-24 Page 641

BOM100
C354
0.125 TO 0.25 INCH

(3.18 to 6.35 mm)
1.03 TO 1.09 INCH

(26.2 to 27.6 mm)
0.81 TO 0.90 INCH

(20.6 to 22.8 mm)
C300 SERIES
0102T1018

61-10-24 Page 642

BOM100
C1330
0.125 TO 0.25 INCH

(3.18 to 6.35 mm)
1.03 TO 1.09 INCH

(26.2 to 27.6 mm)
0.81 TO 0.90 INCH

(20.6 to 22.8 mm)
C400 SERIES
0101T1086

61-10-24 Page 643

BOM100
C287
0.125 TO 0.25 INCH

(3.18 to 6.35 mm)
1.03 TO 1.09 INCH

(26.2 to 27.6 mm)
0.81 TO 0.90 INCH

(20.6 to 22.8 mm)
C500 SERIES
0102T1005

61-10-24 Page 644

BOM100
C389
0.125 TO 0.25 INCH

(3.18 to 6.35 mm)
1.03 TO 1.09 INCH

(26.2 to 27.6 mm)
0.81 TO 0.90 INCH

(20.6 to 22.8 mm)
C601
0101T1087

61-10-24 Page 645

BOM100
THREADED BLADE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. General
A. The tables in this section supply the face angles, face alignment, and minimum width and thickness
at different stations for the basic design of the blade. If any width and thickness dimensions are less
than the minimum, the blade is un-airworthy.
B. Also supplied are the dimensions for different stations when the length of the blade is decreased.
(1) If the length of the blade is between the dimensions recorded in the table, interpolate the values
for that station. If one of the corresponding values is not available in the table, a measurement
at that station is not required.
2. 74E Blade
Table 1. 74E Angles and Face Alignment
74E Blade Criteria
Station Distance from Face Alignment

Angles Degrees
Centerline Inches mm
Inches mm Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.310 0.390 7.87 9.91
18 457 -2.85 -3.35 0.251 0.331 6.38 8.41
24 610 -8.10 -8.50 0.174 0.254 4.42 6.45
30 762 -11.60 -12.00 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.77
33 838 -12.90 -13.30 0.096 0.158 2.44 4.01
36 914 -13.90 -14.30 0.066 0.128 1.68 3.25
0 Station to Butt - 1.625 inches (41.28 mm)
Table 2. 74E Width and Thickness
74E Blade Criteria

Station Distance
Width (At Propeller Diameter) Thickness (At Propeller Diameter)
from Centerline
Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm
-- -- 74 1880 73 1854 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 5.275 133.99 5.270 133.86 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 5.440 138.18 5.435 138.05 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 5.415 137.54 5.410 137.41 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 5.180 131.57 5.175 131.45 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.330 109.98 4.300 109.22 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
33 838 3.630 92.20 3.600 91.44 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36 914 2.870 72.90 2.830 71.88 0.175 4.45 0.170 4.32
61-11-00 Page 1
BOM100
3. 76C and L76C Blade
Table 3. 76C and L76C Angles and Face Alignment
76C and L76C Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.257 0.337 6.53 8.56
18 457 -3.15 -3.65 0.226 0.306 5.74 7.77
24 610 -7.80 -8.20 0.176 0.256 4.47 6.50
30 762 -10.70 -11.10 0.146 0.208 3.71 5.28
33 838 -12.00 -12.40 0.127 0.189 3.23 4.80
36 914 -13.20 -13.60 0.108 0.170 2.74 4.32
Table 4. 76C and L76C Width

Station Distance
Width (At Propeller Diameter)
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 74.5 1892 74 1880
12 305 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60
15 381 5.67 144.02 5.67 144.02 5.67 144.02 5.67 144.02
18 457 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84
24 610 5.66 143.76 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51
30 762 4.94 125.48 4.91 124.71 4.90 124.46 4.90 124.46
33 838 4.38 111.25 4.35 110.49 4.33 109.98 4.31 109.47
36 914 3.72 94.49 3.68 93.47 3.66 92.96 3.64 92.46
61-11-00 Page 2
BOM100
Table 5. 76C and L76C Thickness

Station Distance
Thickness (At Propeller Diameter)
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 74.5 1892 74 1880
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.665 16.89 0.665 16.89 0.665 16.89 0.665 16.89
18 457 0.590 14.99 0.590 14.99 0.590 14.99 0.590 14.99
24 610 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 0.370 9.40 0.365 9.27 0.360 9.14 0.360 9.14
33 838 0.300 7.62 0.295 7.49 0.285 7.24 0.280 7.11
36 914 0.245 6.22 0.240 6.10 0.225 5.72 0.215 5.46
4. 78BF and 78BFM Blade
Table 6. 78BF and 78BFM Angles and Face Alignment
78BF and 78BFM Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.330 0.410 8.38 10.41
18 457 -3.85 -4.35 0.270 0.350 6.86 8.89
24 610 -10.10 -10.50 0.197 0.277 5.00 7.04
30 762 -15.90 -16.30 0.157 0.219 3.99 5.56
33 838 -18.70 -19.10 0.136 0.198 3.45 5.03
36 914 -21.40 -21.80 0.114 0.176 2.89 4.47
61-11-00 Page 3
BOM100
Table 7. 78BF and 78BFM Width and Thickness
78BF and 78BFM Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 5.813 147.65 5.813 147.65 1.197 30.40 1.197 30.40
15 381 6.303 160.10 6.303 160.10 0.843 21.41 0.843 21.41
18 457 6.623 168.22 6.613 167.97 0.700 17.78 0.700 17.78
24 610 6.854 174.09 6.834 173.58 0.525 13.34 0.520 13.21
30 762 6.589 167.36 6.550 166.37 0.400 10.16 0.390 9.91
33 838 6.189 157.20 6.105 155.07 0.343 8.71 0.330 8.38
36 914 5.669 143.99 5.570 141.48 0.280 7.11 0.260 6.60
5. 78BFS and 78FF Blade
Table 8. 78BFS and 78FF Angles and Face Alignment
78BFS and 78FF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.051 0.131 1.30 3.33
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 -0.009 0.071 -0.23 -1.80
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 -0.244 -0.182 -6.20 -4.62
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 -0.368 -0.306 -9.35 -7.77
Table 9. 78BFS and 78FF Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 6.300 160.02 6.295 159.89 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
61-11-00 Page 4
BOM100
Table 9. 78BFS and 78FF Width and Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 78 1981 76 1930
24 610 6.370 161.80 6.360 161.54 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30 0.385 9.78 0.375 9.53
36 914 4.425 112.40 4.360 110.74 0.260 6.60 0.245 6.22
6. 78FB Blade
Table 10. 78FB Angles and Face Alignment
78FB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
14.278 362.66 0.20 -0.20 0.051 0.131 1.30 3.33
17.278 438.86 -2.45 -2.95 -0.009 0.071 -0.23 1.80
23.278 591.26 -8.50 -8.90 -0.116 -0.054 -2.95 -1.37
29.278 743.66 -12.60 -13.00 -0.244 -0.182 -6.20 -4.62
30.00 762.00 -12.90 -13.30 -- -- -- --
35.278 896.06 -15.10 -15.50 -0.368 -0.306 -9.34 -7.77
Table 11. 78FB Width and Thickness
78FB Blade Criteria

Thickness (At Propeller
Station Distance from Centerline Width (At Propeller Diameter)
Diameter)
Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm
-- -- 76.5 1943.1 76.5 1943.1
14.278 362.66 6.135 155.83 0.650 16.51
17.278 438.86 6.300 160.02 0.600 15.24
23.278 591.26 6.370 161.80 0.505 12.83
29.278 743.66 5.795 147.19 0.385 9.78
35.278 896.06 4.450 113.03 0.260 6.60
61-11-00 Page 5
BOM100
7. 78FBM Blade
Table 12. 78FBM Angles and Face Alignment
78FBM Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
14.278 362.66 0.20 -0.20 0.051 0.131 1.30 3.33
17.278 438.86 2.05 -2.55 -0.009 0.071 -0.23 1.80
23.278 591.26 -5.80 -6.20 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
29.278 743.66 -8.90 -9.30 -0.244 -0.182 -6.20 -4.62
30.00 762.00 -9.20 -9.60 -- -- -- --
35.278 896.06 -11.70 -12.10 -0.368 -0.306 -9.35 -7.77
Table 13. 78FBM Width and Thickness
78FBM Blade Criteria

Diameter)
-- -- 76.5 1943.1 76.5 1943.1
14.278 362.66 6.135 155.83 0.650 16.51
17.278 438.86 6.300 160.02 0.600 15.24
23.278 591.26 6.370 161.80 0.505 12.83
29.278 743.66 5.795 147.19 0.385 9.78
35.278 896.06 4.450 113.03 0.260 6.60
8. 78K Blade
Table 14. 78K Angles and Face Alignment
78K Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.284 0.364 7.21 9.25
18 457 -4.80 -5.20 0.243 0.323 6.17 8.20
24 610 -9.30 -9.70 0.174 0.254 4.42 6.45
61-11-00 Page 6
BOM100
Table 14. 78K Angles and Face Alignment (continued)

78K Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
30 762 -12.50 -12.90 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.78
33 838 -13.80 -14.20 0.096 0.158 2.44 4.01
36 914 -14.90 -15.30 0.066 0.128 1.68 3.25
Table 15. 78K Width and Thickness
78K Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 74.5 1892 76 1930 74.5 1892
12 305 5.275 133.99 5.275 133.99 0.848 21.54 0.848 21.54
15 381 5.440 138.18 5.440 138.18 0.731 18.57 0.731 18.57
18 457 5.415 137.54 5.415 137.54 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24 610 5.180 131.57 5.180 131.57 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.330 109.98 4.330 109.98 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
33 838 3.630 92.20 3.630 92.20 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35
36 914 2.850 72.39 2.850 72.39 0.175 4.45 0.175 4.45
37 940 2.580 65.53 0.150 3.81
9. 78KM Blade
Table 16. 78KM Angles and Face Alignment
78KM Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.310 0.390 7.87 9.91
18 457 -3.45 -3.95 0.251 0.331 6.38 8.41
24 610 -9.90 -10.30 0.174 0.254 4.42 6.45
30 762 -14.90 -15.30 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.78
61-11-00 Page 7
BOM100
Table 16. 78KM Angles and Face Alignment (continued)

78KM Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
33 838 -17.10 -17.50 0.096 0.158 2.44 4.01
36 914 -19.10 -19.50 0.066 0.128 1.68 3.25
Table 17. 78KM Width and Thickness
78KM Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 74 1880 72 1829 74 1880 72 1829
12 305 5.275 133.99 5.270 133.86 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 5.440 138.18 5.435 138.05 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 5.415 137.54 5.410 137.41 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 5.180 131.57 5.170 131.32 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.330 109.98 4.280 108.71 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
33 838 3.630 92.20 3.580 90.93 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36 914 2.850 72.39 2.800 71.12 0.175 4.45 0.170 4.32
10. 80GF Blade
Table 18. 80GF Angles and Face Alignment
80GF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.300 0.380 7.62 9.65
18 457 -2.25 -2.75 0.240 0.320 6.10 8.13
24 610 -6.80 -7.20 0.170 0.250 4.32 6.35
30 762 -10.70 -11.10 0.124 0.186 3.15 4.72
36 914 -14.10 -14.50 0.079 0.141 2.01 3.58
39 991 -15.60 -16.00 0.064 0.126 1.63 3.20
61-11-00 Page 8
BOM100
Table 19. 80GF Width and Thickness
80GF Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 80 2032 78 1981
12 305 5.650 143.51 5.650 143.51 1.095 27.81 1.095 27.81
15 381 6.080 154.43 6.080 154.43 0.770 19.56 0.770 19.56
18 457 6.210 157.73 6.210 157.73 0.620 15.75 0.620 15.75
24 610 5.980 151.89 5.970 151.64 0.455 11.56 0.450 11.43
30 762 5.420 137.67 5.400 137.16 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
36 914 4.090 103.89 4.020 102.11 0.215 5.46 0.205 5.21
39 991 3.275 83.19 -- -- 0.130 3.30 0.120 3.05
11. 80MM Blade
Table 20. 80MM Angles and Face Alignment
80MM Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.310 0.390 7.87 9.91
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 0.251 0.331 6.38 8.41
24 610 -9.10 -9.50 0.189 0.269 4.80 6.83
30 762 -14.60 -15.00 0.149 0.211 3.78 5.36
33 838 -16.80 -17.20 0.128 0.190 3.25 4.83
36 914 -18.80 -19.20 0.103 0.165 2.62 4.19
61-11-00 Page 9
BOM100
Table 21. 80MM Width and Thickness
80MM Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 74 1880 73 1854 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 1.150 29.21 1.150 29.21
15 381 6.135 155.83 6.130 155.70 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 6.300 160.02 6.295 159.89 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 6.355 161.42 6.350 161.29 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 5.705 144.91 5.675 144.15 0.380 9.65 0.375 9.53
33 838 5.080 129.03 5.000 127.00 0.320 8.13 0.305 7.75
36 914 4.355 110.62 4.225 107.32 0.260 6.60 0.235 5.97
12. 82N Blade
Table 22. 82N Angles and Face Alignment
82N Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 0.20 -0.20 0.293 0.373 7.44 9.47
18.35 466.09 -3.15 -3.65 0.248 0.328 6.30 8.33
24.35 618.49 -7.80 -8.20 0.176 0.256 4.47 6.50
30.00 762.00 -10.50 -10.90 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.89 -10.70 -11.10 0.146 0.208 3.71 5.28
33.35 847.09 -12.00 -12.40 0.127 0.189 3.23 4.80
36.35 923.29 -13.20 -13.60 0.108 0.170 2.74 4.32
38.35 974.09 -13.90 -14.30 0.095 0.157 2.41 3.99
61-11-00 Page 10
BOM100
Table 23. 82N Width
82N Blade Criteria

Station Distance from
Centerline
Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.66 143.76 5.66 143.76 5.66 143.76
18.35 466.09 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84
24.35 618.49 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51
30.35 770.89 4.95 125.73 4.92 124.97 4.87 123.70
33.35 847.09 4.40 111.76 4.35 110.49 4.29 108.97
36.35 923.29 3.75 95.25 3.64 92.46 -- --
38.35 974.09 2.80 71.12 -- -- -- --
Table 24. 82N Thickness
82N Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 0.960 24.38 0.960 24.38 0.960 24.38
15.35 389.89 0.745 18.92 0.745 18.92 0.745 18.92
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30.35 770.89 0.375 9.53 0.370 9.40 0.365 9.27
33.35 847.09 0.315 8.00 0.310 7.87 0.300 7.62
36.35 923.29 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35 -- --
38.35 974.09 0.230 5.84 -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 11
BOM100
13. 82NK Blade
Table 25. 82NK Angles and Face Alignment
82NK Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 0.20 -0.20 0.293 0.373 7.44 9.47
18.35 466.09 -3.15 -3.65 0.248 0.328 6.30 8.33
24.35 618.49 -7.80 -8.20 0.176 0.256 4.47 6.50
30.00 762.00 -10.50 -10.90 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.89 -10.70 -11.10 0.146 0.208 3.71 5.28
33.35 847.09 -12.00 -12.40 0.127 0.189 3.23 4.80
36.35 923.29 -13.20 -13.60 0.108 0.170 2.74 4.32
38.35 974.09 -13.90 -14.30 0.095 0.157 2.41 3.99
Table 26. 82NK Width
82NK Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60 5.26 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.66 143.76 5.66 143.76 5.66 143.76 5.66 143.76
18.35 466.09 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84 5.86 148.84
24.35 618.49 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51 5.65 143.51
30.35 770.89 5.07 128.78 4.95 125.73 4.92 124.97 4.87 123.70
33.35 847.09 4.47 113.54 4.40 111.76 4.35 110.49 4.29 108.97
36.35 923.29 3.80 96.52 3.75 95.25 3.64 92.46 -- --
61-11-00 Page 12
BOM100
Table 27. 82NK Thickness
82NK Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 0.960 24.38 0.960 24.38 0.960 24.38 0.960 24.38
15.35 389.89 0.745 18.92 0.745 18.92 0.745 18.92 0.745 18.92
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30.35 770.89 0.380 9.65 0.375 9.53 0.370 9.40 0.365 9.27
33.35 847.09 0.320 8.13 0.315 8.00 0.310 7.87 0.300 7.62
36.35 923.29 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35 -- --
14. 82NB and 82NC Blade
Table 28. 82NB and 82NC Angles and Face Alignment
82NB and 82NC Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 0.20 -0.20 0.151 0.231 3.83 5.87
18.35 466.09 -2.55 -3.05 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.49 -8.00 -8.40 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 -11.80 -12.20 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.89 -12.00 -12.40 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.09 -13.70 -14.10 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.29 -15.30 -15.70 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.49 -16.90 -17.30 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
61-11-00 Page 13
BOM100
Table 29. 82NB and 82NC Width

Station
Distance from Width (At Propeller Diameter)
Centerline
Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm
hes hes hes hes hes hes
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76.5 1943 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.440 138.18 5.440 138.18 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92
18.35 466.09 5.420 137.67 5.420 137.67 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41
24.35 618.49 5.200 132.08 5.190 131.83 5.190 131.83 5.180 131.57 5.170 131.32
30.35 770.89 4.410 112.01 4.380 111.25 4.380 111.25 4.350 110.49 4.320 109.73
33.35 847.09 3.750 95.25 3.700 93.98 3.700 93.98 3.650 92.71 3.600 91.44
36.35 923.29 3.000 76.20 2.950 74.93 2.950 74.93 2.900 73.66 2.300 58.42
39.35 999.49 1.700 43.18 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Table 30. 82NB and 82NC Thickness

Station
Distance from Thickness (At Propeller Diameter)
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76.5 1943 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.470 11.94 0.465 11.81
30.35 770.89 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
33.35 847.09 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36.35 923.29 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.175 4.45 0.110 2.79
39.35 999.49 0.110 2.79 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 14
BOM100
15. 84B Blade
Table 31. 84B Angles and Face Alignment
84B Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.149 0.229 3.78 5.82
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 0.056 0.136 1.42 3.45
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 -14.00 -14.40 -0.236 -0.174 -5.99 -4.42
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 -0.340 -0.278 -8.64 -7.06
Table 32. 84B Width and Thickness
84B Blade Criteria

Station Distance
Width (At Propeller Diameter) Thickness(At Propeller Diameter)
from Centerline
-- -- 84 2134 82 2083 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32
18 457 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15 0.660 16.76 0.655 16.64
24 610 6.390 162.31 6.385 162.18 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30 762 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33 838 5.240 133.09 5.220 132.58 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.25
36 914 4.585 116.46 4.535 115.19 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39 991 3.795 96.39 3.745 95.12 0.210 5.33 0.200 5.08
61-11-00 Page 15
BOM100
16. 84HF Blade
Table 33. 84HF Angles and Face Alignment
84HF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.065 0.145 1.65 3.68
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 -0.005 0.075 -0.13 1.91
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 -0.243 -0.181 -6.17 -4.60
33 838 -13.90 -14.30 -0.301 -0.239 -7.65 -6.07
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 -0.365 -0.303 -9.27 -7.70
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 -0.426 -0.364 -10.82 -9.25
Table 34. 84HF Width Part 1
84HF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 84 2134 82 2083 81 2057
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.380 162.05 6.370 161.80
30 762 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59 5.840 148.34
33 838 5.290 134.37 5.260 133.60 5.220 132.59
36 914 4.580 116.33 4.520 114.81 4.505 114.43
39 991 3.760 95.50 3.700 93.98 3.670 93.22
61-11-00 Page 16
BOM100
Table 35. 84HF Width Part 2
84HF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.360 161.54 6.350 161.29 6.340 161.04
30 762 5.820 147.83 5.810 147.57 5.795 147.19
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.180 131.57 5.160 131.06
36 914 4.460 113.28 4.455 113.16 4.430 112.52
39 991 3.640 92.46 -- -- -- --
Table 36. 84HF Thickness Part 1
84HF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 84 2134 82 2083 81 2057
12 305 0.875 22.23 0.875 22.23 0.875 22.23
15 381 0.675 17.15 0.675 17.15 0.675 17.15
18 457 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.205 5.21 0.205 5.21 0.205 5.21
61-11-00 Page 17
BOM100
Table 37. 84HF Thickness Part 2
84HF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 0.875 22.23 0.875 22.23 0.875 22.23
15 381 0.675 17.15 0.675 17.15 0.675 17.15
18 457 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60
39 991 0.205 5.21 -- -- -- --
17. 84JF Blade
Table 38. 84JF Angles and Face Alignment
84JF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.051 0.131 1.30 3.33
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 -0.008 0.072 -0.20 1.83
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 -0.243 -0.181 -6.17 -4.60
33 838 -13.90 -14.30 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 -0.365 -0.303 -9.27 -7.70
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 -0.455 -0.393 -11.56 -9.98
61-11-00 Page 18
BOM100
Table 39. 84JF Width Part 1
84JF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 84 2137 82 2083 81 2057
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.380 162.05 6.370 161.80
30 762 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59 5.840 148.34
33 838 5.290 134.37 5.260 133.60 5.220 132.59
36 914 4.580 116.33 4.520 114.81 4.505 114.43
39 991 3.760 95.50 3.700 93.98 3.670 93.22
Table 40. 84JF Width Part 2
84JF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.360 161.54 6.350 161.29 6.340 161.04
30 762 5.820 147.83 5.810 147.57 5.795 147.19
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.180 131.57 5.160 131.06
36 914 4.460 113.28 4.455 113.16 4.430 112.52
39 991 3.640 92.46 -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 19
BOM100
Table 41. 84JF Thickness Part 1
84JF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 84 2134 82 2083 81 2057
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.205 5.21 0.205 5.21 0.205 5.21
Table 42. 84JF Thickness Part 2
84JF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.26 0.320 8.26
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.260 6.60
39 991 0.205 5.21 -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 20
BOM100
18. 84S Blade
Table 43. 84S Angles and Face Alignment
84S Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.284 0.364 7.21 9.25
18 457 -4.75 -5.25 0.243 0.323 6.17 8.20
24 610 -9.30 -9.70 0.174 0.254 4.42 6.45
30 762 -12.50 -12.90 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.78
33 838 -13.80 -14.20 0.096 0.158 2.44 4.01
36 914 -14.90 -15.30 0.066 0.128 1.68 3.25
39 991 -15.80 -16.20 0.036 0.098 0.91 2.49
Table 44. 84S Width Part 1
84S Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 84 2134 82 2083 80 2032
12 305 5.275 133.99 5.275 133.99 5.275 133.99
15 381 5.465 138.81 5.455 138.56 5.455 138.56
18 457 5.445 138.30 5.435 138.05 5.435 138.05
24 610 5.200 132.08 5.190 131.83 5.190 131.83
30 762 4.460 113.28 4.450 113.03 4.450 113.03
33 838 3.840 97.54 3.810 96.77 3.810 96.77
36 914 3.160 80.26 3.100 78.74 3.100 78.74
39 991 2.500 63.50 2.400 60.96 2.400 60.96
61-11-00 Page 21
BOM100
Table 45. 84S Width Part 2
84S Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12 305 5.270 133.86 5.270 133.86 5.270 133.86
15 381 5.455 138.56 5.455 138.56 5.450 138.43
18 457 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92 5.425 137.80
24 610 5.185 131.70 5.175 131.45 5.165 131.19
30 762 4.400 111.76 4.365 110.87 4.340 110.24
33 838 3.730 94.74 3.670 93.22 3.630 92.20
36 914 2.965 75.31 2.930 74.42 2.890 73.41
39 991 -- -- -- -- -- --
Table 46. 84S Thickness Part 1
84S Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 84 2134 82 2083 80 2032
12 305 0.855 21.72 0.855 21.72 0.855 21.72
15 381 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18 457 0.640 16.26 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24 610 0.480 12.19 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07
30 762 0.340 8.64 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
33 838 0.270 6.86 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48
36 914 0.200 5.08 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57
39 991 0.130 3.30 0.110 2.79 0.110 2.79
61-11-00 Page 22
BOM100
Table 47. 84S Thickness Part 2
84S Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12 305 0.855 21.72 0.855 21.72 0.855 21.72
15 381 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18 457 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24 610 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.470 11.94
30 762 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
33 838 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.250 6.35
36 914 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.170 4.32
39 991 -- -- -- -- -- --
19. 84SF Blade
Table 48. 84SF Angles and Face Alignment
84SF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.151 0.231 3.83 5.87
18 457 -2.55 -3.05 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24 610 -8.00 -8.40 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30 762 -12.00 -12.40 -0.138 -0.076 -3.5 -1.93
33 838 -13.70 -14.10 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36 914 -15.30 -15.70 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
61-11-00 Page 23
BOM100
Table 49. 84SF Width
84SF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12 305 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15 381 5.440 138.18 5.430 138.18 5.430 138.18
18 457 5.420 137.67 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41
24 610 5.190 131.83 5.180 131.57 5.170 131.32
30 762 4.380 111.25 4.350 110.49 4.320 109.73
33 838 3.700 93.98 3.650 92.71 3.600 91.44
36 914 2.950 74.93 2.900 73.66 2.850 72.39
Table 50. 84SF Thickness
84SF Blade Criteria

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12 305 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15 381 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18 457 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24 610 0.475 12.07 0.470 11.94 0.465 11.81
30 762 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
33 838 0.255 6.48 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36 914 0.180 4.57 0.175 4.45 0.170 4.32
61-11-00 Page 24
BOM100
20. 90A and 90AT Blade
Table 51. 90A and 90AT Angles and Face Alignment
90A and 90AT Blade Criteria
Station Face Alignment

Angles
Distance from Inches (90AT Inches (90A mm (90AT
Degrees mm (90A only)
Centerline only) only) only)
Inc- mm Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi-
hes mum mum mum mum mum mum mum mum mum mum
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.149 0.229 0.310 0.390 3.78 5.82 7.87 9.91
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 0.056 0.136 0.251 0.331 1.42 3.45 6.38 8.41
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 -0.073 0.007 0.189 0.269 -1.85 0.18 4.80 6.83
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 -0.177 -0.115 0.149 0.211 -4.50 -2.92 3.78 5.36
33 838 -13.90 -14.30 -0.231 -0.169 0.126 0.188 -5.87 -4.29 3.20 4.78
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 -0.286 -0.224 0.103 0.165 -7.26 -5.69 2.62 4.19
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 -0.340 -0.278 0.081 0.143 -8.64 -7.06 2.06 3.63
42 1067 -16.90 -17.30 -0.393 -0.331 0.060 0.122 -9.98 -8.41 1.52 3.10
Table 52. 90A and 90AT Width Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.895 149.73 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.940 74.68 -- --
61-11-00 Page 25
BOM100
Table 53. 90A and 90AT Width Part 2

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.385 162.18 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67
30 762 5.850 148.59 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30
33 838 5.220 132.59 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18
36 914 4.535 115.19 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.360 110.74
39 991 3.745 95.12 3.700 93.98 -- -- -- --
Table 54. 90A and 90AT Thickness Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32
18 457 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- --
61-11-00 Page 26
BOM100
Table 55. 90A and 90AT Thickness Part 2

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
39 991 0.200 5.08 0.195 4.95 -- -- -- --
21. 90M Blade
Table 56. 90M Angles and Face Alignment
90M Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.310 0.390 7.87 9.91
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 0.251 0.331 6.38 8.41
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 0.189 0.269 4.80 6.83
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 0.149 0.211 3.78 5.36
33 838 -13.90 -14.30 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.78
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 0.103 0.165 2.62 4.19
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 0.081 0.143 2.06 3.63
42 1067 -16.90 -17.30 0.060 0.122 1.52 3.10
61-11-00 Page 27
BOM100
Table 57. 90M Width Part 1
90M Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.895 149.73 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.940 74.68 -- --
Table 58. 90M Width Part 2
90M Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.385 162.18 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67
30 762 5.850 148.59 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30
33 838 5.220 132.59 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18
36 914 4.535 115.19 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.360 110.74
39 991 3.745 95.12 3.700 93.98 -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 28
BOM100
Table 59. 90M Thickness Part 1
90M Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32
18 457 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- --
Table 60. 90M Thickness Part 2
90M Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
39 991 0.200 5.08 0.195 4.95 -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 29
BOM100
22. 90LF Blade
Table 61. 90LF Angles and Face Alignment
90LF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.065 0.145 1.65 3.68
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 -0.006 0.074 -0.15 1.88
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 -0.243 -0.181 -6.17 -4.60
33 838 -13.90 -14.30 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 -0.365 -0.303 -9.27 -7.70
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 -0.426 -0.364 -10.82 -9.25
42 1067 -16.90 -17.30 -0.484 -0.422 -12.29 -10.72
Table 62. 90LF Width
90LF Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.895 149.73 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 -- -- -- --
61-11-00 Page 30
BOM100
Table 63. 90LF Thickness
90LF Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 0.880 22.35 0.880 22.35 0.880 22.35 0.880 22.35
15 381 0.680 17.27 0.680 17.27 0.680 17.27 0.680 17.27
18 457 0.610 15.49 0.610 15.49 0.610 15.49 0.610 15.49
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33 0.205 5.21
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 -- -- -- --
23. 90MF Blade
Table 64. 90MF Angles and Face Alignment
90MF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 0.20 -0.20 0.310 0.390 7.87 9.91
18 457 -2.45 -2.95 0.251 0.331 6.38 8.41
24 610 -8.50 -8.90 0.189 0.269 4.80 6.83
30 762 -12.60 -13.00 0.149 0.211 3.78 5.36
33 838 -13.90 -14.30 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.76
36 914 -15.10 -15.50 0.103 0.165 2.62 4.19
39 991 -16.10 -16.50 0.081 0.143 2.06 3.63
61-11-00 Page 31
BOM100
Table 65. 90MF Width and Thickness
90MF Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 80 2032 78 1981
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
36 914 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60
39 991 3.700 98.98 -- -- 0.195 4.95 -- --
24. 100RF Blade
Table 66. 100RF Angles and Face Alignment
100RF Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
14.688 373.08 0.20 -0.20 0.504 0.584 12.80 14.83
17.688 449.28 -1.65 -2.15 0.345 0.425 8.76 10.80
20.688 525.48 -3.90 -4.30 0.298 0.378 7.57 9.60
26.688 677.88 -8.20 -8.60 0.230 0.310 5.84 7.87
32.688 830.28 -11.40 -11.80 0.180 0.242 4.57 6.15
36.000 914.40 -12.60 -13.00 0.149 0.211 3.78 5.36
38.688 982.68 -13.50 -13.90 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.78
41.688 1058.88 -14.30 -14.70 0.100 0.162 2.54 4.11
61-11-00 Page 32
BOM100
Table 67. 100RF Width and Thickness
100RF Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 90 2286 88 2235
14.688 373.08 6.255 158.88 6.255 158.88 1.140 28.96 1.140 28.96
17.688 449.28 6.605 167.77 6.600 167.64 0.865 21.97 0.865 21.97
20.688 525.48 6.775 172.09 6.770 171.96 0.755 19.18 0.755 19.18
26.688 677.88 6.850 173.99 6.840 173.74 0.595 15.11 0.595 15.11
32.688 830.28 6.455 163.96 6.405 162.69 0.455 11.56 0.450 11.43
38.688 982.68 5.500 139.70 5.435 138.05 0.315 8.00 0.310 7.87
41.688 1058.88 4.775 121.29 4.650 118.11 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
25. 100RFM Blade
Table 68. 100RFM Angles and Face Alignment
100RFM Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
14.688 373.08 0.20 -0.20 0.504 0.584 12.80 14.83
17.688 449.28 -2.35 -2.85 0.345 0.425 8.76 10.80
20.688 525.48 -4.50 -4.90 0.298 0.378 7.57 9.60
26.688 677.88 -8.20 -8.60 0.230 0.310 5.84 7.87
32.688 830.28 -11.70 -12.10 0.180 0.242 4.57 6.15
36.000 914.40 -13.50 -13.90 0.149 0.211 3.78 5.36
38.688 982.68 -14.90 -15.30 0.126 0.188 3.20 4.78
41.688 1058.88 -16.40 -16.80 0.100 0.162 2.54 4.11
61-11-00 Page 33
BOM100
Table 69. 100RFM Width and Thickness
100RFM Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 90 2286 88 2235
14.688 373.08 6.255 158.88 6.255 158.88 1.140 28.96 1.140 28.96
17.688 449.28 6.605 167.77 6.600 167.64 0.865 21.97 0.865 21.97
20.688 525.48 6.775 172.09 6.770 171.96 0.755 19.18 0.755 19.18
26.688 677.88 6.850 173.99 6.840 173.74 0.595 15.11 0.595 15.11
32.688 830.28 6.455 163.96 6.405 162.69 0.455 11.56 0.450 11.43
38.688 982.68 5.500 139.70 5.435 138.05 0.315 8.00 0.310 7.87
41.688 1058.88 4.775 121.29 4.650 118.11 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
61-11-00 Page 34
BOM100
C200 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED THREADLESS BLADE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. General
2. 78CCA and 78CDA Blade
Table 101. 78CCA Angles and Face Alignment
78CCA and 78CDA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 10.40 11.40 0.167 0.247 4.24 6.27
18 457 7.25 7.75 0.097 0.177 2.46 4.50
24 610 2.70 3.10 -0.013 0.067 -0.33 1.70
30 762 -0.20 0.20 -0.096 -0.034 -2.44 -0.86
33 838 -1.50 -1.1 -0.141 -0.079 -3.58 -2.01
36 914 -2.70 -2.30 -0.188 -0.126 -4.78 -3.20
38 965 -3.40 -3.00 -0.222 -0.160 -5.64 -4.06
Table 102. 78CCA and 78CDA Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 72 1829
12 305 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15 381 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02
18 457 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84
24 610 5.670 144.02 5.660 143.76 5.655 143.64 5.650 143.51
30 762 4.970 126.24 4.940 125.48 4.915 124.84 4.890 124.21
33 838 4.440 112.78 4.380 111.25 4.345 110.36 4.310 109.47
36 914 3.780 96.01 3.720 94.49 *3.640 *93.47 -- --
61-11-01 Page 101

BOM100
Table 102. 78CCA and 78CDA Width (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 72 1829
38 965 3.400 86.36 -- -- -- -- -- --
If eliptical tip, 2.600 inches (66.04 mm)
Table 103. 78CCA Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 72 1829
12 305 0.925 23.50 0.925 23.50 0.925 23.50 0.925 23.50
15 381 0.765 19.43 0.765 19.43 0.765 19.43 0.765 19.43
18 457 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76
24 610 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34
30 762 0.420 10.67 0.415 10.54 0.410 10.41 0.410 10.41
33 838 0.360 9.14 0.355 9.02 0.350 8.89 0.350 8.89
36 914 0.300 7.62 0.290 7.37 0.190 4.83 -- --
38 965 0.250 6.35 -- -- -- -- -- --
3. 78TA and 78TCA Blade
Table 104. 78TA and 78TCA Angles and Face Alignment
78TA and 78TCA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 8.6 9.6 0.056 0.136 1.42 3.45
18 457 6.55 7.05 -0.009 0.071 -0.23 1.80
24 610 2.9 3.3 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.243 -0.181 -6.17 -4.60
61-11-01 Page 102

BOM100
Table 104. 78TA and 78TCA Angles and Face Alignment (continued)

Angles Degrees
33 838 -1.7 -1.3 -0.316 -0.254 -8.03 -6.45
36 914 -3.0 -2.7 -0.378 -0.316 -9.60 -8.03
Table 105. 78TA and 78TCA Width

Station
Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76.5 1943 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 5.824 147.93 5.824 147.93
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 6.130 155.70 6.130 155.70
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 6.290 159.77 6.290 159.77
24 610 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67 6.365 161.67 6.344 161.14 6.340 161.04
30 762 5.790 147.07 5.770 146.56 5.755 146.18 5.715 145.16 5.655 143.64
33 838 5.100 129.54 5.045 128.14 5.003 127.08 4.923 125.04 4.823 122.50
36 914 4.000 101.60 3.955 100.46 3.841 97.56 3.341 84.86 2.841 72.16
Table 106. 78TA and 78TCA Thickness

Station
Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76.5 1943 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.598 15.19 0.598 15.19
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.503 12.78 0.503 12.78
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65 0.379 9.63 0.376 9.55 0.372 9.45
61-11-01 Page 103

BOM100
Table 106. 78TA and 78TCA Thickness (continued)

Station
Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76.5 1943 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
33 838 0.320 8.13 0.315 8.00 0.312 7.92 0.307 7.80 0.301 7.65
36 914 0.235 5.97 0.230 5.84 0.223 5.66 0.194 4.93 0.165 4.19
4. 80VHA Blade
Table 107. 80VHA Angles and Face Alignment
80VHA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.088 0.168 2.24 4.27
18 457 9.85 10.35 0.034 0.114 0.86 2.90
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -0.03
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.196 -0.134 -4.98 -3.40
33 838 -1.5 -1.1 -0.259 -0.197 -6.58 -5.00
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.321 -0.259 -8.15 -6.58
Table 108. 80VHA Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76.5 1943 75.5 1918 76.5 1943 75.5 1918
12 305 5.700 144.78 5.700 144.78 0.830 21.08 0.830 21.08
15 381 6.010 152.65 6.010 152.65 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
18 457 6.180 156.97 6.180 156.97 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
24 610 5.600 142.24 5.600 142.24 0.490 12.45 0.490 12.45
30 762 4.450 113.03 4.420 112.27 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64
61-11-01 Page 104

BOM100
Table 108. 80VHA Width and Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76.5 1943 75.5 1918 76.5 1943 75.5 1918
33 838 3.730 94.74 3.700 93.98 0.260 6.60 0.260 6.60
36 914 3.010 76.45 2.980 75.69 0.185 4.70 0.185 4.70
5. 82PA and 82PCA Blade
Table 109. 82PA and 82PCA Angles and Face Alignment
82PA and 82PCA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 11.7 12.7 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 9.25 9.75 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 3.3 3.7 -0.075 0.005 -1.91 0.13
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.200 -0.138 -5.08 -3.51
33 838 -1.3 -0.9 -0.262 -0.200 -6.65 -5.08
36 914 -2.4 -2.0 -0.324 -0.262 -8.23 -6.65
Table 110. 82PA and 82PCA Width and Thickness
82PA and 82PCA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 5.635 143.13 5.620 142.75 0.495 12.57 0.495 12.57
30 762 4.350 110.49 4.320 109.73 0.330 8.38 0.320 8.13
33 838 3.650 92.71 3.600 91.44 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.23
36 914 2.940 74.68 2.880 73.15 0.175 4.45 0.170 4.32
61-11-01 Page 105

BOM100
6. 82PGC Blade
Table 111. 82PGC Angles and Face Alignment
82PGC Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 21.9 22.9 0.407 0.487 10.34 12.37
18 457 18.15 18.65 0.297 0.377 7.54 9.58
21 533 14.0 14.4 0.172 0.252 4.37 6.40
24 610 10.5 10.9 0.086 0.162 2.18 4.11
27 686 7.5 7.9 0.006 0.068 0.15 1.73
30 762 4.8 5.2 -0.072 -0.010 -1.83 -0.25
33 838 2.8 3.2 -0.153 -0.091 -3.89 -2.31
36 914 1.0 1.4 -0.237 -0.175 -6.02 -4.45
Table 112. 82PGC Width and Thickness
82PGC Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 74 1880 76 1930 74 1880
12 305 4.457 113.21 4.457 113.21 1.042 26.47 1.042 26.47
15 381 4.918 124.92 4.918 124.92 0.967 24.56 0.967 24.56
18 457 5.190 131.83 5.190 131.83 0.846 21.49 0.846 21.49
21 533 5.277 134.04 5.277 134.04 0.726 18.44 0.726 18.44
24 610 5.190 131.83 5.190 131.83 0.607 15.42 0.607 15.42
27 686 4.916 124.87 4.916 124.87 0.519 13.18 0.519 13.18
30 762 4.439 112.75 4.439 112.75 0.437 11.10 0.437 11.10
33 838 3.605 91.57 3.605 91.57 0.349 8.86 0.349 8.86
36 914 2.436 61.87 2.436 61.87 0.245 6.22 0.245 6.22
61-11-01 Page 106

BOM100
7. 90DA Blade
Table 113. 90DA Angles and Face Alignment
90DA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 9.85 10.35 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 -1.6 -1.2 -0.231 -0.169 -5.87 -4.29
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
39 991 -3.7 -3.3 -0.340 -0.278 -8.64 -7.06
42 1067 -4.5 -4.1 -0.393 -0.331 -9.98 -8.41
Table 114. 90DA Width Part 1
90DA Blade Criteria

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31 6.385 162.18
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.890 149.61 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10 5.220 132.59
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46 4.535 115.19
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39 3.745 95.12
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.950 74.93 -- -- -- --
0 Station to Butt - 1.063 inches (27.00 mm) *Elliptical Tip Only
61-11-01 Page 107

BOM100
Table 115. 90DA Width Part 2
90DA Blade Criteria

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75
30 762 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30 5.620 142.75 5.620 142.75
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18 4.950 125.73 4.910 124.71
3.830 97.28 3.787 96.19
36 914 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.020 102.11
2.760* 70.10* 2.080* 52.83*
39 991 3.685 93.60 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Table 116. 90DA Thickness Part 1
90DA Blade Criteria

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.96 0.275 6.96 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33 0.200 5.08
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 108

BOM100
Table 117. 90DA Thickness Part 2
90DA Blade Criteria

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
0.185 4.70 0.150 3.81
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
0.150* 3.81* 0.120* 3.05*
39 991 0.200 5.08 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
8. 90DCA and 90DCB Blade
Table 118. 90DCA and 90DCB Angles and Face Alignment
90DCA and 90DCB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.089 0.169 2.26 4.29
18 457 9.85 10.35 0.028 0.108 0.71 2.74
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.076 0.004 -1.93 0.10
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.180 -0.118 -4.57 -3.00
33 838 -1.6 -1.2 -0.235 -0.173 -5.97 -4.39
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.289 -0.227 -7.34 -5.77
39 991 -3.7 -3.3 -0.342 -0.280 -8.67 -7.11
42 1067 -4.5 -4.1 -0.395 -0.333 -10.03 -8.46
61-11-01 Page 109

BOM100
Table 119. 90DCA and 90DCB Width Part 1

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31 6.385 162.18
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.890 149.61 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10 5.220 132.59
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46 4.535 115.19
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39 3.745 95.12
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.950 74.93 -- -- -- --
Table 120. 90DCA and 90DCB Width Part 2

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75
30 762 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30 5.620 142.75 5.620 142.75
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18 4.950 125.73 4.910 124.71
3.830 97.28 3.787 96.19
36 914 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.020 102.11
2.760* 70.10* 2.080* 52.83*
39 991 3.685 93.60 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 110

BOM100
Table 121. 90DCA and 90DCB Thickness Part 1

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33 0.200 5.08
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- -- -- --
Table 122. 90DCA and 90DCB Thickness Part 2

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
0.185 4.70 0.150 3.81
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
0.150* 3.81* 0.120* 3.05*
39 991 0.200 5.08 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 111

BOM100
9. 90DHA, and 90DHB Blade
Table 123. 90DHA and 90DHB Angles and Face Alignment
90DHA and 90DHB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 9.85 10.35 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 -1.6 -1.2 -0.231 -0.169 -5.87 -4.29
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
39 991 -3.7 -3.3 -0.340 -0.278 -8.64 -7.06
42 1067 -4.5 -4.1 -0.393 -0.331 -9.98 -8.41
Table 124. 90DHA and 90DHB Width Part 1

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31 6.385 162.18
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.890 149.61 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10 5.220 132.59
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46 4.535 115.19
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39 3.745 95.12
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.950 74.93 -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 112

BOM100
Table 125. 90DHA and 90DHB Width Part 2

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75
30 762 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30 5.620 142.75 5.620 142.75
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18 4.950 125.73 4.910 124.71
3.830 97.28 3.787 96.19
36 914 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.020 102.11
2.760* 70.10* 2.080* 52.83*
39 991 3.685 93.60 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Table 126. 90DHA and 90DHB Thickness Part 1

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33 0.200 5.08
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 113

BOM100
Table 127. 90DHA and 90DHB Thickness Part 2

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
0.185 4.70 0.150 3.81
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
0.150* 3.81* 0.120* 3.05*
39 991 0.200 5.08 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
10. 90DHC Blade
Table 128. 90DHC Angles and Face Alignment
90DHC Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 17.3 18.3 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 14.85 15.35 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 8.9 9.3 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 4.8 5.2 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 3.4 3.8 -0.231 -0.169 -5.87 -4.29
36 914 2.3 2.7 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
39 991 1.3 1.7 -0.340 -0.278 -8.64 -7.06
42 1067 0.5 0.9 -0.393 -0.331 -9.98 -8.41
61-11-01 Page 114

BOM100
Table 129. 90DHC Width Part 1

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31 6.385 162.18
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.890 149.61 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10 5.220 132.59
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46 4.535 115.19
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39 3.745 95.12
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.950 74.93 -- -- -- --
Table 130. 90DHC Width Part 2

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75
30 762 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30 5.620 142.75 5.620 142.75
33 838 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18 4.950 125.73 4.910 124.71
3.830 97.28 3.787 96.19
36 914 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.020 102.11
2.760* 70.10* 2.080* 52.83*
39 991 3.685 93.60 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 115

BOM100
Table 131. 90DHC Thickness Part 1

Station
Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33 0.200 5.08
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- -- -- --
Table 132. 90DHC Thickness Part 2

Station
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880 73 1854
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
0.185 4.70 0.150 3.81
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
0.150* 3.81* 0.120* 3.05*
39 991 0.200 5.08 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-01 Page 116

BOM100
11. 90DJA Blade
Table 133. 90DJA Angles and Face Alignment
90DJA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 13.8 14.8 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 11.65 12.15 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 5.4 5.8 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.176 -0.114 -4.47 -2.90
33 838 -2.2 -1.8 -0.231 -0.169 -5.87 -4.29
36 914 -4.1 -3.7 -0.284 -0.222 -7.21 -5.64
Table 134. 90DJA Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76* 1930 75* 1905 68 1727 66 1676
12 305 5.825 147.96 5.825 147.96 5.735 145.67 5.735 145.67
15 381 6.135 155.83 6.135 155.83 6.030 153.16 6.030 153.16
18 457 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 6.170 156.72 6.170 156.72
24 610 6.365 161.67 6.310 160.27 6.215 157.86 6.185 157.10
30 762 5.760 146.30 5.690 144.53 5.400 137.16 5.300 134.62
33 838 5.125 130.18 5.040 128.12 5.000 127.00 -- --
36 914 3.925 99.7 3.500 88.9 -- -- -- --
* Elliptical Tip
61-11-01 Page 117

BOM100
Table 135. 90DJA Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76* 1930 75* 1905 68 1727 66 1676
12 305 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18 457 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.500 12.70
30 762 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65 0.365 9.27 0.360 9.14
33 838 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13 0.225 5.72 -- --
36 914 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35 -- -- -- --
* Elliptical Tip
12. 90DKB Blade
Table 136. 90DKB Angles and Face Alignment
90DKB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.9 13.9 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 10.45 10.95 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 4.5 4.9 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 -2.1 -1.7 -0.230 -0.168 -5.84 -4.27
36 914 -3.8 -3.4 -0.285 -0.223 -7.24 -5.66
40 1016 -6.0 -5.6 -0.378 -0.316 -9.60 -8.03
61-11-01 Page 118

BOM100
Table 137. 90DKB Width and Thickness
90DKB Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 82 2083 80 2032
12 305 5.739 145.77 5.739 145.77 0.811 20.60 0.811 20.60
15 381 6.040 153.42 6.039 153.39 0.649 16.48 0.649 16.48
18 457 6.192 157.28 6.189 157.20 0.601 15.27 0.601 15.27
24 610 6.279 159.49 6.274 159.36 0.508 12.90 0.508 12.90
30 762 5.747 145.97 5.722 145.34 0.387 9.83 0.386 9.80
33 838 5.175 131.45 5.150 130.81 0.335 8.51 0.325 8.26
36 914 4.486 113.94 4.445 112.90 0.271 6.88 0.269 6.83
40 1016 2.820 71.63 -- -- 0.148 3.76 -- --
13. 90DMC Blade
Table 138. 90DMC Angles and Face Alignment
90DMC Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
12 304 21.58 22.58 0.210 0.290 5.33 7.37
15 381 18.9 19.9 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18 457 16.45 16.95 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24 610 10.5 10.9 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 4.80 5.2 -0.161 -0.131 -4.08 -3.33
35 889 -0.02 -0.38 -0.252 -0.222 -6.40 -5.64
61-11-01 Page 119

BOM100
Table 139. 90DMC Width and Thickness
90DMC Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 75 1905 73 1854 75 1905 73 1854
12 305 5.738 145.75 5.738 145.75 0.811 20.60 0.811 20.60
15 381 6.035 153.29 6.035 153.29 0.649 16.49 0.649 16.49
18 457 6.193 157.30 6.193 157.30 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24 610 6.287 159.69 6.287 159.69 0.506 12.85 0.506 12.85
30 762 5.636 143.15 5.636 143.15 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
35 889 4.270 108.46 2.507 63.68 0.245 6.22 0.140 3.56
14. 90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Blade
Table 140. 90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, and 90REB Angles and Face Alignment
90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, and 90REB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.149 0.229 3.78 5.82
18 457 9.85 10.35 0.056 0.136 1.42 3.45
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 -1.6 -1.2 -0.232 -0.170 -5.89 -4.32
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
39 991 -3.7 -3.3 -0.340 -0.278 -8.64 -7.06
42 1067 -4.5 -4.1 -0.393 -0.331 -9.98 -8.41
61-11-01 Page 120

BOM100
Table 141. 90REC Angles and Face Alignment
90RE Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 17.30 18.30 0.149 0.229 3.78 5.82
18 457 14.85 15.35 0.056 0.136 1.42 3.45
24 610 8.90 9.30 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 4.80 5.20 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 3.40 3.80 -0.232 -0.170 -5.89 -4.32
36 914 2.30 2.70 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
39 991 1.30 1.70 -0.340 -0.278 -8.64 -7.06
42 1067 0.50 0.90 -0.393 -0.331 -9.98 -8.41
Table 142. 90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Width Part 1
90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.895 149.73 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.000 76.20 2.940 74.68 -- --
61-11-01 Page 121

BOM100
Table 143. 90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Width Part 2
90RA, 90RB, 90RDA and 90REA, 90REB, 90REC Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.385 162.18 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67
30 762 5.850 148.59 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30
33 838 5.220 132.59 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18
36 914 4.535 115.19 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.360 110.74
39 991 3.745 95.12 3.700 93.98 -- -- -- --
Table 144. 90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Thickness Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32
18 457 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- --
61-11-01 Page 122

BOM100
Table 145. 90RA, 90RB, 90RDA, 90REA, 90REB, and 90REC Thickness Part 2

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
39 991 0.200 5.08 0.195 4.95 -- -- -- --
15. 90RHC Blade
Table 146. 90RHC Angles and Face Alignment
90RHC Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 20.40 21.40 0.150 0.230 3.81 5.84
18 457 17.95 18.45 0.057 0.137 1.45 3.48
24 610 10.20 10.60 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30 762 4.80 5.20 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33 838 2.60 3.00 -0.232 -0.170 -5.84
36 914 0.70 1.10 -0.284 -0.222 -7.21 -5.64
39 991 -1.00 -0.60 -0.336 -0.274 -8.53 -6.96
61-11-01 Page 123

BOM100
Table 147. 90RHC Width Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.895 149.73 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10
33 838 5.385 136.78 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15 381 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96
18 457 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15
24 610 6.385 162.18 6.380 162.05 6.377 161.98 6.375 161.93
30 762 5.850 148.59 5.825 147.96 5.807 147.50 5.790 147.07
33 838 5.220 132.59 5.200 132.08 5.187 131.75 5.175 131.45
36 914 4.535 115.19 4.480 113.79 4.452 113.08 4.425 112.40
39 991 3.745 95.12 3.700 93.98 3.675 93.35 -- --
61-11-01 Page 124

BOM100

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930
12 305 5.825 147.96
15 381 6.135 155.83
18 457 6.300 160.02
24 610 6.365 161.67
30 762 5.760 146.30
33 838 5.125 130.18
36 914 4.360 110.74
39 991 -- --
Table 150. 90RHC Thickness Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32 0.800 20.32
18 457 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76
24 610 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91
33 838 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
36 914 0.280 7.11 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86
39 991 0.220 5.59 0.215 5.46 0.215 5.46 0.210 5.33
42 1067 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.160 4.06 -- --
61-11-01 Page 125

BOM100

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 82 2083 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.800 20.32 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19 0.795 20.19
18 457 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
24 610 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78
33 838 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
36 914 0.265 6.73 0.265 6.73 0.262 6.65 0.260 6.60
39 991 0.200 5.08 0.195 4.95 0.192 4.88 -- --

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930
12 305 1.155 29.34
15 381 0.795 20.19
18 457 0.655 16.64
24 610 0.505 12.83
30 762 0.380 9.65
33 838 0.320 8.13
36 914 0.250 6.35
39 991 -- --
61-11-01 Page 126

BOM100
C300 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED FULL-FEATHERING THREADLESS BLADE

DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. General
2. 76CTA and L76CTA Blade
Table 201. 76CTA and L76CTA Angles and Face Alignment
76CTA and L76CTA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 10.4 11.4 0.257 0.337 6.53 8.56
18 457 7.25 7.75 0.226 0.306 5.74 7.77
24 610 2.7 3.1 0.176 0.256 4.47 6.50
30 762 -0.2 0.2 0.146 0.208 3.71 5.28
33 838 -1.5 -1.1 0.127 0.189 3.23 4.80
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 0.108 0.170 2.74 4.32
Table 202. 76CTA and L76CTA Width and Thickness
76CTA and L76CTA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
12 305 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15 381 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02 0.665 16.89 0.665 16.89
18 457 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84 0.590 14.99 0.590 14.99
24 610 5.660 143.76 5.650 143.51 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.940 125.48 4.910 124.71 0.370 9.40 0.365 9.27
33 838 4.380 111.25 4.350 110.49 0.300 7.62 0.295 7.49
36 914 3.720 94.48 3.680 93.47 0.245 6.22 0.240 6.10
61-11-02 Page 201

BOM100
3. 78CAA Blade
Table 203. 78CAA Angles and Face Alignment
78CAA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 10.4 11.4 0.167 0.247 4.24 6.27
18 457 7.25 7.75 0.097 0.177 2.46 4.50
24 610 2.7 3.1 -0.13 0.067 -0.33 1.70
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.096 -0.034 -2.44 -0.86
33 838 -1.5 -1.1 -0.141 -0.079 -3.58 -2.01
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.188 -0.126 -4.78 -3.20
38 965 -3.4 -3.0 -0.222 -0.160 -5.64 -4.06
Table 204. 78CAA Width

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76 1930
12 305 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15 381 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02
18 457 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84
24 610 5.670 144.02 5.660 143.76 5.660 143.76
30 762 4.970 126.24 4.950 125.73 4.940 125.48
33 838 4.440 112.78 4.410 112.01 4.380 111.25
36 914 3.780 96.01 3.750 95.25 3.720 94.49
38 965 3.400 86.36 3.365 85.47 -- --
61-11-02 Page 202

BOM100
Table 205. 78CAA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76 1930
12 305 0.925 23.50 0.925 23.50 0.925 23.50
15 381 0.765 19.43 0.765 19.43 0.765 19.43
18 457 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76 0.660 16.76
24 610 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34
30 762 0.420 10.67 0.415 10.54 0.415 10.54
33 838 0.360 9.14 0.355 9.02 0.355 9.02
36 914 0.300 7.62 0.295 7.49 0.290 7.37
38 965 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22 -- --
4. L78CBA Blade
Table 206. L78CBA Angles and Face Alignment
L78CBA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 10.4 11.4 0.194 0.274 4.93 6.96
18 457 7.25 7.75 0.108 0.188 2.74 4.78
24 610 2.7 3.1 -0.009 0.071 -0.23 1.80
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.096 -0.034 -2.44 -0.86
33 838 -1.5 -1.1 -0.141 -0.079 -3.58 -2.01
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.188 -0.126 -4.77 -3.20
61-11-02 Page 203

BOM100
Table 207. L78CBA Width

Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
12 305 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15 381 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02 5.670 144.02
18 457 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84
24 610 5.660 143.76 5.650 143.51 5.650 143.51
30 762 4.940 125.48 4.910 124.71 4.890 124.21
33 838 4.380 111.25 4.350 110.49 4.310 109.47
36 914 3.720 94.49 3.680 93.47 3.640 92.46
Table 208. L78CBA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
12 305 1.030 26.16 1.030 26.16 1.030 26.16
15 381 0.825 20.96 0.825 20.96 0.825 20.96
18 457 0.685 17.40 0.685 17.40 0.685 17.40
24 610 0.535 13.59 0.530 13.46 0.530 13.46
30 762 0.415 10.54 0.410 10.41 0.410 10.41
33 838 0.355 9.02 0.350 8.89 0.350 8.89
36 914 0.290 7.37 0.285 7.24 0.280 7.11
61-11-02 Page 204

BOM100
5. 90DEA Blade
Table 209. 90DEA Angles and Face Alignment
90DEA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees Face Alignment
Centerline
15.125 384.18 12.30 13.30 0.086 0.166 2.18 4.22
18.125 460.38 9.85 10.35 0.032 0.112 0.81 2.84
24.125 612.78 3.90 4.30 -0.073 0.007 -1.85 0.18
30.000 762.00 -0.20 0.20 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
33.125 841.38 -1.50 -1.10 -0.232 -0.170 -5.89 -4.32
36.125 917.58 -2.70 -2.30 -0.286 -0.224 -7.26 -5.69
Table 210. 90DEA Width

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76.5 1943
12.125 307.98 5.830 148.08 5.827 148.01 5.826 147.98
15.125 384.18 6.140 155.96 6.137 155.88 6.136 155.85
18.125 460.38 6.305 160.15 6.302 160.07 6.300 160.02
24.125 612.78 6.375 161.93 6.370 161.80 6.365 161.67
30.000 762.00 5.790 147.07 5.775 146.69 5.765 146.43
33.125 841.38 5.175 131.45 5.150 130.81 5.135 130.43
36.125 917.58 4.425 112.40 4.393 111.58 4.377 111.18
61-11-02 Page 205

BOM100
Table 211. 90DEA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76.5 1943
12.125 307.98 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15.125 384.18 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18.125 460.38 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24.125 612.78 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30.000 762.00 0.385 9.78 0.382 9.70 0.380 9.65
33.125 841.38 0.325 8.26 0.322 8.18 0.320 8.13
36.125 917.58 0.260 6.60 0.253 6.43 0.250 6.35
61-11-02 Page 206

BOM100
C400 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED THREADLESS BLADE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. General
2. 74SA Blade
Table 301. 74SA Angles and Face Alignment
74SA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 16.4 17.4 0.391 0.471 9.93 11.96
18 457 11.65 12.15 0.302 0.382 7.67 9.70
21 533 7.9 8.1 0.237 0.317 6.02 8.05
24 610 4.7 4.9 0.169 0.249 4.29 6.32
27 686 2.1 2.3 0.099 0.161 2.51 4.09
30 762 -0.1 0.1 0.014 0.076 0.36 1.93
33 838 -1.9 -1.7 -0.081 -0.019 -2.06 -0.48
34 864 -2.4 -2.2 -0.119 -0.057 -3.02 -1.45
35 889 -2.9 -2.7 -0.169 -0.107 -4.29 -2.72
36 914 -3.4 -3.2 -0.235 -0.173 -5.97 -4.39
Table 302. 74SA Width and Thickness
74SA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 74 1880 72 1829 74 1880 72 1829
12 305 5.423 137.74 5.423 137.74 0.923 23.44 0.923 23.44
15 381 5.543 140.79 5.543 140.79 0.619 15.72 0.619 15.72
18 457 5.493 139.52 5.493 139.52 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
21 533 5.377 136.58 5.377 136.58 0.411 10.44 0.411 10.44
24 610 5.181 131.60 5.181 131.60 0.393 9.98 0.393 9.98
61-11-03 Page 301

BOM100
Table 302. 74SA Width and Thickness (continued)

74SA Blade Criteria
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 74 1880 72 1829 74 1880 72 1829
27 686 4.819 122.40 4.819 122.40 0.364 9.25 0.364 9.25
30 762 4.258 108.15 4.258 108.15 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
33 838 3.434 87.22 3.360 85.34 0.255 6.48 0.244 6.20
34 864 3.079 78.21 2.904 73.76 0.227 5.77 0.211 5.36
35 889 2.630 66.80 2.276 57.81 0.191 4.85 0.165 4.19
36 914 2.036 51.71 -- -- 0.144 3.66 -- --
3. 78CYA Blade
Table 303. 78CYA Angles and Face Alignment
78CYA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 19.25 20.25 -0.20 0.060 -5.08 1.52
18 457 13.93 14.43 -0.102 -0.022 -2.59 -0.56
24 610 4.89 5.29 -0.231 -0.151 -5.87 -3.84
30 762 -0.20 0.20 -0.311 -0.249 -7.90 -6.32
33 838 -1.54 -1.14 -0.327 -0.265 -8.31 -6.73
36 914 -2.58 -2.18 -0.320 -0.258 -8.13 -6.55
Table 304. 78CYA Width

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76 1930
15 381 5.339 135.61 5.338 135.59 5.337 135.56
18 457 5.734 145.64 5.733 145.62 5.732 145.59
24 610 5.901 149.88 5.898 149.81 5.894 149.71
30 762 5.089 129.26 5.073 128.85 5.057 128.45
61-11-03 Page 302

BOM100
Table 304. 78CYA Width (continued)

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76 1930
33 838 4.163 105.74 4.144 105.26 4.125 104.78
36 914 2.923 74.24 2.909 73.89 2.895 73.53
Table 305. 78CYA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 77 1956 76 1930
15 381 0.656 16.66 0.656 16.66 0.655 16.64
18 457 0.602 15.29 0.602 15.29 0.602 15.29
24 610 0.506 12.85 0.506 12.85 0.506 12.85
30 762 0.360 9.14 0.359 9.12 0.358 9.09
33 838 0.269 6.83 0.267 6.78 0.266 6.76
36 914 0.167 4.24 0.166 4.22 0.165 4.19
4. 78MLA Blade
Table 306. 78MLA Angles and Face Alignment
78MLA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.85 13.85 0.141 0.221 3.58 5.61
18 457 9.21 9.71 0.023 0.103 0.58 2.62
21 533 6.43 6.74 -0.069 0.011 -1.75 0.28
24 610 3.82 4.22 -0.135 -0.055 -3.43 -1.40
27 686 1.63 2.03 -0.168 -0.106 -4.27 -2.69
30 762 -0.20 0.20 -0.184 -0.122 -4.67 -3.10
33 838 -1.69 -1.29 -0.201 -0.139 -5.11 -3.53
36 914 -2.99 -2.59 -0.227 -0.165 -5.77 -4.19
61-11-03 Page 303

BOM100
Table 306. 78MLA Angles and Face Alignment (continued)


Angles Degrees
37 940 -3.42 -3.02 -0.251 -0.189 -6.38 -4.80
38.025 965 -3.96 -3.56 -0.270 -0.208 -6.86 -5.28
Table 307. 78MLA Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76.5 1943 78 1981 76.5 1943
12 305 5.346 135.8 5.346 135.8 1.212 30.78 1.212 30.78
15 381 5.505 139.83 5.505 139.83 0.982 24.94 0.982 24.94
18 457 5.524 140.3 5.524 140.3 0.803 20.40 0.803 20.40
21 533 5.471 139.0 5.471 139.0 0.659 16.74 0.659 16.74
24 610 5.361 136.2 5.361 136.2 0.551 14.00 0.551 14.00
27 686 5.140 130.6 5.140 130.6 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.714 119.7 4.714 119.7 0.402 10.21 0.402 10.21
33 838 3.976 101.0 3.976 101.0 0.333 8.46 0.333 8.46
36 914 2.875 73.0 2.875 73.0 0.227 5.77 0.227 5.77
38 965 1.908 48.5 -- -- 0.118 3.00 0.118 3.00
Blade -- -- -- -- -- 0.078 1.98 0.078 1.98
Tip
Table 308. 78MLA Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
12 305 5.346 135.8 5.346 135.8 1.212 30.78 1.212 30.78
15 381 5.505 139.83 5.505 139.83 0.982 24.94 0.982 24.94
18 457 5.524 140.3 5.524 140.3 0.803 20.40 0.803 20.40
61-11-03 Page 304

BOM100
Table 308. 78MLA Width and Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
21 533 5.471 139.0 5.471 139.0 0.659 16.74 0.659 16.74
24 610 5.361 136.2 5.361 136.2 0.551 14.00 0.551 14.00
27 686 5.140 130.6 5.140 130.6 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.714 119.7 4.714 119.7 0.402 10.21 0.402 10.21
33 838 3.976 101.0 3.976 101.0 0.333 8.46 0.333 8.46
36 914 2.753 69.9 2.753 69.9 0.227 5.77 0.227 5.77
37 940 1.994 50.7 -- -- 0.177 4.50 -- --
Blade -- -- -- -- -- 0.082 2.08 0.082 2.08
Tip
5. 78MLB Blade
Table 309. 78MLB Angles and Face Alignment
78MLB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 15.85 16.85 0.141 0.221 3.58 5.61
18 457 12.21 12.71 0.023 0.103 0.58 2.61
21 533 9.43 9.74 -0.069 0.011 -1.75 0.28
24 610 6.82 7.22 -0.135 -0.055 -3.43 -1.40
27 686 4.63 5.03 -0.168 -0.106 -4.27 -2.69
30 762 2.80 3.20 -0.184 -0.122 -4.67 -3.10
33 838 1.31 1.71 -0.201 -0.139 -5.11 -3.53
36 914 0.01 0.41 -0.227 -0.165 -5.77 -4.19
37 940 -0.42 -0.02 -0.251 -0.189 -6.38 -4.80
38 965 -0.96 -0.56 -0.270 -0.208 -6.86 -5.28
61-11-03 Page 305

BOM100
Table 310. 78MLB Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76.5 1943 78 1981 76.5 1943
12 305 5.346 135.8 5.346 135.8 1.212 30.78 1.212 30.78
15 381 5.505 139.83 5.505 139.83 0.982 24.94 0.982 24.94
18 457 5.524 140.3 5.524 140.3 0.803 20.40 0.803 20.40
21 533 5.471 139.0 5.471 139.0 0.659 16.74 0.659 16.74
24 610 5.361 136.2 5.361 136.2 0.551 14.00 0.551 14.00
27 686 5.140 130.6 5.140 130.6 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.714 119.7 4.714 119.7 0.402 10.21 0.402 10.21
33 838 3.976 101.0 3.976 101.0 0.333 8.46 0.333 8.46
36 914 2.875 73.0 2.875 73.0 0.227 5.77 0.227 5.77
38 965 1.908 48.5 -- -- 0.118 3.00 0.118 3.00
Blade -- -- -- -- -- 0.078 1.98 0.078 1.98
Tip
Table 311. 78MLB Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
12 305 5.346 135.8 5.346 135.8 1.212 30.78 1.212 30.78
15 381 5.505 139.83 5.505 139.83 0.982 24.94 0.982 24.94
18 457 5.524 140.3 5.524 140.3 0.803 20.40 0.803 20.40
21 533 5.471 139.0 5.471 139.0 0.659 16.74 0.659 16.74
24 610 5.361 136.2 5.361 136.2 0.551 14.00 0.551 14.00
27 686 5.140 130.6 5.140 130.6 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
30 762 4.714 119.7 4.714 119.7 0.402 10.21 0.402 10.21
33 838 3.976 101.0 3.976 101.0 0.333 8.46 0.333 8.46
36 914 2.753 69.9 2.753 69.9 0.227 5.77 0.227 5.77
61-11-03 Page 306

BOM100
Table 311. 78MLB Width and Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
37 940 1.994 50.7 -- -- 0.177 4.50 -- --
Blade -- -- -- -- -- 0.082 2.08 0.082 2.08
Tip
6. 80VA Blade
Table 312. 80VA Angles and Face Alignment
80VA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.088 0.168 2.24 4.27
18 457 9.85 10.35 0.034 0.114 0.86 2.90
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -0.03
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.196 -0.134 -4.98 -3.40
33 838 -1.5 -1.1 -0.259 -0.197 -6.58 -5.00
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.321 -0.259 -8.15 -6.58
39 991 -3.7 -3.3 -0.369 -0.307 -9.37 -7.80
Table 313. 80VA Width and Thickness
80VA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78.5 1994 80 2032 78.5 1994
12 305 5.700 144.78 5.700 144.78 0.830 21.08 0.830 21.08
15 381 6.010 152.65 6.010 152.65 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
18 457 6.190 157.23 6.180 156.97 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
24 610 5.610 142.49 5.600 142.24 0.490 12.45 0.490 12.45
30 762 4.480 113.79 4.460 113.28 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64
33 838 3.800 96.52 3.760 95.50 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60
61-11-03 Page 307

BOM100
Table 313. 80VA Width and Thickness (continued)

80VA Blade Criteria
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78.5 1994 80 2032 78.5 1994
36 914 3.080 78.23 3.040 77.22 0.190 4.83 0.185 4.70
39 991 2.300 58.42 -- -- 0.120 3.05 -- --
7. 80VEA and 80VSA Blade
Table 314. 80VEA and 80VSA Angles and Face Alignment
80VEA and 80VSA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
16 406 11.60 12.60 0.088 0.168 2.24 4.27
19 483 9.15 9.65 0.034 0.114 0.86 2.90
25 635 3.20 3.60 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -0.03
30 762 -0.20 0.20 -0.178 -0.116 -4.52 -2.95
30.9 784.9 -0.80 -0.40 -0.196 -0.134 -4.98 -3.40
33.9 861.1 -2.10 -1.70 -0.259 -0.197 -6.58 -5.00
36.9 937.3 -3.30 -2.90 -0.323 -0.261 -8.20 -6.63
Table 315. 80VEA and 80VSA Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 77 1956
13 330 5.705 144.91 5.705 144.91 5.705 144.91 5.705 144.91
16 406 6.013 152.73 6.013 152.73 6.013 152.73 6.013 152.73
19 483 6.182 157.02 6.182 157.02 6.182 157.02 6.182 157.02
25 635 5.585 141.86 5.585 141.86 5.585 141.86 5.585 141.86
30 762 4.634 117.70 4.634 117.70 4.634 117.70 4.634 117.70
30.9 784.9 4.434 112.62 4.434 112.62 4.434 112.62 4.434 112.62
61-11-03 Page 308

BOM100
Table 315. 80VEA and 80VSA Width (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 77 1956
33.9 861.1 3.763 95.58 3.763 95.58 3.763 95.58 3.746 95.15
36.9 937.3 3.076 78.13 2.969 75.41 2.779 70.59 2.485 63.12
Table 316. 80VEA and 80VSA Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 77 1956
13 330 0.829 21.06 0.829 21.06 0.829 21.06 0.829 21.06
16 406 0.654 16.61 0.654 16.61 0.654 16.61 0.654 16.61
19 483 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
25 635 0.489 12.42 0.489 12.42 0.489 12.42 0.489 12.42
30 762 0.363 9.22 0.363 9.22 0.363 9.22 0.363 9.22
30.9 784.9 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64
33.9 861.1 0.264 6.71 0.264 6.71 0.264 6.71 0.260 6.60
36.9 937.3 0.155 3.94 0.151 3.84 0.138 3.51 0.133 3.38
8. 80VSB Blade
Table 317. 80VSB Angles and Face Alignment
80VSB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
16 406 14.6 15.6 0.088 0.168 2.24 4.27
19 483 12.15 12.65 0.034 0.114 0.86 2.90
25 635 6.2 6.6 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -0.03
30 762 2.8 3.2 -0.178 -0.116 -4.52 -2.95
30.9 784.9 2.2 2.6 -0.196 -0.134 -4.98 -3.40
61-11-03 Page 309

BOM100
Table 317. 80VSB Angles and Face Alignment (continued)


Angles Degrees
33.9 861.1 0.9 1.3 -0.259 -0.197 -6.58 -5.00
36.9 937.3 -0.3 0.1 -0.323 -0.261 -8.20 -6.63
Table 318. 80VSB Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 77 1956
13 330 5.705 144.91 5.705 144.91 5.705 144.91 5.705 144.91
16 406 6.013 152.73 6.013 152.73 6.013 152.73 6.013 152.73
19 483 6.182 157.02 6.182 157.02 6.182 157.02 6.182 157.02
25 635 5.585 141.86 5.585 141.86 5.585 141.86 5.585 141.86
30 762 4.634 117.70 4.634 117.70 4.634 117.70 4.634 117.70
30.9 784.9 4.434 112.62 4.434 112.62 4.434 112.62 4.434 112.62
33.9 861.1 3.763 95.58 3.763 95.58 3.763 95.58 3.746 95.15
36.9 937.3 3.076 78.13 2.969 75.41 2.779 70.59 2.485 63.12
Table 319. 80VSB Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 77 1956
13 330 0.829 21.06 0.829 21.06 0.829 21.06 0.829 21.06
16 406 0.654 16.61 0.654 16.61 0.654 16.61 0.654 16.61
19 483 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
25 635 0.489 12.42 0.489 12.42 0.489 12.42 0.489 12.42
30 762 0.363 9.22 0.363 9.22 0.363 9.22 0.363 9.22
30.9 784.9 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64
61-11-03 Page 310

BOM100
Table 319. 80VSB Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 77 1956
33.9 861.1 0.264 6.71 0.264 6.71 0.264 6.71 0.260 6.60
36.9 937.3 0.155 3.94 0.151 3.84 0.138 3.51 0.133 3.38
9. 80VMB Blade
Table 320. 80VMB Angles and Face Alignment
80VMB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
16 406 14.6 15.6 0.088 0.168 2.24 4.27
19 483 12.15 12.65 0.034 0.114 0.86 2.90
25 635 6.2 6.6 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -0.03
30 762 2.8 3.2 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
30.9 784.9 2.2 2.6 -0.196 -0.134 -4.98 -3.40
33.9 861.1 0.9 1.3 -0.259 -0.197 -6.58 -5.00
36.9 937.3 -0.3 0.1 -0.321 -0.259 -8.15 -6.58
39.1 993.1 -0.9 -0.5 -0.373 -0.311 -9.47 -7.90
Table 321. 80VMB Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 80 2032 78 1981
13 330 5.700 144.78 5.700 144.78 0.830 21.08 0.830 21.08
16 406 6.010 152.65 6.010 152.65 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
19 483 6.190 157.23 6.180 156.97 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
25 635 5.610 142.49 5.600 142.24 0.490 12.45 0.490 12.45
30.9 784.9 4.480 113.79 4.460 113.28 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64
33.9 861.1 3.800 96.52 3.760 95.50 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60
61-11-03 Page 311

BOM100
Table 321. 80VMB Width and Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 80 2032 78 1981
36.9 937.3 3.080 78.23 3.040 77.22 0.190 4.83 0.185 4.70
39.1 993.1 2.320 58.93 -- -- 0.120 3.05 -- --
10. 82NDA and 82NDB Blade
Table 322. 82NDA and 82NDB Angles and Face Alignment
82NDA and 82NDB Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
82NDA 82NDB Inches mm
mm Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi- Mini- Maxi-

Inches
mum mum mum mum mum mum mum mum
15.35 389.9 11.50 12.50 14.50 15.50 0.151 0.231 3.84 5.87
18.35 466.1 8.95 9.45 11.95 12.45 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.5 3.70 3.90 6.7 6.9 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.0 -0.10 0.10 2.9 3.1 -0.132 -0.070 -3.35 -1.78
30.35 770.9 -0.30 -0.10 2.7 2.9 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.1 -2.00 -1.80 1.0 1.2 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.3 -3.60 -3.40 -0.6 -0.4 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.5 -5.20 -5.00 -2.2 -2.0 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
61-11-03 Page 312

BOM100
Table 323. 82NDA and 82NDB Width

Station
Distance
from
Centerline
Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm Inc- mm
hes hes hes hes hes hes hes
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
313. 133. 133. 133. 133. 133. 133.
12.35 5.260 5.260 5.260 5.260 5.260 5.260
69 60 60 60 60 60 60
389. 138. 138. 138. 137. 137. 137.
15.35 5.440 5.440 5.440 5.430 5.430 5.430
89 18 18 18 92 92 92
466. 137. 137. 137. 137. 137. 137.
18.35 5.420 5.420 5.420 5.410 5.410 5.410
09 67 67 67 41 41 41
618. 132. 132. 131. 131. 131. 131.
24.35 5.200 5.200 5.190 5.180 5.180 5.180
49 08 08 83 57 57 57
770. 112. 112. 111. 110. 110. 110.
30.35 4.410 4.410 4.380 4.350 4.350 4.350
89 01 01 25 49 49 49
847.
33.35 3.750 95.25 3.750 95.25 3.700 93.98 3.650 92.71 3.650 92.71 3.650 92.71
09
923.
36.35 3.000 76.20 3.000 76.20 2.950 74.93 2.900 73.66 2.900 73.66 2.350 59.69
29
999. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
39.35 1.700 43.18
49
Table 324. 82NDA and 82NDB Thickness

Station
Distance
from
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
313.
12.35 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
69
389.
15.35 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
89
466.
18.35 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
09
61-11-03 Page 313

BOM100
Table 324. 82NDA and 82NDB Thickness (continued)

Station
Distance
from
Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
618.
24.35 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07
49
770.
30.35 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
89
847.
33.35 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48
09
923.
36.35 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57 0.130 3.30
29
999. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
39.35 0.110 2.79
49
11. 82NGA Blade
Table 325. 82NGA Angles and Face Alignment
82NGA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 11.5 12.5 0.151 0.231 3.84 5.87
18.35 466.09 8.95 9.45 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.49 3.7 3.9 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 -0.1 0.1 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.89 -0.3 -0.1 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.09 -2.0 -1.8 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.29 -3.6 -3.4 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.49 -5.2 -5.0 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
61-11-03 Page 314

BOM100
Table 326. 82NGA Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 74 1880 72 1828
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92
18.35 466.09 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41
24.35 618.49 5.170 131.32 5.170 131.32 5.170 131.32 5.170 131.32
30.35 770.89 4.404 111.86 4.400 111.76 4.320 109.73 4.280 108.71
33.35 847.09 3.759 95.48 3.742 95.05 3.600 91.44 3.550 90.17
36.35 923.29 3.053 77.55 3.039 77.19 2.306 58.57 -- --
39.35 999.49 2.348 59.64 -- -- -- -- -- --
Table 327. 82NGA Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 74 1880 72 1828
12.35 313.69 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.474 12.04 0.473 12.01 0.465 11.81 0.460 11.68
30.35 770.89 0.333 8.46 0.332 8.43 0.320 8.13 0.315 8.00
33.35 847.09 0.258 6.55 0.257 6.53 0.245 6.22 0.240 6.10
36.35 923.29 0.185 4.70 0.184 4.67 0.110 2.79 -- --
39.35 999.49 0.119 3.02 -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-03 Page 315

BOM100
12. 82NHA Blade
Table 328. 82NHA Angles and Face Alignment
82NHA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.9 13.70 14.70 0.152 0.232 3.86 5.89
18.35 466.1 11.15 11.65 0.085 0.165 2.16 4.19
24.35 618.5 5.15 5.35 -0.038 0.042 -0.97 1.07
30.00 762.0 -0.10 0.10 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.9 -0.40 -0.20 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.1 -2.80 -2.60 -0.192 -0.130 -4.88 -3.30
36.35 923.3 -4.85 -4.65 -0.246 -0.184 -6.25 -4.67
Table 329. 82NHA Width and Thickness
82NHA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 77 1956 75 1905 77 1956 75 1905
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 5.435 138.05 5.435 138.05 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 5.415 137.54 5.415 137.54 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 5.185 131.70 5.175 131.45 0.473 12.01 0.468 11.89
30.35 770.89 4.365 110.87 4.335 110.11 0.328 8.33 0.323 8.20
33.35 847.09 3.675 93.35 3.625 92.08 0.253 6.43 0.248 6.30
36.35 923.29 2.925 74.30 2.875 73.03 0.178 4.52 0.175 4.45
61-11-03 Page 316

BOM100
13. 82NPA Blade
Table 330. 82NPA Angles and Face Alignment
82NPA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.9 11.50 12.50 0.151 0.231 3.84 5.87
18.35 466.1 8.95 9.45 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.5 3.70 3.90 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.0 -0.10 0.10 -0.133 -0.071 -3.38 -1.80
30.35 770.9 -0.30 -0.10 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.1 -2.00 -1.80 -0.195 -0.133 -4.88 -3.38
35.35 897.9 -3.10 -2.90 -0.244 -0.182 -6.20 -4.62
36.35 923.3 -3.60 -3.40 -0.262 -0.200 -6.65 -5.08
37.35 948.7 -4.10 -3.90 -0.282 -0.220 -7.16 -5.59
Table 331. 82NPA Width and Thickness
82NPA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 76 1930 75 1905
12.35 313.69 5.263 133.68 5.263 133.68 0.808 20.52 0.808 20.52
15.35 389.89 5.438 138.13 5.438 138.13 0.722 18.34 0.722 18.34
18.35 466.09 5.412 137.46 5.412 137.46 0.637 16.18 0.637 16.18
24.35 618.49 5.187 131.75 5.187 131.75 0.473 12.01 0.473 12.01
30.35 770.89 4.350 110.49 4.350 110.49 0.329 8.36 0.329 8.36
33.35 847.09 3.646 92.61 3.646 92.61 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35
35.35 897.89 2.933 74.50 2.933 74.50 0.186 4.72 0.186 4.72
36.35 923.29 2.422 61.52 2.422 61.52 0.146 3.71 0.146 3.71
37.35 948.69 1.659 42.14 -- -- 0.092 2.34 -- --
61-11-03 Page 317

BOM100
14. 82NRC and 82NRD Blade
Table 332. 82NRC and 82NRD Angles and Face Alignment
82NRC and 82NRD Blade Criteria
Station Distance Angles Degrees Face Alignment

from Centerline 82NRC 82NRD Inches mm

Inches
15.35 389.89 26.10 27.10 29.10 30.10 0.153 0.233 3.89 5.92
18.35 466.1 22.65 23.15 25.65 26.15 0.085 0.165 2.16 4.19
24.35 618.5 13.60 14.00 16.60 17.00 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.0 5.80 6.20 8.80 9.20 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.9 5.30 5.70 8.30 8.70 -0.136 -0.074 -3.45 -1.88
33.35 847.1 2.00 2.40 5.00 5.40 -0.189 -0.127 -4.80 -3.23
36.35 923.3 -0.60 -0.20 2.40 2.80 -0.241 -0.179 -6.12 -4.55
39.35 999.5 -2.80 -2.40 0.20 0.60 -0.394 -0.232 -10.01 -5.89
Table 333. 82NRC and 82NRD Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 77 1956 75 1905 73 1854
12.35 313.69 5.200 132.08 5.200 132.08 5.200 132.08 5.200 132.08
15.35 389.89 5.350 135.89 5.350 135.89 5.350 135.89 5.350 135.89
18.35 466.09 5.335 135.51 5.335 135.51 5.335 135.51 5.335 135.51
24.35 618.49 5.120 130.05 5.110 129.79 5.100 129.54 5.090 129.29
30.35 770.89 4.340 110.24 4.300 109.22 4.270 108.46 4.240 107.70
33.35 847.09 3.700 93.98 3.600 91.44 3.575 90.81 3.550 90.17
36.35 923.29 2.955 75.06 2.850 72.39 2.835 72.01 -- --
39.35 999.49 2.000 50.80 -- -- -- -- -- --
61-11-03 Page 318

BOM100
Table 334. 82NRC and 82NRD Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 77 1956 75 1905 73 1854
12.35 313.69 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07
30.35 770.89 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38
33.35 847.09 0.255 6.48 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36.35 923.29 0.180 4.57 0.165 4.19 0.165 4.19 -- --
39.35 999.49 0.110 2.79 -- -- -- -- -- --
15. 90DFA Blade
Table 335. 90DFA Angles and Face Alignment
90DFA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.25 387.35 12.20 13.20 0.077 0.157 1.96 3.99
18.25 463.55 9.75 10.25 0.023 0.103 0.58 2.62
24.25 615.95 3.80 4.20 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -.0.03
30.00 762.00 -0.20 0.20 -- -- -- --
30.25 768.35 -0.30 0.10 -0.184 -0.122 -4.67 -3.10
33.25 844.55 -1.60 -1.20 -0.238 -0.176 -6.05 -4.47
36.25 920.75 -2.80 -2.40 -0.292 -0.230 -7.42 -5.84
39.25 996.95 -3.80 -3.40 -0.345 -0.283 -8.76 -7.19
42.25 1073.15 -4.60 -4.20 -0.397 -0.335 -10.08 -8.51
61-11-03 Page 319

BOM100
Table 336. 90DFA Width Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2083
12.25 311.15 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08
15.25 387.35 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 6.140 155.96
18.25 463.55 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 6.310 160.27 6.305 160.15
24.25 615.95 6.400 162.56 6.395 162.43 6.390 162.31 6.385 162.18
30.25 768.35 5.895 149.73 5.885 149.48 5.870 149.10 5.850 148.59
33.25 844.55 5.370 136.40 5.330 135.38 5.240 133.10 5.220 132.59
36.25 920.75 4.680 118.87 4.635 117.73 4.585 116.46 4.535 115.19
39.25 996.95 3.885 98.68 3.840 97.54 3.795 96.39 3.745 95.12
42.25 1073.15 3.115 79.12 3.070 77.98 -- -- -- --
Table 337. 90DFA Width Part 2

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12.25 311.15 5.830 148.08 5.830 148.08 5.825 147.96
15.25 387.35 6.140 155.96 6.140 155.96 6.135 155.83
18.25 463.55 6.305 160.15 6.305 160.15 6.300 160.02
24.25 615.95 6.380 162.05 6.375 161.93 6.365 161.67
30.25 768.35 5.825 147.96 5.790 147.07 5.760 146.30
33.25 844.55 5.200 132.08 5.175 131.45 5.125 130.18
36.25 920.75 4.480 113.79 4.425 112.40 4.360 110.74
61-11-03 Page 320

BOM100
Table 338. 90DFA Thickness Part 1

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 88 2235 86 2184 84 2134 82 2029
12.25 311.15 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15.25 387.35 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
18.25 463.55 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37 0.600 15.24
24.25 615.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95 0.505 12.83
30.25 768.35 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91 0.385 9.78
33.25 844.55 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26
36.25 920.75 0.275 6.99 0.275 6.99 0.270 6.86 0.265 6.73
39.25 996.95 0.165 4.19 0.165 4.19 0.160 4.06 0.150 3.81
42.25 1073.15 0.100 2.54 0.100 2.54 -- -- -- --
Table 339. 90DFA Thickness Part 2

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1930
12.25 311.15 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57 0.810 20.57
15.25 387.35 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51 0.650 16.51
18.25 463.55 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24 0.600 15.24
24.25 615.95 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83 0.505 12.83
30.25 768.35 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78 0.380 9.65
33.25 844.55 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
36.25 920.75 0.265 6.73 0.260 6.60 0.250 6.35
61-11-03 Page 321

BOM100
500 SERIES CONSTANT SPEED FULL-FEATHERING THREADLESS BLADE

DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. General
2. 80HA and L80HA Blade
Table 401. 80HA and L80HA Angles and Face Alignment
80HA and L80HA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 11.1 12.1 0.186 0.226 4.72 5.74
18 457 7.95 8.45 0.113 0.193 2.87 4.90
24 610 2.8 3.2 -0.022 0.058 -0.56 1.47
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.132 -0.070 -3.35 -1.78
33 838 -1.5 -1.1 -0.187 -0.125 -4.75 -3.18
36 914 -2.8 -2.4 -0.243 -0.181 -6.17 -4.60
Table 402. 80HA and L80HA Width

Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
12 305 5.070 128.78 5.070 128.78 5.070 128.78
15 381 5.605 142.37 5.605 142.37 5.605 142.37
18 457 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84 5.860 148.84
24 610 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92 5.425 137.80
30 762 4.430 112.52 4.410 112.01 4.390 111.51
33 838 3.710 94.23 3.685 93.60 3.660 92.96
36 914 2.990 75.95 2.945 74.80 2.900 73.66
61-11-04 Page 401

BOM100
Table 403. 80HA and L80HA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 76 1930 75 1905 74 1880
12 305 1.030 26.16 1.030 26.16 1.030 26.16
15 381 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
18 457 0.695 17.65 0.695 17.65 0.695 17.65
24 610 0.500 12.70 0.500 12.70 0.500 12.70
30 762 0.335 8.51 0.335 8.51 0.335 8.51
33 838 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35
36 914 0.175 4.45 0.175 4.45 0.175 4.45
3. 80HJA and L80HJA Blade
Table 404. 80HJA and L80HJA Angles and Face Alignment
80HJA and L80HJA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 10.3 11.3 0.186 0.266 4.72 6.76
18 457 7.15 7.65 0.113 0.193 2.87 4.90
24 610 2.0 2.4 -0.013 0.067 -0.33 1.70
30 762 -2.2 -1.8 -0.097 -0.035 -2.46 -0.89
33 838 -4.2 -3.8 -0.137 -0.075 -3.48 -1.90
36 914 -6.2 -5.8 -0.178 -0.116 -4.52 -2.95
61-11-04 Page 402

BOM100
Table 405. 80HJA and L80HJA Width

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 5.075 128.91 5.075 128.91 5.075 128.91
15 381 5.614 142.60 5.614 142.60 5.613 142.57
18 457 5.868 149.05 5.867 149.02 5.865 148.97
24 610 5.676 144.17 5.673 144.09 5.670 144.02
30 762 4.993 126.82 4.980 126.49 4.966 126.14
33 838 4.483 113.87 4.464 113.39 4.445 112.90
36 914 3.547 90.09 3.530 89.66 3.513 89.23
Table 406. 80HJA and L80HJA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 79 2007 78 1981
12 305 1.031 26.19 1.031 26.19 1.031 26.19
15 381 0.809 20.55 0.809 20.55 0.809 20.55
18 457 0.696 17.68 0.696 17.68 0.696 17.68
24 610 0.527 13.39 0.527 13.39 0.527 13.39
30 762 0.422 10.72 0.421 10.69 0.419 10.64
33 838 0.370 9.40 0.368 9.35 0.367 9.32
36 914 0.305 7.75 0.303 7.70 0.302 7.67
61-11-04 Page 403

BOM100
4. 80VMFA Blade
Table 407. 80VMFA Angles and Face Alignment
80VMFA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
16 406 20.20 21.20 0.092 0.172 2.34 4.37
19 483 14.95 15.45 0.036 0.116 0.91 2.95
25 635 4.80 5.20 -0.081 -0.001 -2.06 -0.03
30 762 -0.20 0.20 -0.177 -0.115 -4.50 -2.92
30.9 784.9 -1.00 -0.60 -0.195 -0.133 -4.95 -3.38
33.9 861.1 -3.60 -3.20 -0.257 -0.195 -6.53 -4.95
36.9 937.3 -5.90 -5.50 -0.319 -0.257 -8.10 -6.53
Table 408. 80VMFA Width and Thickness
80VMFA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 78 1981 76 1930
13 330 5.700 144.78 5.700 144.78 0.830 21.08 0.830 21.08
16 406 6.010 152.65 6.010 152.65 0.655 16.64 0.655 16.64
19 483 6.180 156.97 6.180 156.97 0.605 15.37 0.605 15.37
25 635 5.600 142.24 5.600 142.24 0.490 12.45 0.490 12.45
30.9 784.86 4.460 113.28 4.391 111.53 0.340 8.64 0.335 8.51
33.9 861.06 3.760 95.50 3.678 93.42 0.260 6.60 0.255 6.48
36.9 937.26 3.040 77.22 2.064 52.43 0.185 4.70 0.152 3.86
61-11-04 Page 404

BOM100
5. 82NEA and 82NEB Blade
Table 409. 82NEA and 82NEB Angles and Face Alignment
82NEA and 82NEB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 11.5 12.5 0.151 0.231 3.83 5.87
18.35 466.09 8.95 9.45 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.49 3.6 4.0 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 -0.2 0.2 -0.132 -0.07 -3.35 -1.78
30.35 770.89 -0.4 0.0 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.09 -2.1 -1.7 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.29 -3.7 -3.3 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.49 -5.3 -4.9 -0.320 -0.258 -8.13 -6.55
Table 410. 82NEA and 82NEB Width

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.440 138.18 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92
18.35 466.09 5.420 137.67 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41
24.35 618.49 5.190 131.83 5.180 131.57 5.170 131.32
30.35 770.89 4.380 111.25 4.350 110.49 4.320 109.73
33.35 847.09 3.700 93.98 3.650 92.71 3.600 91.44
36.35 923.29 2.950 74.93 2.900 73.66 -- --
61-11-04 Page 405

BOM100
Table 411. 82NEA and 82NEB Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 78 1981 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.475 12.07 0.470 11.94 0.465 11.81
30.35 770.89 0.330 8.38 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
33.35 847.09 0.255 6.48 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36.35 923.29 0.180 4.57 0.175 4.45 -- --
6. 82NFA and L82NFA Blade
Table 412. 82NFA and L82NFA Angles and Face Alignment
82NFA and L82NFA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 11.5 12.5 0.151 0.231 3.83 5.87
18.35 466.09 8.95 9.45 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.49 3.6 4.0 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 -0.2 0.2 -0.132 -0.07 -3.35 -1.79
30.35 770.89 -0.4 0.0 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.09 -2.1 -1.7 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.29 -3.7 -3.3 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.49 -5.3 -4.9 -0.320 -0.248 -8.13 -6.30
61-11-04 Page 406

BOM100
Table 413. 82NFA and L82NFA Width

-- -- 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92
18.35 466.09 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41
24.35 618.49 5.180 131.57 5.170 131.32
30.35 770.89 4.350 110.49 4.320 109.73
33.35 847.09 3.650 92.71 3.600 91.44
36.35 923.29 2.900 73.66 -- --
Table 414. 82NFA and L82NFA Thickness

Station Distance from Centerline Thickness (At Propeller Diameter)
-- -- 76 1930 74 1880
12.35 313.69 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.470 11.94 0.465 11.81
30.35 770.89 0.325 8.26 0.320 8.13
33.35 847.09 0.250 6.35 0.245 6.22
36.35 923.29 0.175 4.45 -- --
61-11-04 Page 407

BOM100
7. L82NEB Blade
Table 415. L82NEB Angles and Face Alignment
L82NEB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 13.7 14.7 0.151 0.231 3.83 5.87
18.35 466.09 11.15 11.65 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.49 5.8 6.2 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 2.0 2.4 -0.132 -0.07 -3.35 -1.78
30.35 770.89 1.8 2.2 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.09 0.1 0.5 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.29 -1.5 -1.1 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.49 -3.1 -2.7 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
Table 416. L82NEB Width and Thickness
L82NEB Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 74 1880 72.5 1842 74 1880 72.5 1842
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 5.430 137.92 5.430 137.92 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 5.410 137.41 5.410 137.41 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 5.170 131.32 5.170 131.32 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81
30.35 770.89 4.320 109.73 4.320 109.73 0.320 8.13 0.320 8.13
33.35 847.09 3.600 91.44 3.600 91.44 0.245 6.22 0.245 6.22
36.35 923.29 2.300 58.42 -- -- 0.110 2.79 -- --
61-11-04 Page 408

BOM100
8. 82NJA and L82NJA Blade
Table 417. 82NJA and L82NJA Angles and Face Alignment
82NJA and L82NJA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.89 11.5 12.5 0.151 0.231 3.83 5.87
18.35 466.09 8.95 9.45 0.084 0.164 2.13 4.17
24.35 618.49 3.6 4.0 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 -0.2 0.2 -0.132 -0.07 -3.35 -1.78
30.35 770.89 -0.4 0.0 -0.138 -0.076 -3.51 -1.93
33.35 847.09 -2.1 -1.7 -0.194 -0.132 -4.93 -3.35
36.35 923.29 -3.7 -3.3 -0.248 -0.186 -6.30 -4.72
39.35 999.49 -5.3 -4.9 -0.304 -0.242 -7.72 -6.15
Table 418. 82NJA and L82NJA Width and Thickness
82NJA and L82NJA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 76 1981 75 1905 76 1981 75 1905
12.35 313.69 5.263 133.68 5.263 133.68 0.808 20.52 0.808 20.52
15.35 389.89 5.438 138.13 5.438 138.13 0.734 18.64 0.734 18.64
18.35 466.09 5.412 137.46 5.412 137.46 0.637 16.18 0.637 16.18
24.35 618.49 5.187 131.75 5.187 131.75 0.473 12.01 0.473 12.01
30.35 770.89 4.350 110.49 4.350 110.49 0.329 8.36 0.329 8.36
33.35 847.09 3.691 93.75 3.691 93.75 0.253 6.43 0.253 6.43
36.35 923.29 2.602 66.09 2.602 66.09 0.180 4.57 0.180 4.57
61-11-04 Page 409

BOM100
9. 82NLA Blade
Table 419. 82NLA Angles and Face Alignment
82NLA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15.35 389.9 18.00 19.00 0.153 0.233 3.89 5.92
18.35 466.1 14.35 14.85 0.085 0.165 2.16 4.19
24.35 618.5 5.90 6.30 -0.039 0.041 -0.99 1.04
30.00 762.00 -0.20 0.20 -- -- -- --
30.35 770.9 -0.55 -0.15 -0.137 -0.075 -3.48 -1.91
33.35 847.1 -2.90 -2.50 -0.192 -0.130 -4.88 -3.30
35.35 897.9 -4.40 -4.00 -0.225 -0.163 -5.72 -4.11
36.35 923.3 -5.05 -4.65 -0.242 -0.180 -6.15 -4.57
37.35 948.7 -5.70 -5.30 -0.246 -0.184 -6.25 -4.67
38.35 974.1 -6.40 -6.00 -0.249 -0.187 -6.32 -4.75
Table 420. 82NLA Width

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1981
12.35 313.69 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60 5.260 133.60
15.35 389.89 5.440 138.18 5.440 138.18 5.440 138.18
18.35 466.09 5.420 137.67 5.420 137.67 5.420 137.67
24.35 618.49 5.190 131.83 5.190 131.83 5.190 131.83
30.35 770.89 4.380 111.25 4.380 111.25 4.375 111.13
33.35 847.09 3.775 95.89 3.775 95.89 3.753 95.33
35.35 897.89 -- -- 3.147 79.93 -- --
36.35 923.29 2.936 74.57 -- -- 2.287 58.09
37.35 948.69 -- -- 2.145 54.48 -- --
38.35 974.09 1.933 49.10 -- -- -- --
61-11-04 Page 410

BOM100
Table 421. 82NLA Thickness

Centerline
-- -- 80 2032 78 1981 76 1981
12.35 313.69 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45 0.805 20.45
15.35 389.89 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67 0.735 18.67
18.35 466.09 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13 0.635 16.13
24.35 618.49 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07 0.475 12.07
30.35 770.89 0.330 8.38 0.330 8.38 0.320 8.13
33.35 847.09 0.255 6.48 0.255 6.48 0.205 5.21
35.35 897.89 -- -- 0.195 4.95 -- --
36.35 923.29 0.209 5.31 -- -- 0.083 2.11
37.35 948.69 -- -- 0.083 2.11 -- --
38.35 974.09 0.098 2.49 -- -- -- --
10. 90LFB Blade
Table 422. 90LFB Angles and Face Alignment
90LFB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 12.3 13.3 0.065 0.145 1.65 3.68
18 457 9.85 10.35 -0.005 0.075 -0.12 1.90
24 610 3.9 4.3 -0.125 -0.045 -3.18 -1.14
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.243 -0.181 -6.17 -4.60
36 914 -2.7 -2.3 -0.365 -0.303 -9.27 -7.70
39 991 -3.7 -3.3 -0.425 -0.363 -10.80 -9.22
42 1067 -4.5 -4.1 -0.484 -0.422 -12.29 -10.72
61-11-04 Page 411

BOM100
Table 423. 90LFB Width and Thickness
90LFB Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 90 2286 88 2235
12 305 5.835 148.21 5.835 148.21 0.880 22.35 0.880 22.35
15 381 6.145 156.08 6.145 156.08 0.680 17.27 0.680 17.27
18 457 6.315 160.40 6.315 160.40 0.610 15.49 0.610 15.49
24 610 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 0.510 12.95 0.510 12.95
30 762 5.905 149.99 5.905 149.99 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91
36 914 4.715 119.76 4.715 119.76 0.280 7.11 0.280 7.11
39 991 3.925 99.70 3.925 99.70 0.220 5.59 0.220 5.59
42 1067 3.060 77.72 3.060 77.72 0.165 4.19 0.165 4.19
11. 90UMB Blade
Table 424. 90UMB Angles and Face Alignment
90UMB Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 15.8 16.8 0.255 0.335 6.48 8.51
18 457 11.95 12.45 0.181 0.261 4.60 6.63
24 610 5.3 5.7 0.047 0.127 1.19 3.23
30 762 -0.2 0.2 -0.074 -0.012 -1.88 -0.30
36 914 -4.4 -4.0 -0.205 -0.143 -5.21 -3.63
39 991 -6.0 -5.6 -0.274 -0.212 -6.96 -5.38
42 1067 -7.5 -7.1 -0.342 -0.280 -8.69 -7.11
61-11-04 Page 412

BOM100
Table 425. 90UMB Width and Thickness
90UMB Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88 2235 90 2286 88 2235
12 305 5.669 143.99 5.669 143.99 1.166 29.62 1.166 29.62
15 381 6.306 160.17 6.306 160.17 1.051 26.70 1.051 26.70
18 457 6.723 170.76 6.723 170.26 0.956 24.28 0.956 24.28
24 610 7.000 177.80 7.000 177.80 0.794 20.17 0.794 20.17
30 762 6.705 170.31 6.685 169.80 0.630 16.00 0.630 16.00
36 914 6.159 156.44 6.114 155.30 0.459 11.66 0.455 11.56
39 991 5.521 140.23 5.455 138.56 0.360 9.14 0.356 9.04
42 1067 4.819 122.40 4.753 120.73 0.265 6.73 0.255 6.48
12. 106AWA Blade
Table 426. 106AWA Angles and Face Alignment
106AWA Blade Criteria

Angles Degrees
15 381 18.15 18.55 0.210 0.250 5.33 6.35
18 457 13.25 13.65 0.089 0.129 2.26 3.28
21 533 9.25 9.45 0.006 0.046 0.15 1.17
24 610 5.45 5.65 -0.051 -0.011 -1.30 -0.28
27 686 2.45 2.65 -0.127 -0.097 -3.23 -2.46
30 762 -0.1 0.1 -0.184 -0.154 -4.67 -3.91
33 838 -2.15 -1.95 -0.236 -0.206 -5.99 -5.23
36 914 -4.05 -3.85 -0.282 -0.252 -7.16 -6.40
39 991 -5.8 -5.6 -0.323 -0.293 -7.44 -7.44
42 1067 -7.35 -7.15 -0.352 -0.322 -8.94 -8.18
45 1143 -8.8 -8.6 -0.378 -0.348 -9.60 -8.83
48 1219 -10.15 -9.95 -0.397 -0.367 -10.08 -9.32
51 1295 -11.3 -11.1 -0.425 -0.395 -10.80 -10.03
61-11-04 Page 413

BOM100
Table 427. 106AWA Width and Thickness
106AWA Blade Criteria

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 106 2692 105 2667 106 2692 105 2667
12 305 5.529 140.44 5.529 140.44 1.400 35.56 1.400 35.56
15 381 6.219 157.96 6.219 157.96 0.942 23.93 0.942 23.93
18 457 6.749 171.42 6.749 171.42 0.820 20.83 0.820 20.83
21 533 7.100 180.34 7.100 180.34 0.768 19.51 0.768 19.51
24 610 7.260 184.40 7.260 184.40 0.699 17.75 0.699 17.75
27 686 7.368 187.14 7.368 187.14 0.590 14.99 0.590 14.99
30 762 7.366 187.10 7.366 187.10 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34
33 838 7.348 186.64 7.348 186.64 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81
36 914 7.330 186.18 7.330 186.18 0.415 10.54 0.415 10.54
39 991 7.305 185.55 7.305 185.55 0.375 9.53 0.375 9.53
42 1067 7.280 184.91 7.280 184.91 0.340 8.64 0.340 8.64
45 1143 7.240 183.90 7.240 183.90 0.315 8.00 0.315 8.00
48 1219 7.100 180.34 7.100 180.34 0.295 7.49 0.295 7.49
51 1295 6.300 160.02 6.300 160.02 0.230 5.84 0.230 5.84
61-11-04 Page 414

BOM100
TURBINE BLADE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
1. General
2. Blade Dimensional Requirements

A. 90LNA Blade Repair
Table 501. 90LNA Angles and Face Alignment
90LNA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 3.30 3.70 -0.077 -0.037 -1.96 -0.94
27.72 704.1 0.10 0.30 -0.125 -0.095 -3.18 -2.41
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90 -0.162 -0.132 -4.11 -3.35
33.72 856.5 -5.30 -5.10 -0.207 -0.177 -5.26 -4.50
36.72 932.7 -7.60 -7.40 -0.246 -0.216 -6.25 -5.49
39.72 1008.9 -9.60 -9.40 -0.264 -0.234 -6.71 -5.94
42.72 1085.1 -11.40 -11.20 -0.281 -0.251 -7.14 -6.38
Table 502. 90LNA Width and Thickness
90LNA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 88 2235 87 2210 88 2235 87 2210
12.72 323.09 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07 1.170 29.72 1.170 29.72
15.72 399.29 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60 0.827 21.01 0.827 21.01
18.72 475.49 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03 0.688 17.48 0.688 17.48
21.72 551.69 6.810 172.97 6.810 172.97 0.606 15.39 0.606 15.39
24.72 627.89 6.766 171.86 6.766 171.86 0.545 13.84 0.545 13.84
27.72 704.09 6.648 168.86 6.648 168.86 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50
30.00 762.00 6.525 165.74 6.525 165.74 0.460 11.68 0.460 11.68
61-11-05 Page 501

BOM100
Table 502. 90LNA Width and Thickness (continued)

90LNA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 88 2235 87 2210 88 2235 87 2210
33.72 856.49 6.305 160.15 6.295 159.89 0.413 10.49 0.413 10.49
36.72 932.69 6.000 152.40 5.960 151.38 0.381 9.68 0.376 9.55
39.72 1008.89 5.133 130.38 4.845 123.03 0.336 8.53 0.319 8.10
42.72 1085.09 2.262 57.45 2.117 53.77 0.170 4.32 0.131 3.33
B. 93JA Blade Repair
Table 503. 93JA Angles and Face Alignment
93JA Blade

Angles Degrees
24 610 6.30 6.70 0.021 0.061 0.53 1.55
27 686 2.95 3.15 -0.058 -0.028 -1.47 -0.71
30 762 -0.10 0.10 -0.097 -0.067 -2.46 -1.70
33 838 -2.70 -2.50 -0.162 -0.132 -4.11 -3.35
36 914 -5.20 -5.00 -0.172 -0.142 -4.37 -3.61
39 991 -7.40 -7.20 -0.188 -0.158 -4.78 -4.01
42 1067 -9.40 -9.20 -0.196 -0.166 -4.98 -4.22
43.5 1104.9 -10.35 -10.15
44 1118 -10.70 -10.50
Table 504. 93JA Width and Thickness
93JA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88.5 2248 90 2286 88.5 2248
12 305 5.405 137.29 5.405 137.29 1.681 42.70 1.681 42.70
15 381 6.073 154.25 6.073 154.25 1.347 34.21 1.347 34.21
18 457 6.580 167.13 6.580 167.13 1.097 27.86 1.097 27.86
61-11-05 Page 502

BOM100
Table 504. 93JA Width and Thickness (continued)

93JA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 90 2286 88.5 2248 90 2286 88.5 2248
21 533 6.942 176.33 6.942 176.33 0.896 22.76 0.896 22.76
24 610 7.157 181.79 7.157 181.79 0.726 18.44 0.726 18.44
27 686 7.196 182.78 7.196 182.78 0.625 15.88 0.625 15.88
30 762 7.197 182.80 7.192 182.68 0.543 13.79 0.542 13.77
33 838 7.149 181.58 7.144 181.46 0.465 11.81 0.463 11.76
36 914 7.100 180.34 7.095 180.21 0.406 10.31 0.404 10.26
39 991 7.020 178.31 7.015 178.18 0.349 8.86 0.346 8.79
42 1067 6.930 176.02 6.925 175.90 0.298 7.57 0.295 7.49
43.5 1104.9 -- -- 5.540 140.72 -- -- 0.270 6.86
44 1118 5.920 150.37 -- -- 0.270 6.86 -- --
C. 93KB Blade Repair
Table 505. 93KB Angles and Face Alignment
93KB Blade

Angles Degrees
24 610 6.40 6.60 0.021 0.061 0.53 1.55
27 686 2.95 3.15 -0.058 -0.028 -1.47 -0.71
30 762 -0.10 0.10 -0.097 -0.067 -2.46 -1.70
33 838 -2.70 -2.50 -0.160 -0.130 -4.06 -3.30
36 914 -5.20 -5.00 -0.173 -0.143 -4.39 -3.63
39 991 -7.40 -7.20 -0.187 -0.157 -4.75 -3.99
42 1067 -9.40 -9.20 -0.197 -0.167 -5.00 -4.24
43.5 1104.9 -10.30 -10.10 -0.202 -0.172 -5.13 -4.37
45 1143 -11.20 -11.00 -0.225 -0.195 -5.72 -4.95
61-11-05 Page 503

BOM100
Table 506. 93KB Width
93KB Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 93 2362 92 2337 91 2311 90.625 2301.88
12 305 5.405 137.29 5.405 137.29 5.405 137.29 5.405 137.29
15 381 6.072 154.23 6.072 154.23 6.072 154.23 6.072 154.23
18 457 6.578 167.08 6.578 167.08 6.578 167.08 6.578 167.08
21 533 6.940 176.28 6.940 176.28 6.940 176.28 6.940 176.28
24 610 7.154 181.71 7.154 181.71 7.154 181.71 7.154 181.71
27 686 7.190 182.63 7.190 182.63 7.190 182.63 7.190 182.63
30 762 7.185 182.50 7.185 182.50 7.185 182.50 7.185 182.50
33 838 7.160 181.86 7.160 181.86 7.160 181.86 7.160 181.86
36 914 7.135 181.23 7.135 181.23 7.135 181.23 7.135 181.23
39 991 7.110 180.59 7.110 180.59 7.110 180.59 7.110 180.59
42 1067 7.085 179.96 7.065 179.45 7.050 179.07 6.750 171.45
43.5 1104.9 6.670 169.42 6.618 168.10 6.136 155.85 5.440 138.18
45 1143 5.220 132.59 4.514 114.66 3.236 82.19 2.300 58.42
Table 507. 93KB Thickness
93KB Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 93 2362 92 2337 91 2311 90.625 2301.88
12 305 1.681 42.70 1.681 42.70 1.681 42.70 1.681 42.70
15 381 1.347 34.21 1.347 34.21 1.347 34.21 1.347 34.21
18 457 1.097 27.86 1.097 27.86 1.097 27.86 1.097 27.86
21 533 0.896 22.76 0.896 22.76 0.896 22.76 0.896 22.76
24 610 0.726 18.44 0.726 18.44 0.726 18.44 0.726 18.44
27 686 0.625 15.88 0.625 15.88 0.625 15.88 0.625 15.88
30 762 0.542 13.77 0.542 13.77 0.542 13.77 0.542 13.77
33 838 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81
36 914 0.406 10.31 0.406 10.31 0.406 10.31 0.406 10.31
39 991 0.350 8.89 0.350 8.89 0.350 8.89 0.350 8.89
61-11-05 Page 504

BOM100
Table 507. 93KB Thickness (continued)

93KB Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 93 2362 92 2337 91 2311 90.625 2301.88
42 1067 0.300 7.62 0.297 7.54 0.295 7.49 0.294 7.47
43.5 1104.9 0.262 6.65 0.258 6.55 0.252 6.40 0.250 6.35
45 1143 0.198 5.03 0.175 4.44 0.147 3.73 0.132 3.35
D. 94LA Blade Repair
Table 508. 94LA Angles and Face Alignment
94LA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 3.75 3.95 0.025 0.065 0.64 1.65
27.72 704.1 0.35 0.55 -0.062 -0.032 -1.57 -0.81
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90
33.72 856.5 -5.35 -5.15 -0.168 -0.138 -4.27 -3.51
36.72 932.7 -7.85 -7.65 -0.194 -0.164 -4.93 -4.17
39.72 1008.9 -10.05 -9.85 -0.222 -0.192 -5.64 -4.88
42.72 1085.1 -12.05 -11.85 -0.257 -0.227 -6.53 -5.77
44.22 1123.2 -12.95 -12.75 -0.273 -0.243 -6.93 -6.17
45.72 1161.3 -13.85 -13.65 -0.290 -0.260 -7.37 -6.60
Table 509. 94LA Width and Thickness
94LA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 94 2388 93 2362 94 2388 93 2362
12.72 323.09 5.407 137.34 5.407 137.34 1.310 33.27 1.310 33.27
15.72 399.29 6.120 155.45 6.120 155.45 1.035 26.29 1.035 26.29
18.72 475.49 6.605 167.77 6.605 167.77 0.890 22.61 0.890 22.61
21.72 551.69 6.990 177.55 6.990 177.55 0.791 20.09 0.791 20.09
61-11-05 Page 505

BOM100
Table 509. 94LA Width and Thickness (continued)

94LA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 94 2388 93 2362 94 2388 93 2362
24.72 627.89 7.210 183.13 7.210 183.13 0.699 17.75 0.699 17.75
27.72 704.09 7.297 185.34 7.297 185.34 0.626 15.90 0.626 15.90
30.00 762.00 7.283 184.99 7.283 184.99 0.568 14.43 0.568 14.43
33.72 856.49 7.249 184.12 7.249 184.12 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50
36.72 932.69 7.225 183.52 7.225 183.52 0.470 11.94 0.470 11.94
39.72 1008.89 7.201 182.91 7.201 182.91 0.440 11.18 0.440 11.18
42.72 1085.09 7.040 178.82 7.040 178.82 0.385 9.78 0.385 9.78
44.22 1123.2 6.450 163.83 6.450 163.83 0.335 8.51 0.335 8.51
45.72 1161.29 4.850 123.19 4.577 116.26 0.240 6.10 0.192 4.88
E. 94LMA and 94LMB Blade Repair
Table 510. 94LMA and 94LMB Angles and Face Alignment
94LMA and 94LMB Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 3.80 4.00 -0.079 -0.039 -2.01 -0.99
27.72 704.1 0.40 0.60 -0.126 -0.096 -3.20 -2.44
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90 -0.158 -0.128 -4.01 -3.25
33.72 856.5 -5.30 -5.10 -0.206 -0.176 -5.23 -4.47
36.72 932.7 -7.80 -7.60 -0.236 -0.206 -5.99 -5.23
39.72 1008.9 -10.00 -9.80 -0.265 -0.235 -6.73 -5.97
42.72 1085.1 -12.00 -11.80 -0.290 -0.260 -7.37 -6.60
44.22 1123.2 -12.90 -12.70 -0.305 -0.275 -7.75 -6.99
45.72 1161.3 -13.80 -13.60 -0.325 -0.295 -8.26 -7.49
61-11-05 Page 506

BOM100
Table 511. 94LMA and 94LMB Width

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 94 2388 92 2337 90 2286 89 2261
12.72 323.1 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07
15.72 399.3 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60
18.72 475.5 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03
21.72 551.7 6.842 173.79 6.842 173.79 6.842 173.79 6.842 173.79
24.72 627.9 6.892 175.06 6.892 175.06 6.892 175.06 6.892 175.06
27.72 704.1 6.852 174.04 6.852 174.04 6.852 174.04 6.852 174.04
30.00 762.0 6.743 171.27 6.743 171.27 6.743 171.27 6.743 171.27
33.72 856.5 6.550 166.37 6.550 166.37 6.550 166.37 6.550 166.37
36.72 932.7 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56 6.400 162.56
39.72 1008.9 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75 6.250 158.75
42.72 1085.1 6.100 154.94 6.100 154.94 6.100 154.94 5.840 148.34
44.22 1123.2 6.000 152.40 5.865 148.97 -- -- -- --
45.72 1161.3 5.950 151.13 -- -- -- -- -- --
Table 512. 94LMA and 94LMB Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 94 2388 92 2337 90 2286 89 2261
12.72 323.1 1.170 29.72 1.170 29.72 1.170 29.72 1.170 29.72
15.72 399.3 0.827 21.01 0.827 21.01 0.827 21.01 0.827 21.01
18.72 475.5 0.688 17.48 0.688 17.48 0.688 17.48 0.688 17.48
21.72 551.7 0.606 15.39 0.606 15.39 0.606 15.39 0.606 15.39
24.72 627.9 0.545 13.84 0.545 13.84 0.545 13.84 0.545 13.84
27.72 704.1 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50
30.00 762.0 0.460 11.68 0.460 11.68 0.460 11.68 0.460 11.68
33.72 856.5 0.413 10.49 0.413 10.49 0.413 10.49 0.413 10.49
36.72 932.7 0.383 9.73 0.383 9.73 0.383 9.73 0.383 9.73
39.72 1008.9 0.351 8.92 0.351 8.92 0.351 8.92 0.351 8.92
61-11-05 Page 507

BOM100
Table 512. 94LMA and 94LMB Thickness (continued)

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 94 2388 92 2337 90 2286 89 2261
42.72 1085.1 0.315 8.00 0.315 8.00 0.315 8.00 0.291 7.39
44.22 1123.2 0.265 6.73 0.227 5.77 0.190 4.83 -- --
45.72 1161.3 0.190 4.83 -- -- -- -- -- --
F. 94LNA Blade Repair
94LNA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 3.80 4.00 -0.077 -0.037 -1.95 -0.94
27.72 704.1 0.40 0.60 -0.125 -0.095 -3.18 -2.41
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90 -0.164 -0.134 -4.16 -3.40
33.72 856.5 -5.30 -5.10 -0.207 -0.177 -5.26 -4.50
36.72 932.7 -7.60 -7.40 -0.249 -0.219 -6.32 -5.56
39.72 1008.9 -9.40 -9.20 -0.305 -0.275 -7.75 -6.99
42.72 1085.1 -11.00 -10.80 -0.357 -0.327 -9.07 -8.31
94LNA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 92 2337 91 2311 92 2337 91 2311
12.72 323.1 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07 1.170 29.72 1.170 29.72
15.72 399.3 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60 0.827 21.01 0.827 21.01
18.72 475.5 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03 0.688 17.48 0.688 17.48
21.72 551.7 6.842 173.79 6.842 173.79 0.606 15.39 0.606 15.39
24.72 627.9 6.892 175.06 6.892 175.06 0.545 13.84 0.545 13.84
27.72 704.1 6.860 174.24 6.860 174.24 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50
61-11-05 Page 508

BOM100

94LNA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 92 2337 91 2311 92 2337 91 2311
30.00 762.0 6.740 171.20 6.740 171.20 0.453 11.51 0.453 11.51
33.72 856.5 6.410 162.81 6.410 162.81 0.411 10.44 0.411 10.44
36.72 932.7 6.080 154.43 5.940 150.88 0.380 9.65 0.380 9.65
39.72 1008.9 5.590 141.99 5.390 136.91 0.350 8.89 0.347 8.81
42.72 1085.1 4.710 119.63 4.470 113.54 0.303 7.70 0.290 7.37
45.72 1161.3 2.000 50.80 -- -- 0.100 2.54 -- --
G. 94LPA Blade Repair
Table 515. 94LPA Angles and Face Alignment
94LPA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 3.70 3.90 -0.079 -0.039 -2.01 -0.99
27.72 704.1 0.30 0.50 -0.103 -0.073 -2.62 -1.85
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90 -0.113 -0.083 -2.87 -2.11
33.72 856.5 -5.00 -4.80 -0.131 -0.101 -3.33 -2.57
36.72 932.7 -6.70 -6.50 -0.157 -0.127 -3.99 -3.23
39.72 1008.9 -8.40 -8.20 -0.201 -0.171 -5.11 -4.34
42.72 1085.1 -9.90 -9.70 -0.225 -0.195 -5.72 -4.95
45.72 1161.3 -10.80 -10.60 -0.299 -0.269 -7.59 -6.83
61-11-05 Page 509

BOM100
Table 516. 94LPA Width and Thickness
94LPA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 94 2388 93 2362 94 2388 93 2362
12.72 323.09 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07 1.170 29.72 1.170 29.72
15.72 399.29 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60 0.827 21.01 0.827 21.01
18.72 475.49 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03 0.688 17.48 0.688 17.48
21.72 551.69 6.842 173.79 6.842 173.79 0.606 15.39 0.606 15.39
24.72 627.89 6.892 175.06 6.892 175.06 0.545 13.84 0.545 13.84
27.72 704.09 6.852 174.04 6.852 174.04 0.492 12.50 0.492 12.50
30.00 762.00 6.743 171.27 6.743 171.27 0.456 11.58 0.456 11.58
33.72 856.49 6.452 163.88 6.452 163.88 0.413 10.49 0.413 10.49
36.72 932.69 6.188 157.18 6.058 153.87 0.383 9.73 0.376 9.55
39.72 1008.89 5.794 147.17 5.669 143.99 0.351 8.92 0.340 8.64
42.72 1085.09 5.209 132.31 4.960 125.98 0.315 8.00 0.304 7.72
45.72 1161.29 3.739 94.97 2.900 73.66 0.135 3.43 0.130 3.30
H. 96LRB Blade Repair
Table 517. 96LRB Angles and Face Alignment
96LRB Blade

Angles Degrees
19.8 502.9 1.70 2.10 0.049 0.089 1.24 2.26
22.8 579.1 -2.30 -2.10 -0.033 0.007 -0.83 0.18
25.8 655.3 -6.10 -5.90 -0.078 -0.038 -1.98 -0.96
28.8 731.5 -9.50 -9.30 -0.104 -0.074 -2.64 -1.88
30.0 762.0 -11.10 -10.90
31.8 807.7 -12.60 -12.40 -0.127 -0.097 -3.23 -2.46
34.8 883.9 -15.20 -15.00 -0.147 -0.117 -3.73 -2.97
37.8 960.1 -17.70 -17.50 -0.154 -0.124 -3.90 -3.15
40.8 1036.3 -19.90 -19.70 -0.170 -0.140 -4.32 -3.57
61-11-05 Page 510

BOM100
Table 518. 96LRB Width and Thickness
96LRB Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 87 2210 86 2184 87 2210 86 2184
13.8 350.5 5.436 138.07 5.436 138.07 1.150 29.21 1.150 29.21
16.8 426.7 6.126 155.60 6.126 155.60 0.807 20.50 0.807 20.50
19.8 502.9 6.576 167.03 6.576 167.03 0.668 16.97 0.668 16.97
22.8 579.1 6.842 173.79 6.842 173.79 0.586 14.88 0.586 14.88
25.8 655.3 6.892 175.06 6.892 175.06 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34
28.8 731.5 6.852 174.04 6.852 174.04 0.472 11.99 0.472 11.99
30.0 762.0 6.743 171.27 6.743 171.27 0.440 11.18 0.440 11.18
31.8 807.7 6.620 168.15 6.620 168.15 0.420 10.67 0.420 10.67
34.8 883.9 6.330 160.78 6.330 160.78 0.369 9.37 0.369 9.37
37.8 960.1 6.040 153.42 6.040 153.42 0.334 8.48 0.334 8.48
40.8 1036.3 5.708 144.98 5.708 144.98 0.297 7.54 0.297 7.54
I. 96LTA Blade Repair
Table 519. 96LTA Angles and Face Alignment
96LTA Blade

Angles Degrees
19.8 502.9 1.70 2.10 0.031 0.071 0.79 1.80
22.8 579.1 -2.30 -2.10 -0.019 0.001 -0.48 0.03
25.8 655.3 -6.10 -5.90 -0.077 -0.057 -1.20 -1.45
28.8 731.5 -9.50 -9.30 -0.100 -0.085 -2.54 -2.16
30.0 762.0 -11.10 -10.90
31.8 807.7 -12.60 -12.40 -0.128 -0.098 -3.25 -2.49
34.8 883.9 -14.80 -14.60 -0.148 -0.118 -3.76 -3.00
37.8 960.1 -16.50 -16.30 -0.171 -0.141 -4.34 -3.58
40.8 1036.32 -18.20 -18.00 -0.206 -0.176 -5.23 -4.47
43.8 1112.5 -19.70 -19.50 -0.226 -0.196 -5.74 -4.98
46.8 1188.7 -20.80 -20.60 -0.293 -0.263 -7.44 -6.68
61-11-05 Page 511

BOM100
Table 520. 96LTA Width and Thickness
96LTA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 96 2438 95 2413 96 2438 95 2413
13.8 350.5 5.460 138.68 5.460 138.68 0.987 25.07 0.987 25.07
16.8 426.7 6.150 156.21 6.150 156.21 0.640 16.26 0.640 16.26
19.8 502.9 6.600 167.64 6.600 167.64 0.611 15.52 0.611 15.52
22.8 579.1 6.833 173.56 6.833 173.56 0.599 15.21 0.599 15.21
25.8 655.3 6.818 173.18 6.818 173.18 0.538 13.67 0.538 13.67
28.8 731.5 6.737 171.12 6.737 171.12 0.485 12.32 0.485 12.32
30.0 762.0 6.685 169.80 6.685 169.80 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81
31.8 807.7 6.569 166.85 6.569 166.85 0.440 11.18 0.440 11.18
34.8 883.9 6.288 159.72 6.288 159.72 0.406 10.31 0.406 10.31
37.8 960.1 5.938 150.83 5.938 150.83 0.375 9.53 0.375 9.53
40.8 1036.3 5.544 140.82 5.544 140.82 0.342 8.69 0.342 8.69
43.8 1112.5 4.960 125.98 4.911 124.74 0.304 7.72 0.300 7.62
46.8 1188.7 3.420 86.87 2.393 60.78 0.142 3.61 0.122 3.10
J. 96MGA Blade Repair
Table 521. 96MGA Angles and Face Alignment
96MGA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 3.10 3.30 -0.094 -0.054 -2.38 -1.37
27.72 704.1 0.10 0.30 -0.147 -0.117 -3.73 -2.97
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90 -0.179 -0.149 -4.55 -3.78
33.72 856.5 -5.40 -5.20 -0.226 -0.196 -5.74 -4.98
36.72 932.7 -8.00 -7.80 -0.251 -0.221 -6.38 -5.61
39.72 1008.9 -10.00 -9.80 -0.275 -0.245 -6.99 -6.22
42.72 1085.1 -11.50 -11.30 -0.294 -0.264 -7.47 -6.71
45.72 1161.3 -12.90 -12.70 -0.311 -0.281 -7.90 -7.14
61-11-05 Page 512

BOM100
Table 522. 96MGA Width and Thickness
96MGA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 96 2438 95 2413 96 2438 95 2413
12.72 323.1 5.800 147.32 5.800 147.32 1.140 28.96 1.140 28.96
15.72 399.3 6.538 166.07 6.538 166.07 0.797 20.24 0.797 20.24
18.72 475.5 6.970 177.04 6.970 177.04 0.658 16.71 0.658 16.71
21.72 551.7 7.238 183.85 7.238 183.85 0.577 14.65 0.577 14.65
24.72 627.9 7.245 184.02 7.245 184.02 0.531 13.49 0.531 13.49
27.72 704.1 7.170 182.12 7.170 182.12 0.483 12.27 0.483 12.27
30.00 762.0 7.081 179.86 7.081 179.86 0.450 11.43 0.450 11.43
33.72 856.5 6.948 176.48 6.948 176.48 0.401 10.19 0.401 10.19
36.72 932.7 6.758 171.65 6.758 171.65 0.366 9.30 0.366 9.30
39.72 1008.9 6.610 167.89 6.610 167.89 0.339 8.61 0.339 8.61
42.72 1085.1 6.388 162.25 6.388 162.25 0.320 8.13 0.308 7.82
45.72 1161.3 5.716 145.19 5.284 134.21 0.225 5.72 0.212 5.38
K. 100LA Blade Repair
Table 523. 100LA Angles and Face Alignment
100LA Blade

Angles Degrees
24 610 6.30 6.70 0.052 0.092 1.32 2.34
27 686 3.00 3.20 -0.022 0.008 -0.56 0.20
30 762 -0.10 0.10 -0.100 -0.070 -2.54 -1.78
33 838 -2.70 -2.50 -0.116 -0.086 -2.95 -2.18
35.63 905.0 -4.80 -4.60 -0.155 -0.125 -3.94 -3.18
38.26 971.8 -6.80 -6.60 -0.176 -0.146 -4.47 -3.71
40.32 1024.1 -8.30 -8.10 -0.197 -0.167 -5.00 -4.24
42.5 1079.5 -9.70 -9.50 -0.222 -0.192 -5.64 -4.88
44.2 1122.7 -10.70 -10.50 -0.307 -0.277 -7.80 -7.04
61-11-05 Page 513

BOM100
Table 523. 100LA Angles and Face Alignment (continued)

100LA Blade

Angles Degrees
46 1168 -11.80 -11.60 -0.322 -0.292 -8.18 -7.42
48 1219 -12.90 -12.70 -0.333 -0.303 -8.46 -7.70
Table 524. 100LA Width and Thickness
100LA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 98 2489 97 2464 98 2489 97 2464
12 305 5.405 137.29 5.405 137.29 1.682 42.72 1.682 42.72
15 381 6.075 154.31 6.075 154.31 1.347 34.21 1.347 34.21
18 457 6.585 167.26 6.585 167.26 1.098 27.89 1.098 27.89
21 533 6.950 176.53 6.950 176.53 0.944 23.98 0.944 23.98
24 610 7.170 182.12 7.170 182.12 0.824 20.93 0.824 20.93
27 686 7.250 184.15 7.250 184.15 0.720 18.29 0.720 18.29
30 762 7.220 183.39 7.220 183.39 0.637 16.18 0.637 16.18
33 838 7.185 182.50 7.185 182.50 0.555 14.10 0.555 14.10
35.63 905.0 7.155 181.74 7.155 181.74 0.493 12.52 0.493 12.52
38.26 971.8 7.125 180.98 7.125 180.98 0.429 10.90 0.429 10.90
40.32 1024.1 7.100 180.34 7.090 180.09 0.387 9.83 0.385 9.78
42.5 1079.5 7.080 179.83 7.060 179.32 0.336 8.53 0.335 8.51
44.2 1122.7 6.915 175.64 6.800 172.72 0.302 7.67 0.297 7.54
46 1168 6.130 155.70 5.800 147.32 0.246 6.25 0.235 5.97
48 1219 3.785 96.14 2.850 72.39 0.145 3.68 0.130 3.30
L. 102BHA Blade Repair
61-11-05 Page 514

BOM100
Table 525. 102BHA Angles and Face Alignment
102BHA Blade

Angles Degrees
24 610 4.93 5.13 -0.282 -0.202 -7.16 -5.13
27 686 2.39 2.59 -0.346 -0.284 -8.79 -7.21
30 762 -0.10 0.10 -0.410 -0.348 -10.41 -8.84
33 838 -2.56 -2.36 -0.454 -0.392 -11.53 -9.96
36 914 -4.94 -4.74 -0.492 -0.430 -12.50 -10.92
39 991 -7.14 -6.94 -0.507 -0.445 -12.88 -11.30
42 1067 -9.09 -8.89 -0.516 -0.454 -13.11 -11.53
45 1143 -10.69 -10.49 -0.519 -0.457 -13.18 -11.61
48 1219 -11.42 -11.22 -0.524 -0.462 -13.31 -11.73
50 1270 -12.54 -12.34 -0.521 -0.459 -13.23 -11.66
Table 526. 102BHA Width and Thickness
102BHA Blade
Station
Distance
from
Centerline
-- -- 102 2591 101 2565 100 2540 102 2591 101 2565 100 2540
126. 126. 126.
12 305 4.988 4.988 4.988 1.336 33.93 1.336 33.93 1.336 33.93
70 70 70
155. 155. 155.
15 381 6.123 6.123 6.123 1.001 25.43 1.001 25.43 1.001 25.43
52 52 52
174. 174. 174.
18 457 6.866 6.866 6.866 0.787 19.99 0.787 19.99 0.787 19.99
40 40 40
186. 186. 186.
21 533 7.339 7.339 7.339 0.642 16.31 0.642 16.31 0.642 16.31
41 41 41
192. 192. 192.
24 610 7.589 7.589 7.589 0.577 14.66 0.577 14.66 0.577 14.66
76 76 76
195. 195. 195.
27 686 7.678 7.678 7.678 0.538 13.67 0.538 13.67 0.538 13.67
02 02 02
191. 191. 191.
30 762 7.539 7.539 7.539 0.484 12.29 0.484 12.29 0.484 12.29
49 49 49
61-11-05 Page 515

BOM100
Table 526. 102BHA Width and Thickness (continued)

102BHA Blade
Station
Distance
from
Centerline
-- -- 102 2591 101 2565 100 2540 102 2591 101 2565 100 2540
186. 186. 186.
33 838 7.326 7.326 7.326 0.439 11.15 0.439 11.15 0.439 11.15
08 08 08
177. 177. 177.
36 914 6.971 6.971 6.971 0.400 10.16 0.400 10.16 0.400 10.16
06 06 06
163. 163. 163.
39 991 6.432 6.432 6.432 0.373 9.47 0.373 9.47 0.373 9.47
37 37 37
144. 144. 144.
42 1067 5.699 5.699 5.699 0.350 8.89 0.348 8.84 0.346 8.79
76 76 76
119. 119. 119.
45 1143 4.701 4.701 4.701 0.316 8.03 0.311 7.90 0.306 7.77
41 41 41
48 1219 3.355 85.22 3.355 85.22 3.355 85.22 0.246 6.25 0.240 6.10 0.230 5.84
50 1270 2.001 50.83 2.001 50.83 2.001 50.83 0.175 4.45 0.170 4.32 0.151 3.84
M. L104DSZ Blade Repair
Table 527. L104DSZ Angles and Face Alignment
L104DSZ Blade

Angles Degrees
22.8 579.1 8.10 8.30 0.124 0.164 3.15 4.17
25.8 655.3 4.40 4.60 0.007 0.047 0.18 1.19
28.8 731.5 1.50 1.70 -0.068 -0.038 -1.73 -0.97
30.0 762.0 -0.10 0.10 -0.089 -0.059 -2.26 -1.50
31.8 807.7 -1.20 -1.00 -0.128 -0.098 -3.25 -2.49
34.8 883.9 -3.80 -3.60 -0.172 -0.142 -4.37 -3.61
37.8 960.1 -6.30 -6.10 -0.196 -0.166 -4.98 -4.22
40.8 1036.3 -8.70 -8.50 -0.231 -0.201 -5.87 -5.11
43.8 1112.5 -11.10 -10.90 -0.263 -0.233 -6.68 -5.92
46.8 1188.7 -13.40 -13.20 -0.296 -0.266 -7.52 -6.76
61-11-05 Page 516

BOM100
Table 527. L104DSZ Angles and Face Alignment (continued)

L104DSZ Blade

Angles Degrees
49.8 1264.9 -15.80 -15.60 -0.325 -0.295 -8.26 -7.49
51.5 1308.1 -17.20 -17.00 -0.338 -0.308 -8.59 -7.82
Table 528. L104DSZ Width and Thickness
L104DSZ Blade
Diameter)
-- -- 104 2642 104 2642
10.8 274.32 4.50 114.30 2.347 59.61
13.8 350.5 5.497 139.62 1.601 40.67
16.8 426.7 6.187 157.15 1.261 32.03
19.8 502.9 6.717 170.61 1.036 26.31
22.8 579.1 7.097 180.26 0.871 22.12
25.8 655.3 7.327 186.11 0.741 18.82
28.8 731.5 7.427 188.65 0.631 16.03
30.0 762.0 7.410 188.21 0.611 15.52
31.8 807.7 7.383 187.53 0.563 14.30
34.8 883.9 7.338 186.39 0.508 12.90
37.8 960.1 7.293 185.24 0.483 12.27
40.8 1036.3 7.248 184.10 0.433 11.00
43.8 1112.5 7.203 182.96 0.378 9.60
46.8 1188.7 7.158 181.81 0.313 7.95
49.8 1264.9 7.113 180.67 0.243 6.17
51.5 1308.1 6.818 173.18 0.205 5.21
N. L106FA, L108FA, and L106KA Blade Repair
61-11-05 Page 517

BOM100
Table 529. L106FA, L108FA, and L106KA Angles and Face Alignment
L106FA, L108FA, and L106KA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 5.80 6.00 0.001 0.041 0.03 1.04
27.72 704.1 2.70 2.90 -0.062 -0.032 -1.57 -0.81
30.00 762.0 -0.10 0.10 -0.110 -0.080 -2.79 -2.03
33.72 856.5 -3.50 -3.30 -0.169 -0.139 -4.29 -3.53
36.72 932.7 -6.40 -6.20 -0.199 -0.169 -5.05 -4.29
39.72 1008.9 -9.30 -9.10 -0.240 -0.210 -6.10 -5.33
42.72 1085.1 -11.80 -11.60 -0.263 -0.233 -6.68 -5.92
45.72 1161.3 -14.50 -14.30 -0.272 -0.242 -6.91 -6.15
48.72 1237.5 -16.80 -16.60 -0.298 -0.268 -7.57 -6.81
51.72 1313.7 -18.90 -18.70 -0.310 -0.280 -7.87 -7.11
Table 530. L106FA, L108FA, and L106KA Width and Thickness

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 105 2667 106 2692 105 2667 106 2692
12.72 323.09 5.407 137.34 5.407 137.34 1.660 42.16 1.660 42.16
15.72 399.29 6.120 155.45 6.120 155.45 1.245 31.62 1.245 31.62
18.72 475.49 6.605 167.77 6.605 167.77 1.015 25.78 1.015 25.78
21.72 551.69 6.985 177.42 6.985 177.42 0.877 22.28 0.877 22.28
24.72 627.89 7.215 183.26 7.215 183.26 0.780 19.81 0.780 19.81
27.72 704.09 7.206 183.03 7.206 183.03 0.707 17.96 0.707 17.96
30.00 762.00 7.198 182.83 7.198 182.83 0.645 16.38 0.645 16.38
33.72 856.50 7.177 182.30 7.177 182.30 0.568 14.43 0.568 14.43
36.72 932.69 7.164 181.97 7.164 181.97 0.493 12.52 0.493 12.52
39.72 1008.89 7.151 181.64 7.151 181.64 0.440 11.18 0.440 11.18
42.72 1085.09 7.138 181.31 7.138 181.31 0.405 10.29 0.405 10.29
45.72 1161.29 7.125 180.98 7.125 180.98 0.365 9.27 0.365 9.27
61-11-05 Page 518

BOM100
Table 530. L106FA, L108FA, and L106KA Width and Thickness (continued)
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 105 2667 106 2692 105 2667 106 2692
48.72 1237.49 7.000 177.80 7.000 177.80 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
51.72 1313.69 -- -- 5.143 130.63 -- -- 0.240 6.10
O. L106FRA Blade Repair
Table 531. L106FRA Angles and Face Alignment
L106FRA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.89 2.80 3.00 0.001 0.041 0.03 1.04
27.72 704.09 -0.30 -0.10 -0.062 -0.032 -1.57 -0.81
30.00 762.00 -3.10 -2.90 -0.110 -0.080 -2.79 -2.03
33.72 856.49 -6.10 -5.90 -0.169 -0.139 -4.29 -3.53
36.72 932.69 -8.10 -7.90 -0.199 -0.169 -5.05 -4.29
39.72 1008.89 -10.20 -10.00 -0.240 -0.210 -6.10 -5.33
42.72 1085.09 -12.20 -12.00 -0.263 -0.233 -6.68 -5.92
45.72 1161.29 -13.50 -13.30 -0.272 -0.242 -6.91 -6.15
48.72 1237.49 -14.70 -14.50 -0.317 -0.287 -8.05 -7.29
Table 532. L106FRA Width and Thickness
L106FRA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 104 2642 103 2616 104 2642 103 2616
12.72 323.09 5.560 141.22 5.560 141.22 1.660 42.16 1.660 42.16
15.72 399.29 6.120 155.45 6.120 155.45 1.245 31.62 1.245 31.62
18.72 475.49 6.605 167.77 6.605 167.77 1.015 25.78 1.015 25.78
21.72 551.69 6.993 177.62 6.993 177.62 0.870 22.10 0.870 22.10
24.72 627.89 7.215 183.26 7.215 183.26 0.780 19.81 0.780 19.81
61-11-05 Page 519

BOM100
Table 532. L106FRA Width and Thickness (continued)

L106FRA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
27.72 704.09 7.242 183.95 7.242 183.95 0.700 17.78 0.700 17.78
30.00 762.00 7.189 182.60 7.189 182.60 0.610 15.49 0.610 15.49
33.72 856.49 7.166 182.02 7.166 182.02 0.553 14.05 0.553 14.05
36.72 932.69 7.164 181.97 7.164 181.97 0.493 12.52 0.493 12.52
39.72 1008.89 7.151 181.64 7.151 181.64 0.440 11.18 0.440 11.18
42.72 1085.09 7.138 181.31 7.138 181.31 0.405 10.29 0.405 10.29
45.72 1161.29 7.125 180.98 7.125 180.98 0.365 9.27 0.365 9.27
48.72 1237.49 6.574 166.98 6.574 166.98 0.325 8.26 0.325 8.26
P. 106GA Blade Repair
Table 533. 106GA Angles and Face Alignment
106GA Blade

Angles Degrees
24 610 5.50 5.70 -0.048 -0.008 -1.22 -0.20
27 686 2.50 2.70 -0.123 -0.093 -3.12 -2.36
30 762 -0.10 0.10 -0.183 -0.153 -4.65 -3.89
33 838 -2.20 -2.00 -0.236 -0.206 -5.99 -5.23
36 914 -4.10 -3.90 -0.281 -0.251 -7.14 -6.38
39 991 -5.90 -5.70 -0.322 -0.292 -8.18 -7.42
42 1067 -7.40 -7.20 -0.354 -0.324 -8.99 -8.23
45 1143 -8.90 -8.70 -0.377 -0.347 -9.58 -8.81
48 1219 -9.90 -9.70 -0.398 -0.368 -10.11 -9.35
51 1295 -11.00 -10.80 -0.425 -0.395 -10.80 -10.03
61-11-05 Page 520

BOM100
Table 534. 106GA Width and Thickness
106GA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 106 2692 104 2642 106 2692 104 2642
12 305 5.450 138.43 5.450 138.43 1.600 40.64 1.600 40.64
15 381 6.125 155.58 6.125 155.58 1.260 32.00 1.260 32.00
18 457 6.644 168.76 6.644 168.76 1.020 25.91 1.020 25.91
21 533 7.016 178.21 7.016 178.21 0.840 21.34 0.840 21.34
24 610 7.240 183.90 7.240 183.90 0.700 17.78 0.700 17.78
27 686 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.598 15.19 0.598 15.19
30 762 7.330 186.18 7.330 186.18 0.525 13.34 0.525 13.34
33 838 7.310 185.67 7.310 185.67 0.465 11.81 0.465 11.81
36 914 7.269 184.63 7.269 184.63 0.415 10.54 0.415 10.54
39 991 7.191 182.65 7.191 182.65 0.375 9.53 0.370 9.40
42 1067 7.094 180.19 7.094 180.19 0.340 8.64 0.330 8.38
45 1143 6.996 177.70 6.996 177.70 0.320 8.13 0.310 7.87
48 1219 6.898 175.21 6.898 175.21 0.295 7.49 0.275 6.99
51 1295 6.215 157.86 5.900 149.86 0.230 5.84 0.195 4.95
Q. L106LA Blade Repair
Table 535. L106LA Angles and Face Alignment
L106LA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 5.80 6.00 0.052 0.092 1.32 2.34
27.72 704.1 2.40 2.60 -0.021 0.009 -0.53 0.23
30.00 762.0 -0.10 0.10 -0.081 -0.051 -2.06 -1.30
33.72 856.5 -3.30 -3.10 -0.147 -0.117 -3.73 -2.97
36.72 932.7 -5.80 -5.60 -0.193 -0.163 -4.90 -4.14
39.72 1008.9 -8.00 -7.80 -0.234 -0.204 -5.94 -5.18
42.72 1085.1 -10.00 -9.80 -0.264 -0.234 -6.70 -5.94
45.72 1161.3 -11.80 -11.60 -0.293 -0.263 -7.44 -6.68
61-11-05 Page 521

BOM100
Table 535. L106LA Angles and Face Alignment (continued)

L106LA Blade

Angles Degrees
48.72 1237.5 -13.50 -13.30 -0.328 -0.298 -8.33 -7.57
50.22 1275.6 -14.30 -14.10 -0.331 -0.301 -8.41 -7.65
51.72 1313.7 -1500 -14.80 -0.334 -0.304 -8.48 -7.72
Table 536. L106LA Width and Thickness
L106LA Blade
Diameter)
-- -- 106 2692 106 2692
12.72 323.09 5.407 137.34 1.695 43.05
15.72 399.29 6.120 155.45 1.354 34.39
18.72 475.49 6.605 167.77 1.100 27.94
21.72 551.69 7.000 177.80 0.950 24.13
24.72 627.89 7.215 183.26 0.827 21.01
27.72 704.09 7.210 183.13 0.725 18.42
30.00 762.00 7.192 182.68 0.662 16.81
33.72 856.49 7.177 182.30 0.567 14.40
36.72 932.69 7.164 181.97 0.497 12.62
39.72 1008.89 7.151 181.64 0.441 11.20
42.72 1085.09 7.138 181.31 0.405 10.29
45.72 1161.29 7.125 180.98 0.365 9.27
48.72 1237.49 6.952 176.58 0.325 8.26
50.22 1275.59 6.270 159.26 0.300 7.62
51.72 1313.69 4.635 117.73 0.240 6.10
R. 106LNA Blade Repair
61-11-05 Page 522

BOM100
106LNA Blade

Angles Degrees
24.72 627.9 1.70 1.90 -0.012 0.028 -0.30 0.71
27.72 704.1 -0.55 -0.35 -0.124 -0.094 -3.15 -2.39
30.00 762.0 -2.10 -1.90 -0.168 -0.138 -4.27 -3.51
33.72 856.5 -4.65 -4.45 -0.329 -0.299 -8.36 -7.59
36.72 932.7 -6.60 -6.40 -0.391 -0.361 -9.93 -9.17
39.72 1008.9 -8.50 -8.30 -0.442 -0.412 -11.23 -10.46
42.72 1085.1 -10.35 -10.15 -0.478 -0.448 -12.14 -11.38
45.72 1161.3 -12.20 -12.00 -0.503 -0.473 -12.78 -12.01
48.72 1237.5 -14.00 -13.80 -0.498 -0.468 -12.65 -11.89
50.22 1275.6 -14.85 -14.65 -0.474 -0.444 -12.04 -11.28
51.72 1313.7 -15.75 -15.55 -0.426 -0.396 -10.82 -10.06
106LNA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 105 2667 104 2642 105 2667 104 2642
12.72 323.1 5.407 137.34 5.407 137.34 1.600 40.64 1.600 40.64
15.72 399.3 6.120 155.45 6.120 155.45 1.260 32.00 1.260 32.00
18.72 475.5 6.605 167.77 6.605 167.77 1.035 26.29 1.035 26.29
21.72 551.7 7.000 177.80 7.000 177.80 0.870 22.10 0.870 22.10
24.72 627.9 7.215 183.26 7.215 183.26 0.744 18.90 0.744 18.90
27.72 704.1 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.634 16.10 0.634 16.10
30.00 762.0 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.576 14.63 0.576 14.63
33.72 856.5 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.498 12.65 0.498 12.65
36.72 932.7 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.474 12.04 0.474 12.04
39.72 1008.9 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.441 11.20 0.441 11.20
42.72 1085.1 7.325 186.06 7.325 186.06 0.405 10.29 0.405 10.29
45.72 1161.3 7.270 184.66 7.270 184.66 0.365 9.27 0.365 9.27
61-11-05 Page 523

BOM100

106LNA Blade
Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 105 2667 104 2642 105 2667 104 2642
48.72 1237.5 7.110 180.59 6.997 177.72 0.325 8.26 0.323 8.20
50.22 1275.6 6.510 165.35 -- -- 0.300 7.62 -- --
51.72 1313.7 3.80 96.52 -- -- 0.220 5.59 -- --
S. 114GCA, L114GCA, 114HCA, and L114HCA Blade Repair
Table 539. 114GCA, L114GCA, 114HCA, and L114HCA Angles and Face Alignment
114GCA, L114GCA, 114HCA, and L114HCA Blade

Station Distance
from Centerline L114GCA mm
114GCA 114HCA Inches
L114HCA

Inches
22.8 579.1 2.80 3.00 8.80 9.00 0.238 0.278 6.05 7.06
25.8 655.3 -0.70 -0.50 5.30 5.50 0.150 0.190 3.81 4.83
28.8 731.5 -3.80 -3.60 2.20 2.40 0.089 0.119 2.26 3.02
31.8 807.7 -6.60 -6.40 -0.60 -0.40 0.010 0.040 0.25 1.02
34.8 883.9 -9.10 -8.90 -3.10 -2.90 -0.055 -0.025 -1.40 -0.64
37.8 960.1 -11.30 -11.10 -5.30 -5.10 -0.110 -0.080 -2.79 -2.03
40.8 1036.3 -13.30 -13.10 -7.30 -7.10 -0.178 -0.148 -4.52 -3.76
42.0 1066.8 -14.10 -13.90 -8.10 -7.90 -- -- -- --
43.8 1112.5 -15.10 -14.90 -9.10 -8.90 -0.251 -0.221 -6.38 -5.61
46.8 1188.7 -16.70 -16.50 -10.70 -10.50 -0.311 -0.281 -7.90 -7.14
49.8 1264.9 -18.10 -17.90 -12.10 -11.90 -0.382 -0.352 -9.70 -8.94
52.8 1341.1 -19.50 -19.30 -13.50 -13.30 -0.494 -0.464 -12.55 -11.79
55.8 1417.3 -20.70 -20.50 -14.70 -14.50 -0.633 -0.603 -16.08 -15.32
61-11-05 Page 524

BOM100
Table 540. 114GCA, L114GCA, 114HCA, and L114HCA Width and Thickness
114GCA, L114GCA, 114HCA, and L114HCA Blade

Station Distance
from Centerline
-- -- 114 2896 112 2845 114 2896 112 2845
13.8 350.5 6.494 164.95 6.494 164.95 1.320 33.53 1.320 33.53
16.8 426.7 7.714 195.94 7.714 195.94 1.080 27.43 1.080 27.43
19.8 502.9 8.434 214.22 8.434 214.22 0.948 24.08 0.948 24.08
22.8 579.1 8.810 223.77 8.810 223.77 0.850 21.59 0.850 21.59
25.8 655.3 8.865 225.17 8.865 225.17 0.759 19.28 0.759 19.28
28.8 731.5 8.785 223.14 8.785 223.14 0.689 17.50 0.689 17.50
31.8 807.7 8.770 222.76 8.770 222.76 0.636 16.15 0.636 16.15
34.8 883.9 8.563 217.50 8.563 217.50 0.582 14.78 0.582 14.78
37.8 960.1 8.346 211.99 8.346 211.99 0.538 13.67 0.538 13.67
40.8 1036.3 7.929 201.40 7.929 201.40 0.493 12.52 0.493 12.52
42.0 1066.8 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
43.8 1112.5 7.381 187.48 7.381 187.48 0.443 11.25 0.443 11.25
46.8 1188.7 6.564 166.73 6.564 166.73 0.390 9.91 0.390 9.91
49.8 1264.9 5.447 138.35 5.447 138.35 0.315 8.00 0.315 8.00
52.8 1341.1 3.930 99.82 3.930 99.82 0.200 5.08 0.200 5.08
55.8 1417.3 1.200 30.48 1.200 30.48 0.060 1.52 0.060 1.52
61-11-05 Page 525


Bom 100

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bom 100

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOM100

INTRODUCTION - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INTRODUCTION - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page 1 of 1

INTRODUCTION - CONTENTS Page 1 of 1

Table 1. Original Issue--November 1, 2001

Revision Number Date Revision Number Date

LIST OF REVISIONS Page 1

2. Definitions of Propeller Servicing and Life

3. Coverage and Format

4. Propeller Model Number

Table 1. Propeller Blade Models

7. Applicable Service Bulletins and Service Letters

9. Using the BOM100 Blade Overhaul Manual

Page 1 through 99 Description and Operation

Page 601 through 699 Repair and Replacement

10. List of Effective Pages

11. Revision Filing Instructions

12. Identifying Revised Material

13. Warnings, Cautions and Notes

14. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA)

15. How to Get Customer Assistance

McCauley Product Support

McCauley Product Support

16. Customer Comments on Manual

ICA SUPPLEMENT LIST

ICA Supplement Title ICA Manual

ICA SUPPLEMENT LIST Page 1

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST

1. Applicable Service Bulletins and Service Letters

Service Bulletin Title Service Bulletin Date

Service Letter Title Service Letter Date

2. List of Obsoleted Documents

Service Bulletin Number Service Bulletin Date Manual Incorporation

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Page 1

Service Letter Number Service Letter Date Manual Incorporation

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Page 2

Service Letter Number Service Letter Date Manual Incorporation

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Page 3

Service Bulletin Number Service Bulletin Date Manual Incorporation

Service Letter Number Service Letter Date Manual Incorporation

3. List of Incorporated Documents

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Page 4

Service Document Service Bulletin Date Manual Incorporation Airworthiness Directive

SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST Page 5

61 - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

61 - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Page 1 of 1

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Incorrect Blade Staking Angle For 114GCA-0, L114GCA-0, L106LA-0, 90DCA-2,

78TA and 78TCA Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-11-01 Page 102

CAUTION: All procedures to assemble, disassemble, overhaul, and do tests or repairs

2. Definitions of Blade Servicing and Life

3. Explanation of Balance Weight and Blade Stamp Data:

Table 1. Blade Matching Tolerances

Model Horizontal Vertical

Table 1. Blade Matching Tolerances (continued)

EXAMPLE: A new 82NB-6 blade can be stamped 36.26 L.35.

[X]L84BMCA−OEP − SAMPLE BLADE MODEL DESIGNATION

IF PRESENT, INDICATES A POLISHED BLADE

IF PRESENT, INDICATED AN ELIPTICAL TIP

REDUCTION IN DIAMETER (IN INCHES)

McCAULEY ASSIGNED DESIGN REFERENCE

BASIC DESIGN DIAMETER SIZE (IN INCHES)

DESIGNATION FOR DIRECTION OF ROTATION